Skip to main content

Full text of "The jewel house, an account of the many romances connected with the royal regalia, together with Sir Gilbert Talbot's account of Colonel Blood's plot here reproduced for the first time"

See other formats


:CD 


ICO 
=  CJ) 
=  00 


THE 

L  HOUSE 


By 


y^^^^SS  r*^1    •       TT      yTfr~1t  7        *~~*<W'*.        ^>**'ry3  y**'*^!  ^T**;      ;T  ?V%  y?*  ^i^lTI '*'Jt'ftiwS'^P3l    4  Tt  TTH***- 

-—-  AJrGEK  SIR  GEORGE  ICttMJHUSBAND 


of 


in 


of 


Robert  B.  Johnston 

and 
Editha  W.  Johnston 


THE   JEWEL   HOUSE 


THE  KING'S  STATE  CROXY.V 
Reproduced  by  permission  uf  Messrs.  Cassell  &  Co.,  from  a  painting  made  by  Mr.  Cyril  Davenport  (Copyright). 


THE 
JEWEL  HOUSE 

An  Account  of  the  Many  Romances 
Connected  with  the  Royal  Regalia 
Together  with  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's 
Account  of  Colonel  Blood's  Plot 
Here  reproduced  for  the  first  Time 

BY  MAJOR-GENERAL 
SIR  GEORGE  YOUNGHUSBAND 

K.C.M.G.,  K.C.I.E.,  C.B. 

KEEPER   OF    THE  JEWEL   HOUSE 
ILLUSTRATED   IN   COLOUR,    ETC. 


HERBERT  JENKINS  LIMITED 
3  YORK  STREET  ST.  JAMES'S 
LONDON  S.W.i  <&  <&  MCMXXI 


A 

HERBERT 
JENKINS' 
BOOK 


Wo 


; 


^ 
852208 


The  Mayflower  Press,  Plymouth,  England.      William  Brendon  &  Son  Ltd. 


CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.    THE  JEWEL  HOUSE          .         .         .         .  .11 

v, 

II.  THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER   .....       34 

III.  THE  REGALIA  (continued)          .         %        .         .         .50 

IV.  THE  ROYAL  PLATE 61 

V.  THE  KING'S  ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE  .         .         .71 

VI.  THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS     ......       80 

VII.  THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY 91 

VIII.  THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE       .         .         .109 

IX.  POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE        .....     127 

X.  THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS       .         .         .     143 

XI.  THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD      .         .         .         .174 

XII.  THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY 191 

APPENDICES 

A.  THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  REGALIA  FROM  1042-1920   .     221 

B.  LETTER  FROM  QUEEN  ANNE  BOLEYN  TO  HENRY  VIII    224 

C.  COMPLETE  LIST   OF  THE   REGALIA   IN   THE   JEWEL 

HOUSE       ........     228 

D.  SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS 232 

INDEX  .........     250 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


COLOURED  PLATES 

The  King's  State  Crown          .....       Frontispiece 

To  fact  Page 

The  Queen's  State  Crown        ...  41 

The  King's  Orb  .......      47 

The  King's  Royal  Sceptre       ......       86 


The  Jewel  House  in  Queen  Elizabeth's  Reign  (double  page)  .       16 

The  Jewel  House  in  1815        .            .           .            .            .  -19 

The  Jewel  House  in  1920        .            .           .           .           .  .22 

The  Imperial  Indian  Crown    .            .            .            .            .  -38 

The  Diadem  of  Mary  of  Modena       .            .            .            .  .40 

The  King's  Sceptre  before  and  after  the  Introduction  of  the  Star  of 

Africa         ........       43 

The  Jewelled  State  Sword       ......      83 

The  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  in  his  State  Robes  .  .  .     109 

Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex       .  .  .  .  .116 

The  Black  Prince  with  the  famous  Ruby       .  .  .  .144 

The   Duke  of  Wellington  at  the  first  cutting  of  the  Koh-i-Nur 

Diamond    .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .158 

Portrait  of  Colonel  Blood       .  .  .  .  .  .174 

Colonel  Blood  stealing  the  Crown       .  .  .  .  .181 

Facsimile  of  a  Page  from  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's  MSS.  .  .    232 

Facsimile  of  a  Page  from  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's  MSS.  .  .     233 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 


CHAPTER   I 

THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

When  kings  began  to  reign — The  Crown  of  the  King  of  the  Ammon- 
ites— A  Crown  weighing  125  Ibs. — The  Treasure  House  of 
Kings — Egbert  the  first  King  of  England — His  regalia — King 
Alfred's  Crown — Edward  the  Confessor's  Crown  and  Staff  and 
Ring — The  Crown  Jewels  first  placed  in  Westminster  Abbey — 
Henry  III  removes  them  to  the  Tower  of  London — The  Jewel 
Chamber  in  the  White  Tower — The  Jewel  House  in  the  reign  of 
Queen  Elizabeth — The  Martin  Tower  turned  into  the  Jewel 
House  by  Charles  II — The  word  "  Bolleyn  "  on  the  wall — 
Northumberland  and  Heriot  prisoners  there — A  slender  guard 
and  the  result — Colonel  Blood  fails  in  his  attempt  on  the  Crown 
— Northumberland's  ghost — Narrow  escape  from  fire  of  the 
Jewel  House — Removal  of  Crown  Jewels  to  the  Wakefield 
Tower — Its  former  history — Origin  of  name — The  murder  of 
Henry  VI  in  this  tower — The  young  Princes  buried  in  the  base- 
ment— The  lesson  from  St.  Patrick's  Jewels — King  Edward  VII 
makes  the  Jewels  secure — The  tantalized  burglar — The  German 
lady  and  the  Kaiser's  hopes — The  Jewels  in  the  Great  War — 
Their  narrow  escapes — Their  removal  till  the  end  of  the  War — 
Return  to  the  Tower — Their  wonderful  adventures  as  recorded. 

WHEN  Kings  first  began  to  reign  on  earth 
they  wore  on  their  heads  and  carried  in 
their  hands  the  emblems   of  royalty. 
To  give  them  dignity,  the  seats  they 
occupied   were    raised   and   glorified    and   became 
thrones.    Thousands  of  years  ago  the  crown  became 


12  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  mark  of  sovereignty,  for  did  not  Saul  fight  his 
last  battle  wearing  his  crown,  and  with  the  bracelet 
on  his  arm  ?  Whilst  the  prophet  Samuel  in  his 
book  records  that  the  crown  of  the  King  of  the 
Ammonites,  taken  in  battle  by  King  David,  was  of 
pure  gold,  studded  with  precious  stones.  The 
prophet  also  commits  himself  so  far  as  to  add  that 
this  crown  weighed  one  talent.  Perhaps  in  this  detail 
we  may  make  allowance  for  Eastern  hyperbole, 
a  talent  being  equivalent  to  125  lb.,  or  the  weight 
of  two  fair-sized  portmanteaux.  It  is  not  reasonable 
to  assume  that  even  the  most  muscular  King  would 
with  equanimity  thus  handicap  himself  whilst 
waging  war.  The  throne  of  Solomon  has  become 
historic,  made,  we  are  told,  of  ivory  overlaid  with 
gold  with  a  lion  standing  on  each  side,  and  twelve 
lions  guarding  the  sides  of  each  of  the  six  steps  that 
led  up  to  it.  As  the  value  and  number  of  kingly 
emblems  increased,  it  became  necessary  to  deposit 
them  when  not  in  use  in  a  place  of  security  strongly 
guarded,  which  came  to  be  known  as  the  Treasure 
House  of  the  King.  In  ancient  days  it  was  not 
unusual  to  place  the  Regalia  in  some  holy  place, 
such  as  a  church  or  cathedral,  where  the  sanctity 
of  the  building  was  held  to  be  an  additional  safeguard ; 
but  more  usually  it  would  be  kept  with  the  King  in 
his  castle. 

Egbert,  the  first  King  of  England,  was  crowned 
nearly  eleven  hundred  years  ago,  in  A.D.  827,  and 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  13 

King  George  V,  the  present  King  of  England,  is  his 
direct  descendant.  The  English  monarchy  is  the 
oldest  in  Europe,  and  the  English  Royal  Family  had 
a  longer  pedigree  than  that  of  any  European  poten- 
tate, even  before  the  Great  War.  The  kingly  emblems 
in  King  Egbert's  days  were  few  and  of  no  great  value, 
probably  nothing  more  than  a  crown  and  a  sceptre. 
The  crown  of  King  Alfred  was  made  of  gold  wire, 
and  was,  when  broken  up  and  melted  down  by  the 
Commonwealth,  valued  only  at  £238  los.  od. 
Edward  the  Confessor,  besides  a  crown,  had  a  staff 
or  long  sceptre,  a  replica  of  which  is  now  amongst 
the  Crown  Jewels.  He  also  had  a  Coronation  ring 
set  with  a  large  and  very  fine  sapphire,  which  same 
sapphire  may  be  seen  in  the  cross  pate  on  top  of 
King  George  V's  State  Crown. 

As  the  Crown  Jewels  increased  in  number  and 
value,  the  King  ceased  to  carry  them  about  with  him 
on  all  occasions,  and  they  were  handed  over  to  the 
safe  keeping  of  the  Abbot  and  monks  of  West- 
minster. In  Westminster  Abbey  can  still  be  pointed 
out  the  Chapel  of  the  Pix,  where  the  regal  emblems 
were  kept.  It  is  not  improbable  that  Edward  the 
Confessor  inaugurated  this  manner  of  safeguarding 
the  Regalia  when  not  in  use,  and  his  successors  for 
two  hundred  years  followed  his  example.  But 
though  Westminster  Abbey  proved  a  sure  sanctuary 
against  robbers  and  marauders  from  the  outer  world, 
unfortunately  within  the  sacred  walls  were  those 


14  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

inured  to  sanctity,  and  who  were  by  no  means 
indisposed  to  profit  in  so  obvious  and  mundane  a 
matter  as  disposing  of  the  Crown  Jewels.  Probably 
the  Treasure  Chamber  was  rarely  inspected  or 
visited,  and  as  the  monks  themselves  were  the 
guardians,  inconvenient  inquiries  might  easily  be 
disposed  of,  unless  and  until  certain  portions  of  the 
Regalia  were  required  for  the  King's  personal  use. 
It  was  doubtless  some  such  demand  which  led  to 
the  discovery  that  the  Treasure  Chamber  had  been 
broken  into  and  some  of  the  Regalia  had  disappeared. 
The  chief  regal  emblems,  such  as  the  Crown  and 
Sceptre,  had  been  transferred  to  the  Tower  by 
Henry  III,  but  the  lesser  yet  very  valuable  pieces 
of  plate  were  still  at  Westminster.  The  theft  was 
brought  home  to  a  monk  named  Alexandre  de 
Pershore,  who  had  sold  the  plate  to  a  travelling 
merchant  named  Richard  de  Podelicote.  As  a 
result  the  Abbot  Wrenlock  and  forty-eight  monks 
were  tried  and  sentenced  to  two  years'  imprisonment 
in  the  Tower.  This  was  in  the  reign  of  Edward  I, 
and  as  a  result  the  King  decided  that  Westminster 
Abbey  was  not  altogether  a  safe  place  for  any 
portion  of  so  valuable  a  collection  of  plate  and 
jewelry,  and  ordered  it  all  to  be  transferred  to  the 
Tower  of  London.  An  official  Keeper  of  the  Regalia, 
whose  duty  it  was  to  guard  and  have  sole  custody  of 
the  Jewels,  had  already  been  appointed  by  Henry  III, 
and  henceforth  a  divided  control  ceased. 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  15 

From  that  day,  some  seven  hundred  years  ago, 
the  grey  old  walls  of  the  Tower  of  London  have  been 
the  outer  casing  of  the  casket  which  has  contained 
the  Crown  Jewels  of  thirty-two  Kings  and  Queens  of 
England.     The  Jewels  were  probably  first  placed 
in  the  White  Tower,  that  being  the  central  keep  of 
the  Tower  of  London,  itself  then,  and  for  many 
centuries  after,  the  strongest  fortress  in  England. 
On  the  north  side  of  the  crypt  of  St  John's  Chapel, 
which  is  in  the  White  Tower,  there  is  a  small  chamber 
with  only  one  entrance  and  with  no  windows.    This 
chamber,   which   some   erroneous   person   for  long 
marked  as  the  cell  of  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,1  would 
in  those  days  have  been  an  ideal  place  for  the  safe 
storage  of  the  Regalia.     It  is  not  only  an  inner 
sanctuary,   but   also   it   was   guarded   without   all 
round  by  soldiers  and  by  battlements.     A  monk 
might  pilfer  the  plate,  but  he  had  to  get  it  past  the 
soldiers  and  out  of  the  fortress  to  profit  by  his 
prowess.      In  this  sanctuary,  in  the  crypt   of  St. 
John's  Chapel,  the  royal  emblems  and  plate  may 
well  have  remained  for  several  reigns,  and  perhaps 
some   centuries,  but   as   the  Regalia   increased   in 
quantity  these  restricted  quarters  would  have  been 
found  too  small  to  conveniently  and  suitably  house 
them.    Thus  we  find  in  an  accurate  survey  of  the 

1  It  is  very  clear  from  all  historical  records  that  Sir  Walter 
Raleigh  was  never  imprisoned  in  the  White  Tower,  so  that  a  mis- 
guiding notice  in  the  crypt  might  well  be  removed. 


16  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Tower  of  London,  made  in  1597,  in  the  reign  of 
Queen  Elizabeth,  that  a  special  Jewel  House  had 
been  built  outside  of  and  adjoining  the  south  face 
of  the  White  Tower.  This  Jewel  House  was  a  long 
low  building  with  a  flat,  castellated  roof,  whilst  at 
the  western  end  was  a  tall  turret.  There  were  two 
entrances,  one  through  the  turret  and  one  in  the 
middle  of  the  south  wall.  The  building  was  evidently 
one  of  two  storeys,  as  two  tiers  of  windows  are 
shown,  with  two  lights  on  each  floor. 

The  Regalia  remained  in  this  Jewel  House  through 
the  reigns  of  James  I  and  Charles  I,  but  with  the 
tragic  death  of  this  last  unhappy  monarch  the  need 
for  a  Jewel  House  disappeared,  for  by  orders  of  the 
Parliament  all  regal  emblems  were  broken  up, 
destroyed,  or  sold  for  what  they  would  fetch.  Un- 
used and  uncared  for,  the  old  Jewel  House  fell  into 
decay  and  disrepair,  and  became  no  longer  a  place 
of  safe  keeping.  Thus  when  the  Restoration  came  and 
Charles  II  ascended  the  throne  of  his  forefathers,  a 
new  Treasure  House  had  to  be  found.  The  place 
fixed  upon  was  the  Martin  Tower,  which  forms  the 
north-east  bastion  of  the  inner  ballium  wall  of  the 
Tower  of  London.  Who  Martin  was,  or  why  this 
tower  was  named  after  him,  has  escaped  all  re- 
searches, but  it  is  of  interest  to  note  that  the 
Middle  Tower  was  at  one  time  called  the  Martin 
Tower,  and  the  inference  seems  to  be  that  some 
well-known  personage  who  had  long  lived  in  the 


VUuc  and  Kxact  Dvnugh,  of  tlu-TOW 

~     — 


PLAN    OF'  THE   TOWER    O 
IN    1597    IN    THE    REIGN    OF   QUEEN    ELIZABETH    (w)  ;    IN    l66o    IN 


hi  the  Year  1.5 p 7  by  GULIKLMVS  HAMAS />  and  J.d.-ts  COYNE 


SHOWING    THE   JEWEL    HOUSE 

OF    CHARLES    II    (l)  ;     IN    1920    IN    THE    REIGN    OF    GEORGE    V    (s) 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  17 

Tower  of  London  first  occupied  quarters  in  the 
Middle  Tower  and  afterwards  those  in  the  Martin 
Tower,  and  that  on  his  death  from  long  association 
his  name  attached  itself  to  his  last  residence. 

When  Charles  II  came  to  the  throne,  all  the  regal 
emblems,  such  as  the  Crown,  the  Sceptre,  and  the 
Orb,  had  to  be  remade  to  replace  those  destroyed 
by  the  Commonwealth,  whilst  the  royal  plate  had 
also  to  be  renewed.  Naturally,  therefore,  it  took 
some  time  for  the  Regalia  to  arrive  at  its  former 
excellence  and  value ;  during  the  early  years  of 
the  reign  it  could  be  easily  housed,  and  was  appar- 
ently not  considered  to  be  of  sufficient  importance 
to  be  guarded  by  soldiers.  It  was  thus  placed  in 
the  lower  floor  of  the  Martin  Tower,  which  in 
former  reigns  had  been  used  more  frequently  as  a 
place  of  imprisonment  for  the  more  important  or 
more  affluent  prisoners.  Inscribed  on  one  of  the 
walls  inside  is  the  word  "  Bolleyn,"  which  for  long 
was  held  to  be  the  mark  of  Queen  Anne  Boleyn, 
and  as  such  held  up  as  proof  that  the  unhappy 
lady  was  imprisoned  in  the  Martin  Tower.  But  a 
closer  examination  of  the  records  of  those  days 
shows  conclusively  that  the  Queen  was  never  im- 
prisoned in  that  particular  tower ;  on  the  other 
hand,  during  this  examination  it  became  sufficiently 
clear  that  her  brother,  George  Boleyn,  Viscount 
Rochford,  was  probably  a  prisoner  here,  and  the 
inscription  may  very  possibly  have  been  carved  by 


i8  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

him.  Another  mark  of  an  old  prisoner  in  the 
Martin  Tower  is  the  sundial  on  the  south  wall, 
ascribed  to  Heriot  the  astronomer,  who  together 
with  Henry  Percy,  Earl  of  Northumberland,  known 
as  "  Hotspur,"  was  for  long  a  prisoner  here.1 

The  sole  guardian  of  King  Charles'  new  Crown 
Jewels  in  the  Martin  Tower,  unaided  by  sentries  or 
yeomen,  was  an  old  man  named  Talbot  Edwards, 
then  nearly  eighty  years  of  age,  who  was  Assistant 
Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  under  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot. 
Edwards  and  his  family  occupied  the  upper  storeys 
of  the  Martin  Tower,  but  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  lived 
chiefly  at  the  Palace  at  Whitehall,  it  being  one  of 
his  duties  to  reside  always  in  whichever  palace 
the  King  happened  to  be  occupying  from  time  to 
time.  The  chamber  in  which  the  Jewels  were 
placed  was  semi-circular  in  shape  with  one  door, 
and  with  very  thick  walls.  In  the  outer  or  thickest 
wall  was  made,  or  already  existed,  a  recess  which, 
when  a  cross-wired  door  had  been  added,  formed  a 
cupboard,  the  front  of  which  was  open  to  view. 
This  arrangement  was  made  not  only  so  that  the 
Jewels  might  easily  be  inspected,  but  also  because  it 
was  one  of  the  perquisites  of  the  Assistant  Keeper 
to  show  the  Crown  Jewels  to  visitors  for  such  fees 
as  he  could  inveigle  out  of  them.  There  were  no 
guards  either  of  soldiers  or  yeomen  on  the  Regalia ; 

1  This  Henry  Percy,  "  Hotspur,"  appears  as  an  early  ancestor 
in  the  genealogy  of  the  Younghusband  family. 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  19 

which  fact,  becoming  known  to  the  notorious 
Colonel  Blood,  that  worthy  with  two  accomplices 
attempted  to  steal  the  Crown  Jewels,  as  is  recorded 
in  due  course.1 

The  attempt,  though  it  very  nearly  succeeded, 
failed  rather  through  good  fortune  than  from  any 
wise  precaution.  It,  however,  brought  to  notice 
the  insecure  manner  in  which  the  Regalia  were  kept, 
much  as  the  theft  of  the  St.  Patrick's  Jewels  in 
Edward  VII's  reign  drew  similar  attention,  and  it 
was  decided  in  due  course  to  build  a  new  Jewel 
House  specially  constructed  to  ensure  security.  The 
site  chosen  was  just  below  the  Martin  Tower  on  its 
western  side,  between  that  tower  and  the  then 
existing  Armoury.  This  site  was  not  an  ideal  one, 
so  that  quite  early  after  its  occupation  reports 
were  made  that  the  new  Jewel  House  was  liable  to 
be  endangered  by  sparks  from  the  chimneys  or 
furnaces  of  the  Armoury,  which  was  only  a  few  feet 
away.  A  guard  of  soldiers  was  now  placed  on  the 
building,  and  yeomen  warders  were  detailed,  or 
hired  by  the  Assistant  Keeper,  to  aid  him  in  his 
duties.  The  guard  furnished  a  double  sentry  on 
this  post,  which  was  afterwards  reduced  to  a  single 
sentry.  But  this  sentry  declared  that  he  nightly 
saw  the  ghost  of  the  Earl  of  Northumberland 
walking  up  and  down  what  is  now  known  as 
Northumberland's  walk,  a  narrow  beat  along  the 

1  See  Chapter  XI. 


20  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

edge  of  the  ramparts  running  each  side  of  the  Martin 
Tower.  When  one  sentry  had  seen  the  ghost, 
others  also  were  ready  to  declare  that  they  also  had 
seen  it,  so  that  as  time  went  on  and  the  superstition 
grew,  the  post  became  decidedly  unpopular  amongst 
the  soldiers,  whilst  some  even  refused  to  go  on  it 
alone.  The  sentry  was  therefore  again  doubled, 
and  the  Earl  and  his  midnight  walks  faded  away 
into  the  mists  of  antiquity. 

As  illustrating  how  persons  who  are  determined  to 
see  ghosts  may  succeed  in  doing  so,  this  is  a  very 
useful  incident.  This  Henry  Percy,  Earl  of  Northum- 
berland, known  as  "  Hotspur  "  from  his  fiery  temper, 
who  for  thirteen  years  was  imprisoned  in  the  Martin 
Tower,  lived  there  in  ease  and  such  comfort  as 
wealth  could  in  those  days  command,  and  eventually 
left  under  a  salute  from  the  great  guns  of  the  Tower, 
a  guard  of  honour,  and  an  escort  to  North amberland 
House,  at  the  head  of  what  is  now  Northumberland 
Avenue.  There  was  no  tragedy  whatever  about 
his  long  sojourn  in  the  Tower.  His  father,  however, 
another  Henry  Percy,  Earl  of  Northumberland, 
was  without  doubt  murdered  in  the  Bloody  Tower, 
so  that  if  the  Northumberland  ghost  had  taken  his 
nightly  walks  about  the  Bloody  Tower  there  would 
have  been  some  sensible  connection.  Evidently 
the  ignorant  soldiery  of  the  day  mixed  up  the  two 
Earls  of  Northumberland,  and  imagined  the  wrong 
one  nightly  pacing  the  portion  of  the  ramparts, 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  21 

which  he  had  probably  never  even  seen  in  his  life- 
time, for  the  Martin  Tower  and  the  Bloody  Tower 
are  on  opposite  sides  of  the  fortress  and  quite  in- 
visible one  from  the  other. 

Another  ghost  sworn  to  in  the  Martin  Tower  is 
that  of  Queen  Anne  Boleyn.  A  worthy  warder  a 
century  or  so  ago  under  sworn  testimony  gave  an 
account  of  how  Anne  Boleyn  had  appeared  at  supper- 
time,  in  the  form  of  a  bluish  grey  column,  like  smoke 
in  a  glass  tube.  How  exactly  the  Queen  was 
recognised  in  this  disguise  is  not  stated,  but  the 
main  point  is  that  Queen  Anne  Boleyn  was  never 
imprisoned  in  the  Martin  Tower.  She  went  straight 
to  the  Lieutenants'  Lodgings  and  from  there  to 
her  execution.  As  has  been  already  mentioned, 
however,  her  brother,  George  Boleyn,  Viscount 
Rochford,  was  undoubtedly  a  prisoner  in  the  Martin 
Tower,  and  on  one  of  the  inner  walls  is  roughly 
engraved  the  name  "  Bolleyn."  History  and  records 
and  tradition  doubtless  became  somewhat  mixed 
as  the  centuries  passed,  so  that  warder  after  warder, 
on  taking  over  these  quarters,  heard  from  his  pre- 
decessor that  the  engraving  had  been  made  by 
Queen  Anne  Boleyn.  A  bowl  of  punch,  and  a 
lively  imagination,  would  produce  the  rest  of  this 
ghost  story. 

Inside  the  new  Jewel  House  a  strong  cage  was 
constructed,  through  the  bars  of  which  by  light 
of  dim  lanterns  the  Crown  Jewels  could  be  seen  at 


22  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

certain  hours  by  those  who  had  passes,  and  were 
prepared  to  pay  a  fee  for  the  same.  That  the 
tremors  of  those  who  feared  danger  from  fire 
were  not  unfounded  eventually  proved  only  too  true. 
In  1843  the  Armoury,  which  as  mentioned  was  only 
a  few  feet  from  the  Jewel  House,  caught  fire  and 
was  burnt  to  the  ground,  placing  the  Crown  Jewels 
in  most  imminent  peril.  That  they  escaped  severe 
damage,  if  not  destruction,  was  due  to  the  great 
presence  of  mind,  ready  resource,  and  courage 
of  a  Sergeant,  who  broke  into  the  Jewel 
House,  and  aided  by  yeomen  bundled  the  precious 
articles  without  ceremony  out  on  to  the  parade 
ground.  Though  thus  hastily  cast  forth,  and  in  spite 
of  the  crowd  and  confusion,  nothing  was  lost  or 
injured.  It  would  be  gratifying  to  be  able  to  record 
that  the  hero  of  this  adventure  received  some  notable 
recognition  of  the  service  he  had  rendered.  Truth, 
however,  impels  the  confession  that  the  deed  was  at 
the  time  eclipsed  by  the  great  tragedy  of  the  burning 
down  of  the  ancient  Armoury,  a  building  several 
centuries  old  with  many  historic  associations.  Later, 
when  this  conspicuous  service  came  to  light,  the 
ardour  of  recompense  had  grown  cold. 

The  next,  and  present,  abode  of  the  Crown 
Jewels  became  the  Wakefield  Tower,  one  of  the  lesser 
towers  on  the  inner  ballium  wall,  adjoining  the 
Bloody  Tower  and  facing  the  Traitors'  Gate.  The 
origin  of  the  name  has  been  a  subject  of  some 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  23 

discussion.  For  many  years,  indeed  for  some  cen- 
turies, the  Wakefield  Tower  was  held  to  have  been 
so  named  because  the  prisoners  taken  at  the  battle 
of  Wakefield  were  therein  imprisoned.  But  further 
examination  shows  that  this  tower  was  never 
used  as  a  prison,  nor  could  it  have  contained 
the  number  of  prisoners  supposed  to  have  been 
incarcerated  in  it.  Moreover,  there  is  some  evidence 
that  the  name  was  given  to  this  tower  long  before 
the  battle  of  Wakefield.  A  more  reliable  conclusion 
is  that  it  was  named  after  William  de  Wakefield, 
one  of  the  King's  Clerks,  who  was  appointed  to  hold 
custody  of  the  Exchanges  in  the  Tower  in  1344, 
and  very  possibly  had  his  office  in  part  of  this 
building. 

In  ancient  days  the  Wakefield  Tower,  then 
named  the  Hall,  formed  the  entrance  to  the 
Royal  Palace,  which  fell  into  decay  during  the  reign 
of  Queen  Elizabeth.  She  having  been  a  prisoner  in 
the  Tower  as  a  Princess,  had  conceived  such  a  horror 
for  the  place  that  when  she  became  Queen  she 
refused  to  live  there.  In  previous  reigns  the  King 
or  Queen  always  lived  in  the  Tower  before  their 
Coronation,  and  thence  proceeded  in  state,  pre- 
ceded by  the  Knights  of  the  Bath,  to  Westminster. 
In  the  Wakefield  Tower  is  still  a  small  chapel  or 
oratory  which  was  used  as  a  private  place  of  devo- 
tion by  the  Monarch  when  in  residence  at  the 
Palace.  In  this  little  chapel,  whilst  kneeling  at 


24  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

his  prayers,  Henry  VI  was  murdered  by  Richard  of 
Gloucester. 

A  narrow,  winding  stair,  some  of  the  steps  now  so 
worn  with  age  as  to  be  hardly  safe,  leads  down  from 
the  adjacent  Bloody  Tower  to  the  basement. 
Down  these  steps  the  bodies  of  the  two  young 
Princes  who  were  murdered  there  were  dragged,  and 
hastily  buried  in  the  basement  of  the  Wakefield 
Tower.  Here  they  lay  for  five  days  when  Richard  of 
Gloucester,  by  whose  order  they  had  been  murdered, 
made  the  somewhat  superfluous  discovery  that  the 
bodies  were  not  buried  in  consecrated  ground.  They 
were  hastily  dug  up  and  buried  close  to  the  south 
wall  of  the  White  Tower,  and  being  there  more  or 
less  under  the  shadow  of  St.  John's  Chapel,  were 
considered  suitably  interred.  The  Constable  of  the 
Tower,  Sir  Robert  Brackenbury,  was  the  only 
person  who  knew  the  secret,  and  he  died  with  it, 
being  shortly  afterwards  killed  at  the  battle  of 
Bosworth.  It  was  not  till  the  reign  of  Charles  II 
that  the  remains  of  the  two  little  Princes  were 
accidentally  found,  and  by  order  of  the  King  re- 
moved to  Westminster  and  buried  there. 

The  walls  of  the  Wakefield  Tower  are  eight  feet 
thick,  and  there  is  only  one  entrance,  whilst  the 
windows  are  heavily  barred.  In  these  more  or 
less  practical  days,  however,  reliance  is  not 
placed  solely  on  solid  walls,  or  even  on  sentries 
and  yeomen,  to  keep  tjie  Crown  Jewels  in  safety, 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  25 

After  the  St.  Patrick's  Jewels  had  been  stolen 
in  Dublin,  King  Edward  VII  determined  that  the 
Crown  Jewels  of  England  should  be  placed,  as 
far  as  human  prescience  could  devise,  beyond  the 
power  of  anyone  to  tamper  with  them.  The  most 
expert  mechanical  and  scientific  genuises,  with 
Messrs.  Chubb  at  their  head,  were  called  into  con- 
sultation, and  the  result  was  the  invention  of  the 
present  octagonal-shaped  steel  casement  furnished 
with  steel  bars. 

It  is  naturally  not  allowable  to  mention  what 
the  mechanical  safeguards  are,  but  the  inexpert 
or  indeed  expert  thief  may  certainly  count  on 
being  guillotined  or  electrocutioned  if  he  makes 
the  attempt  to  emulate  Colonel  Blood's  adven- 
ture. It  has  been  a  source  of  some  amusement 
to  the  warders  to  watch  known  burglars — for  admis- 
sion to  view  the  Crown  Jewels  is  open  to  all  His 
Majesty's  subjects,  not  excluding  burglars — with  their 
faces  flattened  against  the  bars  thinking,  thinking, 
thinking,  how  possibly  they  could  get  hold  of  these 
priceless  gems.  One  indeed,  with  a  deep  resigned 
sigh,  was  heard  to  mutter,  "  Gor'  blimy  it  ain't  to 
be  done  !  "  So  we  may  hope  for  the  best.  Not  only, 
however,  are  the  Crown  Jewels  guarded  by  all  the 
resources  of  science,  but  soldiers,  yeomen  warders, 
and  policemen  keep  watch  over  them  night  and  day. 

Just  before  the  War,  amongst  other  visitors  was  a 
German  lady,  who  looked  long  at  the  Jewels  and 


26 

carefully  examined  the  steel  encasement  in  which 
they  are  exhibited.  Then  she  went  back  to  one  of  the 
yeomen  on  duty  and  remarked,  "  You  may  think 
those  Jewels  very  wonderful  and  very  wonderfully 
guarded,  but  do  not  be  surprised  if  I  say  that  they 
will  soon  belong  to  our  Kaiser."  The  yeoman  was 
so  taken  aback  that  he  did  not  know  what  to  say, 
yet  made  perhaps  a  better  reply  than  much  fore- 
thought might  have  supplied.  He  said,  "  I  don't 
think  so,  madam.  Pass  along,  please."  This  old 
yeoman  was  in  the  Cameron  Highlanders  at  the 
Relief  of  Lucknow. 

During  the  Great  War  the  Germans  in  their 
first  daylight  raids  made  a  special  target  of 
the  Tower  of  London,  clearly  marked  as  it  lay 
below  on  the  banks  of  another  clear  landmark, 
the  Thames.  That  their  efforts  to  hit  it  were  not 
more  successful  was  a  matter  of  bad  luck  for  them 
and  good  for  us,  for  we  had  then  no  anti-aircraft 
guns  to  drive  them  off.  The  first  bomb  just  missed 
the  Tower  to  the  westward,  and  fell  into  the  dry 
moat  in  the  part  used  by  the  garrison  as  their  drill 
ground.  It  penetrated  six  feet  of  gravel  and  rubble, 
deflecting  at  a  slight  angle  as  it  went  downward ; 
then  it  ran  nearly  level  for  four  more  feet,  and 
finally  turned  upwards  at  an  angle  and  traversed 
another  eighteen  inches.  Happily  it  failed  to  explode. 
When  with  much  caution  it  was  dug  out  tail  first 
it  was  found  to  measure  4!  ft.  The  top  22  in. 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  27 

formed  an  ordinary  percussion  shell,  such  as  is  fired 
by  field  artillery ;  the  rest  of  the  bomb  consisted  of 
a  brass  cylinder  filled  with  a  yellow  powder.  This 
powder,  though  perhaps  intended  for  purely  incen- 
diary purposes,  was  doubtless  intentionally  also  of  a 
highly  poisonous  nature.  So  poisonous  indeed  was  it 
that  those  who  touched  it  were  afflicted  for  months 
with  a  species  of  blood  poisoning,  which  seriously 
affected  their  health  and  produced  a  painful  and  irrita- 
ting skin  disease.  Indeed,  one  official  was  thus  affected 
who  had  not  to  his  knowledge  even  touched  the 
infected  portions  of  one  of  these  bombs  ;  he  had 
merely  stood  close  to  where  a  wall  was  plastered 
with  the  yellow  powder  from  an  exploded  bomb, 
whilst  a  strong  wind  happened  to  blow  grains  of  it 
in  his  face.  He  came  out  with  the  same  eruption, 
though  in  a  less  virulent  form  than  the  one  who  had 
actual  man-handled  a  piece  of  the  bomb. 

This  bomb  will  probably  be  found  in  the  Imperial 
War  Museum,  but  it  seemed  to  us  that  the  gods 
intervened  to  get  it  there.  When  the  bomb  had  been 
dug  out  urgent  messages  arrived  by  telephone  and 
otherwise  that  no  one  was  to  meddle  with  the 
blamed  thing  (I  am  not  sure  of  the  exact  wording) 
till  an  expert  from  the  Ordnance  Department  arrived. 
Arrive  he  did,  and  how  he  ever  departed,  except  in  a 
ring  of  smoke  and  glory,  puzzles  us  still.  He  took 
up  the  live  shell,  and  directing  everybody  to  stand 
well  clear,  a  hundred  yards  or  so  away,  for  fear  of 


28  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

accidents,  he  proceeded  to  unscrew  the  percussion 
fuze  at  the  head  of  the  bomb.  This  in  itself  is 
a  delicate  operation  even  for  an  expert.  Appar- 
ently the  head  would  not  unscrew,  but  the  expert 
nothing  dismayed  started  hammering  and  forcing 
it  in  a  manner  which  made  mere  amateurs  tremble 
not  only  for  the  intrepid  expert,  but  for  the  ancient 
walls  of  the  Tower  of  London.  Finally  this  philo- 
sophic warrior  decided  that  unaided  he  could  not  un- 
screw the  head,  so  he  demanded  that  a  taxi  should  be 
sent  for.  Into  the  taxi  entered  the  gallant  gunner 
and  the  bomb,  and  apparently  they  arrived  safely 
somewhere,  for  in  spite  of  the  censorship,  we  should 
probably  have  heard  if  he  had  not. 

The  second  bomb  again  just  missed  the  Tower, 
this  time  to  the  eastward.  Most  unfortunately, 
however,  it  hit  the  Royal  mint,  which  stands  just 
across  the  road.  This  bomb  did  the  mint,  as  such, 
no  harm  worth  mentioning,  nothing  to  interfere 
with  work  being  carried  on  as  usual,  but  it  so  hap- 
pened that  it  fell  close  to  where  a  goodly  number 
of  workmen,  not  actually  working  at  the  moment, 
were  assembled,  and  caused  forty-four  casualties. 
One  small  boy  looking  upwards  was  heard  to  say, 
"  Why,  it  looks  like  a  bird,"  and  the  next  second 
he  was  himself  up  and  out  in  the  blue  of  heaven. 

The  third  bomb  hit  the  railings  to  the  north  of 
the  Tower,  and  whilst  doing  no  harm  whatever  to 
it  caused  some  damage  outside.  A  couple  of  horses 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  29 

drawing  a  van  were  killed,  and  many  windows  in 
Postern  Row  were  broken.  The  effect  was  very 
much  that  of  a  shrapnel  shell  bursting,  indeed  there 
probably  was  a  shrapnel  fixed  at  the  head  of  the 
bomb,  as  in  the  case  of  the  first  bomb  mentioned. 
The  bullets  from  this  shrapnel  shell  had  sufficient 
force  to  make  clean  round  holes  through  stout  iron 
railings,  whilst  naturally  they  went  through  windows 
and  doors  as  through  paper.  Against  the  flimsiest 
walls  they  were  of  no  avail,  leaving  only  pit  marks 
and  knocking  off  plaster. 

The  fourth  bomb  I  chanced  to  see  myself.  I  was 
sitting  at  my  writing-desk,  which  is  near  one  of  the 
south  windows  of  St.  Thomas'  Tower,  and  to  be 
quite  exact  was  writing  a  note  to  a  lady  thanking 
her  for  a  book  she  had  kindly  sent  me.  There  being 
a  good  deal  of  din  in  the  skies,  though  little  enough 
to  one  who  was  just  back  from  the  War,  I  happened 
to  glance  out  on  the  river.  At  that  exact  moment, 
only  a  few  yards  away,  something  from  the  skies 
fell  splosh  into  the  river,  and  a  column  of  water 
some  six  or  seven  feet  high  demonstrated  the  fact. 
That  was  the  closest  shot  which  the  Germans  made 
at  the  Crown  Jewels  of  England.  The  total  casual- 
ties to  the  credit  of  this  attack  on  the  Tower  were 
one  pigeon,  which  probably  had  a  weak  heart  and 
died  of  shell-shock,  and  one  pane  of  window  broken 
in  the  Jewel  House. 

After  these  narrow  escapes  it  was  decided  that 


30  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

it  would  be  wiser  not  to  chance  further  risks,  and  to 
place  the  Regalia  in  a  less  exposed  place  than  the 
Tower  of  London.  Consequently  the  Jewel  House 
was  closed  for  repairs,  so  to  speak,  and  the  Crown 
Jewels  were  removed  elsewhere.  The  wonderful 
stories  evolved  by  the  more  emotional  persons  over 
this  ordinary  precaution  were  not  without  interest. 
One  inspired  person  mentioned,  that  from  certain 
information  he  had  received  a  castle  in  Cornwall 
had  been  secretly  acquired  and  that  the  Jewels 
had  been  taken  there  by  special  train  at  dead  of 
night.  He  added  that  in  front  of  the  Jewel  train, 
and  behind  it,  were  two  other  trains  full  of  troops, 
police,  detectives,  machine-guns,  and  what  not. 

Another  very  astute  gentleman  had  secured  the 
exclusive  information,  which  he  imparted  with  a 
knowing  smile  as  between  two  conspirators,  that 
for  the  past  eight  months  a  deep  and  secret  vault 
lined  throughout  with  concrete  had  been  excavated 
at  Bath,  and  that  the  Jewels  were  now  safely  de- 
posited there.  The  sole  ground  for  this  rumour 
rested  on  the  undoubted  fact  that  eight  months 
before  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  had  been  at 
Bath,  and  there,  by  way  of  camouflage  doubtless 
had  undergone  a  course  of  the  waters.  Another 
equally  knowing  individual,  a  son  of  Israel,  said  that 
he  knew  for  certain  that  the  Jewels  were  in  Cumber- 
land, the  slender  thread  on  which  this  rumour  hung 
being  due  to  the  fact  that  the  late  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  31 

House,  Sir  Arthur  Wynne,  had  now  settled  in 
Cumberland.  When  these  stories  were  told  it  was 
incumbent  to  smile  in  rather  an  embarrassed  manner, 
as  one  found  out  in  doing  a  fatuous  thing,  and  the 
informants  generally  departed  feeling  like  an  em- 
bodiment of  Fouche  and  Sherlock  Holmes.  It  was 
only  necessary  to  add,  "  Please  do  not  mention  your 
suspicions  to  anyone,  it  might  get  into  the  papers," 
to  ensure  that  it  got  anyway  as  far  as  the  Censor. 

But  these  rumours  as  to  where  the  Jewels  were, 
and  how  they  got  there,  were  nothing  to  the  brilliant 
stories  of  their  return,  which  an  unfettered,  an  un- 
censored  press  could  now  make  public.  One  of  the 
more  emotional  ran :  "At  dead  of  night  two 
officers  of  the  Grenadier  Guards  dressed  in  frock 
coats  and  with  silk  hats,  and  each  carrying  an 
automatic  pistol,  drove  up  to  the  secret  hiding-place 
in  a  closed  motor-car.  With  them  were  two  detec- 
tives also  in  civilian  clothes  but  with  bowler  hats  ; 
they  too  were  armed  with  automatic  pistols.  Beside 
the  military  chauffeur,  dressed  in  khaki  sat  another 
soldier  with  his  loaded  rifle  at  the  '  present.'  In  a 
few  seconds  the  Crown  Jewels  were  transferred 
from  the  secret  strong-room  to  the  car  by  the  two 
officers,  whilst  the  detectives  stood  tensely  at  the 
alert,  their  pistols  cocked.  In  a  few  minutes  all 
was  ready,  and  the  car  sharply  wheeling  on  the 
gravel  drive  sped  at  the  rate  of  forty  miles  an  hour 
to  the  Tower  of  London." 


32  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Which  is  all  very  nice  and  lurid,  but  as  a 
matter  of  fact  the  whole  process  of  taking  the 
Jewels  away  and  returning  them  to  the  Tower 
was  much  more  simply  accomplished  and  was 
not  nearly  so  dramatic.  It  is  now  no  longer  a 
secret  that  a  royal  car  drove  into  the  Tower  of 
London  and  up  to  the  Jewel  House.  Into  it  the 
more  important  and  valuable  portions  of  the  Regalia, 
already  packed  in  their  own  cases,  were  handed. 
It  was  all  a  matter  of  a  few  minutes,  and  then  the 
car  drove  away  to  Windsor  Castle,  and  there 
deposited  the  Jewels  in  a  secure  place.  The  return 
journey  at  the  end  of  the  War  was  equally  simply 
and  effectively  accomplished.  Nor  was  there  probably 
any  officer  of  the  Grenadier  Guards,  with  or  without 
a  silk  hat,  nearer  than  the  far  dim  horizon  of  Flanders. 
Naturally,  however,  the  Crown  Jewels  do  not  travel 
without  very  careful  precautions,  and  these,  those 
who  trembled  for  them  may  be  assured,  were 
fully  taken. 

During  their  absence  from  the  Tower  some  of  the 
cases  had  somehow  got  rather  damp  and  mildewy, 
the  sight  of  which  caused  the  Court  Jewellers  more 
than  a  little  anguish.  This  dampness  probably 
accounts  for  another  brave  story,  to  the  effect  that 
the  Crown  Jewels  had  been  sunk  in  the  river  opposite 
the  Tower,  and  had  in  this  moist  retreat  been  kept 
for  many  months. 

It  is  remarkable  how  wonderfully  indiscreet  some 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE  33 

ambitious  news  collectors  may  become.  Informa- 
tion regarding  the  location  or  movement  of  jewels 
of  priceless  value  may  be  confided  to  all  and  sundry 
of  the  honest  folks  in  these  realms,  but  newspapers 
are  bought  not  only  by  honest  persons,  and  it  is  of 
considerable  interest  to  a  professional  burglar  or 
jewel  thief  to  be  informed  exactly  how  and  when 
he  can  best  make  a  bid  for  so  great  a  prize. 

Thus  we  see  that  throughout  the  centuries  the 
Jewels  have  in  turn  been  safeguarded  first  in 
Westminster  Abbey,  then  in  the  White  Tower,  next 
in  an  annexe  to  the  White  Tower,  after  this  in  the 
Martin  Tower,  and  then  in  a  special  building  close 
to  the  Martin  Tower.  Finally,  but  for  a  brief 
sojourn  at  Windsor  Castle  during  the  Great  War, 
in  the  Wakefield  Tower. 


CHAPTER  II 

THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER 

The  Crowns — St.  Edward  the  Confessor's  Crown,  or  the  Crown  of 
England — Original  destroyed  by  the  Commonwealth — A  replica 
made  for  Charles  II  on  his  Restoration — The  Cap  of  Maintenance 
— The  King's  State  Crown — Made  for  Queen  Victoria  out  of 
ancient  stones — Historic  gems  set  in  it — Thousands  of  precious 
stones  of  all  colours — The  Imperial  Crown  of  India — Made  for 
George  V  when  crowned  Emperor  of  India — The  reason  for 
making  this  new  crown — Cost  £60,000 — Contains  6000  precious 
stones — The  Queen's  Crowns — Crown  of  Mary  of  Modena — 
The  diadem  of  Mary  of  Modena — Cost  £110,000 — Beautiful 
and  simple  though  costly — Queen  Mary's  Crown — Set  entirely 
with  diamonds — The  Koh-i-Nur,  its  chief  glory — Two  portions 
of  the  Star  of  Africa — The  Prince  of  Wales'  Crown  as  eldest  son 
of  the  King — Coronet  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  at  Carnarvon  Castle 
— The  King's  Sceptre  with  the  Star  of  Africa — The  King's 
Sceptre  with  the  Dove — The  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Cross — 
The  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove — The  Queen's  Ivory  Rod — 
St.  Edward's  Staff— The  King's  Orb— The  Queen's  Orb. 

THE  CROWNS 

f    •    "\HE  most  valuable  and  important  portions 

of  the  Regalia,  and  those  which  appeal 

most   to   the   eye   and  the  imagination, 

are  the  Royal  Crowns.     Of  these  there 

are  three  which  pertain  to  the  reigning  sovereign, 

whether  a  King  or  a  Queen.     Next  there  are  two 

crowns  and  a  diadem  which  pertain  to  the  Queen 

Consort,  when  a  King  is  on  the  throne.    And  lastly 

34 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         35 

there  is  the  crown  of  the  eldest  son  of  the  King, 
who  is,  if  not  by  right  yet  at  the  King's  pleasure, 
always  created  Prince  of  Wales. 
The  three  crowns  of  the  Sovereign  are : 

(1)  St.   Edward  the  Confessor's  Crown,   or  the 

Crown  of  England. 

(2)  The  Imperial  State  Crown. 

(3)  The  Imperial  Crown  of  India. 

The  original  crown  of  Edward  the  Confessor  was 
destroyed  by  the  Commonwealth,  but  on  the  restora- 
tion of  Charles  II  a  replica  was  made,  and  this  is 
the  crown  now  to  be  seen  in  the  Jewel  House,  and 
is  the  one  with  which  all  the  Kings  and  Queens  of 
England  have  been  crowned  since  1661.  It  was 
made  of  "  massie  gold  "  and  is  of  the  shape  known 
as  royal  in  contradistinction  to  the  form  described 
as  imperial.  The  shape  of  a  Royal  crown  is  familiar 
to  all  from  childhood  upwards,  for  it  is  the  crown 
which  stands  on  the  shield  supported  by  the  lion 
and  the  unicorn  in  the  arms  of  England. 

True,  the  older  figure  has  become  somewhat 
blurred  to  the  younger  generation,  since  Edward  VII 
substituted  an  Imperial  Crown  for  the  older  shape 
on  many  things,  including  the  Royal  mail  and 
Royal  note-paper.  This  was  done  of  set  purpose, 
being  a  sign  and  portent  that  the  kingdom  had 
grown  into  a  world-wide  empire,  greater  far  and 
more  rich  and  populous  than  any  empire  that  had 
existed  since  the  beginning  of  the  world.  But  the 


36  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Crown  of  England  retains  its  ancient  shape.  Round 
the  band  of  this  Crown  are  set  at  intervals  great 
stones  of  different  colours,  red,  and  blue,  and  green, 
and  yellow.  Above  the  band  stand  alternately 
fleurs-de-lis  and  crosses  pate's,  from  these  spring 
the  two  golden  arches  of  the  Crown,  edged  all  the 
way  with  large  pearls.  These  arches  are  the  insignia 
of  a  ruling  monarch ;  without  them  the  Crown  would 
remain  only  a  coronet.  Where  the  two  arches  cross 
each  other  they  are  deeply  depressed,  and  in  the 
hollow  thus  formed  stands  a  monde  or  globe  of  gold. 
On  the  monde  is  fixed  a  richly  jewelled  cross  with 
large  drop-shaped  pearls,  pendent  from  the  arms. 
The  weight  of  this  Crown  is  nearly  5  Ibs. 

Inside  the  Crown  is  the  Cap  of  Maintenance  of 
purple  velvet,  with  an  edging  of  minever  to  protect 
the  King's  head  from  too  hard  a  contact  with  solid 
gold.  The  original  Crown  of  England,  of  which, 
as  has  been  mentioned,  this  is  a  copy,  is  said  to 
have  descended  century  after  century  from  Edward 
the  Confessor,  who  ascended  the  throne  in  1042. 
The  Vandals  of  the  Commonwealth  have  much  to 
answer  for  ! 

The  King's  State  Crown  is  more  beautiful,  and 
intrinsically  of  immensely  greater  value  than 
St.  Edward's  Crown.  It  is,  however,  as  a  crown 
comparatively  modern,  the  custom  being  for  each 
succeeding  King  or  Queen  to  have  their  own  State 
Crown  made  afresh.  But  the  stones  that  are  set  in 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         37 

it,  of  which  there  are  many  thousands,  are  mostly  of 
very  great  age,  and  have  been  used  century  after 
century  to  adorn  the  State  Crowns  of  successive 
Kings  and  Queens. 

The  State  Crown  now  in  the  Tower  was  made  for 
Queen  Victoria,  in  1839,  an(i  wrth  some  alterations 
and  additions  has  been  so  preserved  by  Edward  VII 
and  George  V.  Of  the  large  jewels  in  it,  such  as  the 
Black  Prince's  ruby,  Queen  Elizabeth's  pearl  earrings, 
the  Stuart  sapphire,  the  sapphire  of  Edward  the 
Confessor,  and  the  Star  of  South  Africa,1  historical 
records  proclaim  their  origin.  But  the  thousands  of 
smaller  stones  carry  with  them  their  own  age,  for 
certain  forms  of  cutting  pertain  to  certain  centuries. 
Thus  the  table-cut  diamond  is  an  older  stone  than 
the  rose-cut,  and  the  rose-cut  is  older  than  the 
brilliant.  Inversely  no  brilliant  in  the  present 
Crown  could  have  been  in  that  of  Charles  II,  for 
this  process  of  cutting  was  then  unknown. 

The  State  Crown  is  of  the  Imperial,  as  distinguished 
from  the  Royal  shape  of  the  older  crown ;  thus  the 
arches  are  not  depressed  where  they  cross  each 
other,  but  slope  up  to  the  monde.  In  the  band  the 
two  great  stones  are  the  Star  of  South  Africa  in 
front,  and  the  Stuart  sapphire  exactly  opposite  it 
at  the  back.  Between  these,  round  the  band  at  inter- 
vals are  very  large  sapphires,  rubies,  and  emeralds 
thickly  encrusted  with  diamonds.  Above  the  band 

1  See  Chapter  X. 


38  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

are  alternate  crosses  pate's  and  fleurs-de-lis  in 
diamonds,  in  the  centre  of  each  being  a  large 
coloured  gem.  Indeed,  the  whole  Crown  is  a  complete 
mass  of  diamonds  interspersed  with  coloured  gems 
and  pearls.  Up  the  arches  which  spring  from  the 
crosses  pates  are  clusters  of  diamonds  formed  to 
represent  oak  leaves  with  the  acorns  represented  by 
large  pearls.  The  device  on  the  arches  is  commemora- 
tive of  the  oak  of  Boscobel,  in  which  Charles  II  hid 
for  his  life  when  a  fugitive.  The  Black  Prince's 
ruby,  which  is  as  large  as  an  egg,  is  set  at  the  foot  of 
the  front  arch.  The  monde  is  covered  with  a  com- 
plete mass  of  diamonds  so  closely  set  as  to  leave 
no  metal  visible.  On  top  of  the  monde  is  a  large 
cross  pate,  also  an  entire  mass  of  diamonds,  and  in 
the  centre  of  it  is  set  the  magnificent  sapphire  which 
was  once  in  the  coronation  ring  of  Edward  the 
Confessor.  Where  the  two  arches  cross  may  be  seen 
pendent  four  very  large  pearls  as  large  as  small 
birds'  eggs.  These  were  Queen  Elizabeth's  earrings. 
Inside  this  Crown  is  a  purple  velvet  Cap  of  Mainten- 
ance edged  round  the  bottom  with  minever.  This 
Crown  weighs  39  oz.  5  dwts. 

The  third  Crown  of  the  King  is  the  Imperial 
Crown  of  India,  made  for  George  V  when  he  was 
crowned  Emperor  of  India  in  1912.  As  mentioned 
elsewhere,  the  Crown  of  England  is  not  allowed 
by  ancient  law  to  leave  the  shores  of  the  British 
Isles ;  consequently  this  new  Crown  had  to  be  made. 


THE    IMPERIAL    IMHAN    CKOWN 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER        39 

The  work  was  entrusted  to  the  Court  Jewellers, 
Messrs.  Garrard,  and  a  very  fine  example  of  the 
jeweller's  art  was  the  result.  The  Crown  cost  £60,000, 
and  is  adorned  with  some  six  thousand  precious 
stones.  These  are  mostly  diamonds,  but  some  very 
large  and  valuable  coloured  stones  are  also  displayed. 
Notably  a  large  cabuchon  emerald  in  front  of  the 
band  of  the  Crown,  a  very  fine  ruby  in  the  front 
cross  pate,  and  a  very  valuable  emerald  in  the  cross 
pate  on  top  of  the  Crown.  In  shape  the  Crown  ap- 
proaches nearer  the  Imperial  shape  as  pictorially 
known.  Instead  of  two  arches  as  in  the  other  crowns 
there  are  eight  demi  arches  which  incline  upwards 
to  support  the  monde  instead  of  being  depressed 
to  receive  it.  These  demi  arches  spring  from  the 
eight  crosses  pates  and  fleurs-de-lis,  which  stand 
on  the  band  of  the  Crown.  The  monde,  as  well  as 
all  the  crosses  pates  and  fleurs-de-lis,  are  a  mass  of 
diamonds  with  a  large  coloured  gem  in  the  centre 
of  each.  Inside  the  Crown  is  the  Cap  of  Maintenance 
of  purple  velvet  bound  at  the  bottom  with  minever. 

The  Queen  also  has  three  crowns,  or  rather  two 
crowns  and  a  diadem.  These  are  the  crown  first 
made  for  Mary  of  Modena,  Queen  of  James  II,  a 
diadem  made  for  the  same  Queen,  and  the  present 
Queen  Mary's  State  Crown. 

Queen  Mary  of  Modern's  Crown  is  small  in  size, 
and  was  made  to  be  worn  on  top  of  the  head  and  not 
to  fit  it.  The  general  effect  may  be  noticed  on  the 


40  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

statue  of  Queen  Anne  which  stands  outside  St. 
Paul's  Cathedral.  Indeed,  this  is  very  probably 
a  representation  of  identically  this  same  crown.  It 
is  adorned  entirely  with  diamonds  and  pearls,  and 
has  no  coloured  stones.  Round  the  band  is  a  con- 
tinuous succession  of  large-sized  diamonds,  and 
above  these  is  a  string  of  pearls  each  as  large  as  a 
pea  running  completely  round  the  circumference. 
Above  the  band  alternately  are  crosses  pate's  and 
fleurs-de-lis,  also  in  diamonds.  From  the  crosses 
pate's  spring  the  two  arches  of  the  crown ;  these  are 
adorned  with  rows  of  large  pearls  with  diamonds 
on  each  side  of  the  rows.  At  the  point  of  crossing 
the  arches  are  depressed,  and  on  this  depression 
rests  the  monde,  a  mass  of  small  diamonds.  On 
the  monde  is  fixed  a  cross  of  diamonds  with  large 
pearls  at  the  points.  The  Cap  is  of  crimson  velvet 
bordered  at  the  bottom  with  minever. 

The  diadem  belonging  to  the  same  Queen,  and 
said  to  have  been  given  her  by  James  II  at  a  cost 
of  £110,000,  is  of  a  beautiful  and  simple  design.  Not 
being  a  crown,  it  has  no  arches,  and  is  in  fact  simply 
a  broad  gold  circlet  thickly  encrusted  with  diamonds, 
the  top  edge  being  bordered  by  a  row  of  large  pearls 
touching  each  other  all  the  way  round.  In  front  this 
row  of  pearls  is  slightly  arched,  and  a  large  diamond 
is  fixed  in  the  apex.  The  diadem  is  fitted  with  a 
cap  of  crimson  velvet  bound  at  the  bottom  with 
minever.  This  diadem  was  worn  by  Mary  of  Modena 


DIADEM   OF  QUEEN   MARY  OF   MODENA, 
WIFE   OF  JAMES    II 


Reproduce,!  by  per 


THE  QUEEN'S  STATE  CROWN. 

ssion  of  Messrs.  Cassell  &  Co.,  from  a  painting  made  by  Mr,  Cyril  Davenport  (Copyright}. 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         41 

on  the  way  to  her  Coronation,  and  during  the 
ceremony  it  was  replaced  by  the  Crown,  above 
described,  which  she  wore  as  she  returned  to  the 
Palace  in  State  with  the  King. 

The  most  important  and  most  beautiful  of  the 
Queen's  crowns  is  that  which  belongs  to  Her  present 
Majesty,  for  not  only  is  it  officially,  but  privately 
the  property  of  Queen  Mary,  though  three  of  the 
great  diamonds  in  it  may  belong  to  the  State.  It 
was  designed  and  made  by  Messrs.  Garrard,  and  is 
certainly  of  great  credit  to  twentieth  century  work- 
manship. The  crown  is  set  with  diamonds  through- 
out, no  coloured  stones  having  been  used.  In  front 
of  the  band  is  one  of  the  four  large  Stars  of  Africa, 
and  round  the  band  are  alternate  roses  and  crosses 
composed  of  diamonds.  The  rims  of  the  band  are 
also  set  continuously  with  small  diamonds.  On  the 
band  stand  three  fleurs-de-lis  and  three  crosses  pates 
alternately,  all  set  with  diamonds.  In  the  centre  of 
the  front  cross  pat 6  is  the  great  and  historic  Koh-i- 
Nur  diamond.1  From  the  fleurs-de-lis  and  crosses 
pate*  spring  six  demi  arches  which  slope  gracefully 
upwards  to  support  the  monde.  The  monde  is 
completely  encrusted  with  small  diamonds.  On 
the  monde  stands  a  cross  pate,  in  the  centre  of  which 
is  displayed  another  of  the  Stars  of  Africa,  drop- 
shaped  with  the  point  downwards.  Inside  the 
Crown  is  a  purple  velvet  cap  lined  at  the  bottom 

1  See  p.  151. 


42  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

with  minever.  The  Crown  is  of  considerable  size, 
made  to  fit  the  head  instead  of  standing  on  it,  as 
does  the  older  Crown  of  Queen  Mary  of  Modena. 

The  Prince  of  Wales'  Crown,  as  it  is  called,  but 
more  correctly  the  Crown  of  the  eldest  son  of  the 
King,  is  at  the  Tower.  This  is  distinct  from  Prince  of 
Wales'  Coronet,  which  is  kept  at  Carnarvon  Castle. 
It  is  the  King's  prerogative  to  make  whom  he 
pleases  Prince  of  Wales,  but  usually,  as  at  present, 
the  title  is  given  to  the  eldest  son.  The  Crown  at 
the  Tower  is  very  simple  and  only  differs  in  general 
appearance  from  the  coronets  of  some  members  of 
the  peerage  in  having  one  arch  over  it,  supporting 
a  gold  monde  and  cross.  Above  the  band  stand 
alternately  four  gold  fleurs-de-lis  and  four  gold 
crosses  pates.  Inside  is  a  crimson  velvet  cap 
edged  at  the  bottom  with  minever.  The  eldest  son 
of  the  King  places  this  Crown  on  his  own  head 
during  the  Coronation  service  at  the  same  time  as 
the  peers  put  on  their  coronets.  On  later  occasions 
it  is  placed  on  a  stool  before  the  Prince  when  he 
attends  at  the  House  of  Lords  when  the  King  opens 
Parliament  in  State. 

The  Coronet  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  as  such, 
which  as  mentioned  is  kept  at  Carnarvon,  is  a  more 
beautiful  and  graceful  insignia.  It  consists  of  a 
circlet  of  gold  adorned  with  pearls  and  amethysts. 
Above  the  circlet  stand  alternately  four  crosses 
pate's  and  four  fleurs-de-lis.  These  all  are  pierced 


(BEFORE)  (AFTER) 

THE    KING'S    ROYAL   SCEPTRE    BEFORE   AND   AFTER   THE     INTRODUCTION 
OF   THE   STAR    OK    AFRICA 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         43 

and  within  the  outlines  of  the  former  are  sprays  of 
the  Rose  of  England  and  of  the  latter  the  Daffodil 
of  Wales.  The  daffodil  with  a  certain  amount  of 
excusable  heraldic  elasticity,  is  introduced  in  place 
of  the  more  homely  though  less  picturesque  leek, 
the  hitherto  best  known  emblem  of  the  Little 
Sister.  Between  the  crosses  pates  and  the  fleurs- 
de-lis  are  rosebud  sprays.  This  Coronet  was  made 
throughout  of  Welsh  gold,  by  Messrs.  Garrard,  in 
1911,  for  Edward,  the  present  Prince  of  Wales. 

THE  SCEPTRES 

Next  to  the  crowns  in  emblematic  importance 
and  kingly  dignity  come  the  sceptres.  Of  these 
there  are  in  all  five  in  the  Jewel  House,  each  with 
its  special  history  and  significance.  The  greatest 
and  most  important  of  these  is  the  King's  Royal 
Sceptre  with  the  Cross.  It  is  of  gold,  richly  jewelled, 
about  three  feet  long,  and  was  made  for  Charles  II, 
remaining  practically  the  same  till  the  reign  of 
Edward  VII.  When  the  Stars  of  Africa1  were 
presented  to  that  monarch  he  decided  to  have  the 
largest  portion  placed  in  the  head  of  the  Sceptre, 
but  explicit  orders  were  given  that  no  part  of  the 
old  Sceptre  was  to  be  removed,  the  diamond  was 
merely  to  be  inserted.  This  proved  a  very  difficult 
problem,  but  was  successfully  solved  by  Messrs. 
Garrard,  as  a  comparison  of  drawings  of  the  Sceptre 

1  See  p.  162. 


44  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

before  and  after  clearly  show.  As  seen  now,  the 
Star  of  Africa  is  the  central  attraction,  not  only 
from  its  huge  size,  but  its  extraordinary  brilliancy. 
It  is  drop-shaped,  2^  in.  in  length  and  iH  in.  in  width, 
and  weighs  5i6J  carats.  It  is  held  in  place  by  four 
very  ingeniously  contrived  gold  clasps,  which  can 
be  opened  and  the  diamond  taken  out  when  required 
to  be  worn  as  a  pendant.  Above  the  diamond  on 
enamelled  scrolls  stands  the  great  amethyst  orb 
which  is  faceted  all  over,  and  has  round  the  centre 
a  jewelled  band  with  an  arch  of  gold,  rubies,  and 
diamonds.  On  top  of  the  amethyst  orb  is  fixed  the 
Cross,  made  entirely  of  diamonds  with  a  large 
emerald  in  the  centre.  These  all  form  the  head  of 
the  Sceptre. 

Below  the  great  diamond  the  fleur-de-lis  of  the 
old  Sceptre  has  been  cleverly  depressed  into  the  form 
of  a  support;  this  is  thickly  jewelled  with  coloured 
gems  and  diamonds,  and  below  this  again  is  a  jewelled 
band.  Near  the  hilt  of  the  Sceptre  is  a  smooth 
portion  for  the  grip  ;  above  this  is  a  collar  of  gems 
and  enamels,  and  below  another  similar  collar 
having  rich  sprays  of  gold  and  enamels,  thickly 
jewelled  with  coloured  stones  and  diamonds.  At 
the  butt  is  a  sphere  encrusted  with  enamels  and 
precious  stones.  When  the  King  holds  this  Sceptre, 
he  may  veritably  be  said  to  have  in  his  hand  a 
King's  ransom. 

The  King's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove  comes  next  in 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         45 

importance.  It  is  a  rod  of  gold  three  feet  seven  inches 
in  length.  At  the  top  is  a  monde  or  orb  of  gold  with 
a  fillet  round  the  centre  studded  with  diamonds, 
and  with  an  arch  above  similarly  jewelled.  From 
the  top  of  the  monde  rises  a  golden  cross,  on  which 
is  sitting  a  white  enamelled  dove  with  extended 
wings,  its  eyes,  beak,  and  feet  of  gold.  Below  the 
monde  is  a  band  studded  with  diamonds,  and  beneath 
this  another  band  with  drooping  designs,  ornamented 
with  coloured  gems  and  diamonds.  In  the  centre  of 
the  Sceptre  is  an  ornamental  band  of  enamels  and 
gems,  and  gold  open-work  with  coloured  gems, 
enamels,  and  diamonds.  Nearer  to  the  bottom  of  the 
Sceptre  is  another  band  with  large  jewels.  The 
boss  at  the  foot  of  the  Sceptre  is  encircled  by  two 
bands,  one  jewelled  and  the  other  enamelled. 
The  Dove  is  symbolical  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  This 
Sceptre  is  borne  in  the  sovereign's  left  hand  during 
one  portion  of  the  ceremony  at  the  Coronation. 

Next  we  have  the  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Cross 
which  was  originally  made  for  Queen  Mary  of 
Modena.  It  is  made  of  gold  ornamented  with 
diamonds,  and  is  two  feet  ten  inches  in  length.  At 
the  top  is  a  double  fleur-de-lis  thickly  set  with  fair- 
sized  diamonds.  Above  this  is  a  golden  monde, 
round  which  is  a  fillet  thickly  adorned  with  diamonds, 
the  arch  over  the  monde  being  similarly  decorated. 
On  the  monde  stands  a  cross  which  has  a  large  dia- 
mond on  each  of  its  arms  and  one  in  the  centre.  The 


46  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

middle  of  the  Sceptre  is  ornamented  with  sprays 
formed  of  open-work  in  gold,  with  leaves  and  flowers 
composed  of  large  and  small  diamonds.  The  Sceptre 
ends  with  an  elaborately  jewelled  boss. 

The  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove  resembles  that 
of  the  King,  but  is  rather  smaller  and  is  differently 
ornamented.  Thus  the  fillet  encircling  the  monde 
and  the  arch  over  it  are  ornamented  with  coloured 
gems  as  well  as  diamonds,  and  with  leaves  enamelled 
red  and  white.  At  the  middle  of  the  Sceptre  is  a 
collar  of  dark  blue  enamel,  ornamented  with  gems 
and  designs  in  white  enamel.  Near  the  foot  is  another 
more  elaborate  collar  with  sprays  of  open-work  in 
gold,  ornamented  thickly  with  gems  and  enamels. 
At  the  foot  is  a  boss  with  ornaments  of  gold,  gems,  and 
enamels.  This  sceptre  was  lost  for  many  years, 
but  was  eventually  found,  in  1814,  hidden  at  the 
back  of  a  shelf  in  the  Jewel  House. 

The  Queen's  Ivory  Rod  was  destroyed  by  the 
Commonwealth,  but  a  replica  of  it  was  made  for 
Queen  Mary  of  Modena,  and  this  is  now  in  the  Jewel 
House.  This  Rod  or  Sceptre  also  has  a  dove  on  top 
of  it,  but  with  closed  wings.  It  stands  on  a  gold 
cross  which  in  its  turn  rises  from  a  gold  monde. 
The  dove  has  golden  eyes,  beak,  and  feet.  The  Rod, 
which,  as  its  name  implies,  is  made  of  ivory,  is  in 
three  pieces,  with  collars  of  gold  at  the  joining 
points.  Its  total  length  is  three  feet  one  and  a  half 
inches.  The  boss  at  the  bottom  is  very  similar  to 


The  Kings  Sceptre 

before  the 
Star  of  Africa 
was  introduced. 

Reproduced  l>y  pe 


The  Queen's  Sceptr 
with  the  Cross. 


THE  KING'S  ORB. 

lission  of  Messrs.  Cassell  &  Co..  from  a  painting  i 


ule  by  Mr.  Cyril  Davenport  (Copyright). 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER        47 

the  monde  at  the  top,  and  both  are  ornamented  with 
champleve  enamels. 

St.  Edward's  Staff,  known  also  from  very  early 
days  as  the  Rod  of  Justice  and  Equity,  is  a  replica 
made  for  Charles  II  of  the  ancient  staff  destroyed 
by  the  Commonwealth.  It  is  much  longer  than 
any  of  the  sceptres,  being  four  feet  seven  and  a  half 
inches  in  length,  and  being  intended  to  be  used  as 
a  walking  staff,  is  shod  with  a  spike  of  steel  like  an 
alpine-stock.  It  is  made  of  plain  bright  gold,  and 
at  the  top  has  a  gold  monde  surmounted  by  a  gold 
cross.  In  the  monde  of  the  original  Staff  was  a 
piece  of  the  true  cross.  This  Staff  is  emblematically 
intended  to  guide  the  King's  footsteps  in  the  way 
he  should  go. 

THE  ORBS 

There  are  two  Orbs  in  the  Jewel  House,  one  for 
the  King  and  the  other  for  the  Queen.  The  orb  is  a 
very  ancient  Christian  emblem,  and  signifies  the 
domination  of  the  Christian  religion  over  the  world. 
It  may  be  described  as  a  globe  of  gold  on  which 
stands  a  cross.  The  King's  Orb,  which  is  known  as 
the  Orb  of  England,  is  a  very  valuable  and  richly 
gemmed  emblem,  and  is  only  placed  in  the  hand  of 
the  King  or  Queen  who  is  actual  sovereign  of  the 
realm.  The  Queen's  Orb,  which  is  of  somewhat  less 
importance  and  value,  and  smaller  in  size,  is  the 
insignia  of  a  Queen  Consort. 

The  King's  Orb  is  a  golden  globe  six  inches  in 


48  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

diameter,  round  the  centre  of  which  is  a  fillet  of 
gold  outlined  with  fine  pearls  and  ornamented  with 
clusters  of  gems,  the  gems  being  set  in  borders  of 
white  and  red  enamel.  The  centre  stones  of  these 
clusters  are  large  rubies,  sapphires,  and  emeralds, 
each  surrounded  by  diamonds.  Over  the  top  of  the 
Orb  is  an  arch  of  similar  design  and  similarly 
jewelled.  Standing  on  the  Orb  is  a  large  amethyst 
on  which  is  fixed  the  cross.  The  amethyst  is  of 
remarkable  size  and  beauty,  one  and  a  half  inches 
in  height  and  faceted  all  over.  The  cross  is  a  very 
beautiful  one,  and  has  in  the  centre  on  one  side  an 
emerald  and  on  the  other  a  sapphire,  each  surrounded 
with  diamonds.  The  outlines  of  the  cross  are  marked 
by  rows  of  diamonds,  and  there  are  three  large 
diamonds  along  the  centre  of  each  arm.  At  the  foot 
of  the  cross,  where  it  rests  on  the  great  amethyst, 
is  a  collar  of  diamonds.  At  the  ends  of  each  of  the 
arms  is  a  large  pearl,  and  in  each  of  the  four  inner 
corners  is  also  a  large  pearl.  This  Orb  was  made  for 
Charles  II  by  Sir  Robert  Vyner  to  replace  an  older 
orb  destroyed  by  the  Commonwealth. 

The  Queen's  Orb  owes  its  origin  to  Mary,  wife  of 
William  of  Orange.  By  right  of  succession,  Mary 
was  Queen  of  England,  and  William  her  Consort, 
but  she  insisted  on  a  joint  occupation  of  the  throne. 
Thus  it  came  about  that  William  III  was  crowned 
King  of  England  and  took  the  King's  Orb  in  his 
hand,  whilst  a  smaller  replica  was  made  for  Queen 


THE  REGALIA  IN  THE  TOWER         49 

Mary.  Though  in  general  appearance  they  are  much 
alike,  the  Queen's  Orb  is  not  so  important  or  hand- 
some as  that  of  the  King.  The  globe  is  of  polished 
gold,  and  round  it  is  a  fillet  outlined  with  large 
pearls  and  studded  with  rubies,  sapphires,  and  emer- 
alds. These  coloured  stones  are  alternately  circular 
and  octagonal,  and  are  set  in  collars  of  gold.  The 
arch  over  the  Orb  is  ornamented  in  a  similar  manner. 
The  cross,  which  stands  on  top,  is  studded  with 
rubies,  sapphires,  and  diamonds,  differently  ar- 
ranged on  either  side. 


CHAPTER   III 

THE  REGALIA — continued 

The  Jewelled  State  Sword — The  most  valuable  in  the  world — 
The  emerald  worth  £2700 — The  sword  described — The  King  offers 
it  to  the  Church  and  redeems  it  for  100  shillings — The  sword 
lost  and  found — The  Sword  of  State — Carried  before  the  King — 
The  sword  described — The  three  swords  of  Henry  VIII — 
"  Defender  of  the  Faith" — The  Sword  Spiritual — The  Sword 
Temporal — "  Curtana,"  or  the  Sword  of  Mercy — St.  George's 
golden  spurs — The  Bracelets — Bracelets  worn  by  King  Saul  as 
well  as  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  monarchs — The  Coronation 
rings — The  King's  ring — The  Queen's  ring — Queen  Victoria's 
ring — Charles  II's  Coronation  ring — Coronation  ring  of  Edward 
the  Confessor — James  II's  monde — Model  of  the  Koh-i-Nur 
— Model  of  the  Cullinan  Diamond — Chisel  and  hammer. 


1 


Jewelled  State  Sword  is  the  most 
beautiful  and  valuable  sword  in  the 
world.  To  illustrate  its  value  it  may  be 
mentioned  that  one  stone  alone,  a  square 
emerald  set  at  cross  of  the  hilt,  is  worth  at  least 
£2700,  and  this  is  only  one  of  scores  of  precious 
stones  which  adorn  this  Sword.  The  grip  is  one 
mass  of  diamonds,  which  give  so  brilliant  an  effect 
that  the  beautiful  designs  are  almost  lost  to  sight ; 
these  are,  however,  when  looked  closely  into,  oak 
leaves  and  acorns.  These  may  be,  as  in  the  State 
Crown,  emblematic  of  Charles  II  and  his  oak  tree, 


THE  REGALIA  51 

though  perhaps,  and  more  prophetically,  an  emblem 
of  old  England  :  the  mighty  oak  that  built  her 
ships,  and  through  them  made  her  what  she  is  in 
this  year  of  grace. 

At  the  head  of  the  hilt  of  the  Sword  is  a  large 
and  very  valuable  diamond,  which  has  on  its  four 
sides  four  large  rubies,  and  below  these  two  rows 
of  large  emeralds  and  diamonds.  The  "  quillions," 
as  the  cross-piece  between  the  hilt  and  the  blade 
is  called,  is  encrusted  with  a  mass  of  small  diamonds, 
so  thickly  set  that  the  gold  beneath  is  scarcely 
visible.  At  the  extremities  of  the  quillions  are 
lions'  heads  beautifully  modelled  and  also  formed 
entirely  of  small  diamonds  set  close  together. 

The  blade  of  the  Sword  is  of  Damascus  steel  of 
the  very  finest  temper,  and  is  in  itself  of  great 
value.  The  scabbard  is  of  dull  gold  ornamented 
throughout  its  length  with  jewels,  both  large  and 
small.  At  the  upper  end  is  a  cross  formed  of  a 
sapphire,  a  ruby,  two  diamonds,  and  a  yellow 
sapphire  ;  this  latter  a  rare  and  valuable  stone- 
This  rich  cross  is  enclosed  with  laurel  sprays  of 
diamonds.  Looking  down  the  scabbard  we  see 
first  the  Rose  of  England,  portrayed  by  a  ruby 
set  thickly  round  with  diamonds.  Then  comes  the 
Thistle  of  Scotland,  fashioned  out  of  rubies, 
emeralds,  and  diamonds  ;  and  next  the  Shamrock 
of  Ireland,  appropriately  formed  of  emeralds  alone. 
These  three  devices  are  thrice  repeated  as  the 


52  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

scabbard  fines  away  to  a  point.  Between  the 
devices  are  crossed  golden  sprays  of  laurel  and 
palm  leaves.  On  the  "  chape  "  or  butt  end  of  the 
scabbard  appear  again  oak  leaves  and  acorns  formed 
of  small  diamonds.  At  the  extreme  tip  is  a  large 
and  very  beautiful  turquoise,  oblong  in  shape,  and 
set  around  with  diamonds. 

Naturally  a  sword  of  this  magnificence  is  meant 
more  for  display  on  State  occasions  than  for  use  on 
the  field  of  battle ;  indeed,  from  a  swordsman's 
point  of  view,  it  would  be  quite  impossible  to  firmly 
grip  a  hilt  made  of  diamonds  and  other  angularly 
cut  stones.  The  scabbard  and  jewels  are  not 
ancient,  whatever  the  history  of  the  blade  may  be, 
having  been  made  for  the  Coronation  of  George  IV, 
just  one  hundred  years  ago.  Since  that  reign  this 
has  been  the  Sword  which  the  King  at  his  Coronation 
hands  to  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  as  symbolis- 
ing that  he  places  his  Sword  at  the  service  of  the 
Church.  Happily  for  the  financial  stability  of  the 
empire,  it  is  arranged  between  Church  and  State 
that  after  each  Coronation  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House  is  empowered  to  redeem  the  said  Sword 
by  paying  to  the  Archbishop  the  apparently  in- 
adequate recompense  of  100  shillings. 

The  Sword  was  rarely  used  except  at  coronations, 
and  not  being  carefully  guarded  as  it  now  is,  got  lost 
or  mislaid  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria,  possibly 
because  a  queen  has  no  use  for  a  sword.  For  some 


THE  REGALIA  53 

decades  this  priceless  weapon  disappeared  entirely, 
and  then  was  only  accidentally  found  at  the  back 
of  an  old  disused  cupboard.  How  truly  British, 
both  friends  and  semi-friends,  will  alike  exclaim  ! 
Doubtless  numbers  of  people  had  seen  the  box 
containing  it,  but  as  this  box  closely  resembles  an 
ordinary  gun  case,  it  was  probably  taken  for  one 
and  left  undisturbed.  In  this  box,  which  looks  like 
a  gun  case,  are  the  emplacements  for  two  swords. 
One  is  for  the  Jewelled  Sword,  but  what  lay  in  the 
other  is  not  recorded — possibly  a  less  ornate  weapon 
for  the  King's  ordinary  use  when  in  uniform.  This 
latter  has  disappeared  probably  amongst  the  cast-off 
accoutrements  of  some  bygone  monarch. 

The  Sword  of  State  which  is  carried  before  the 
King  at  the  opening  of  Parliament  is  quite  a  different 
weapon.  It  is  a  long,  two-handed  sword,  with  a 
gold  hilt  and  quillion,  and  is  encased  in  a  crimson 
velvet  scabbard.  The  length  of  the  blade  alone  is 
32  in.,  and  the  breadth  of  the  same  about  2  in. 
This  is  the  Sword  with  which  the  King  knighted 
the  Prince  of  Wales  when  he  was  created  a  Knight 
of  the  Garter.  The  quillion  of  the  sword  is  formed 
of  an  elongated  lion  on  one  side,  and  a  similarly 
maltreated  unicorn  on  the  other.  On  the  hilt  are 
raised  representations  of  a  portcullis,  a  fleur-de-lis, 
and  a  harp.  On  the  pommel  are  a  thistle,  an  orb, 
and  other  emblems.  Down  the  scabbard  are  various 
designs  in  gold,  such  as  portcullis,  the  lion  standing 


54  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

on  a  crown,  orb,  and  cross.  Then  more  conspicu- 
ously the  Royal  arms  of  England,  the  double  Tudor 
rose,  the  thistle  of  Scotland,  the  harp  of  Ireland, 
and  the  fleur-de-lis  of  France. 

The  remaining  three  swords  in  the  Jewel  House 
are  of  a  set,  and  were  sent  to  Henry  VIII  by  the 
Pope  as  Defender  of  the  Faith.  Henry  VIII,  as 
we  know,  disagreed  with  the  Pope  over  his  first 
matrimonial  venture,  and  throwing  His  Holiness 
overboard,  so  to  speak,  made  himself  sole  head  of 
the  Church  of  England.  This  bold  deed,  though 
based  on  a  personal  matter,  was  the  foundation  of 
England's  greatness.  The  swords  the  King  retained, 
as  also  the  title,  which  is  still  born  by  English 
sovereigns,  and  appears  on  their  coins  to  this  day  : 
"  Georgius  V.  D.G.  Britt :  Omn :  Rex.  F.D. 
Ind.  Imp  :  ".  These  three  swords  are  named  the 
Sword  Spiritual,  the  Sword  Temporal,  and  "  Cur- 
tana,"  or  the  Sword  of  Mercy.  They  are  long, 
straight  swords  with  broad  blades  of  exactly  similar 
pattern,  but  there  is  one  curious  difference  between 
Curtana  and  the  other  two,  for  the  blade  of  this 
sword  has  had  about  six  inches  of  blade  broken 
off,  leaving  a  blunt  point.  This  break  and  shorten- 
ing are  intended  to  portray  the  element  of  Mercy. 

The  Golden  Spurs,  known  as  St.  George's  Spurs, 
which  are  one  of  the  King's  military  emblems  now 
to  be  seen  in  the  Tower,  were  made  for  Charles  II 
by  Sir  Robert  Vyner,  and  were  copied  from  the 


THE  REGALIA  55 

pair  that  existed  in  former  ages,  and  which  were 
sold  or  melted  down  by  the  Commonwealth.  They 
are  of  the  pattern  known  as  "  prick  "  spurs,  for 
instead  of  rowels  they  have  one  sharp  point.  The 
straps  are  of  crimson  velvet  embroidered  in  gold. 

Bracelets  have  long  been  a  regal  emblem,  being 
old  even  when  Saul,  King  of  Israel,  was  slain  and 
the  Amalekite  brought  his  crown  and  bracelet  to 
King  David.  The  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  mon- 
archs  wore  bracelets  as  one  of  the  insignia  of  royalty, 
whilst  at  the  present  day  the  Shah  is  the  only  male 
person  in  Persia  who  has  a  right  to  wear  a  bracelet. 
What  may  be  the  exact  significance  of  the  bracelet 
is  not  clear ;  it  may  have  none,  and  may  in  the 
course  of  ages  have  become  by  usage  one  of  the 
insignia  of  a  reigning  monarch.  The  bracelets  at 
present  in  the  Jewel  House  were  made  by  Sir 
Robert  Vyner  for  Charles  II  from  some  ancient 
design,  and  are  of  solid  gold.  On  them  are  enamelled 
designs  representing  the  emblems  of  the  three 
kingdoms,  as  well  as  the  fleur-de-lis  of  France. 
They  are  lined  with  crimson  velvet. 

A  recent  addition  to  the  Crown  Jewels  in  the 
Tower  are  the  Coronation  Rings.  These  are  the 
private  property  of  their  Majesties,  who  with  their 
usual  gracious  forethought  have  sent  them  to  the 
Tower  so  that  all  their  subjects  may  see  them. 
The  Coronation  Rings  are  three  in  number  :  th? 
King's  Ring,  the  Queen's  Ring,  and  a  special  ring 


56  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

made  for  Queen  Victoria  and  presented  to  her  by 
her  uncle,  William  IV. 

The  King's  Ring  is  not  ancient,  dating  only  to 
the  reign  of  William  IV,  and  is  of  a  magnificence 
that  makes  it  unsuitable  for  daily  wear  even  by  a 
king  in  these  days.  In  the  centre  is  a  very  large 
and  valuable  sapphire  which  could  not  now  be 
bought  for  £1000.  Lying  over  this,  in  the  form  of 
a  cross,  are  four  long,  narrow  rubies.  Round  the 
whole  is  a  circle  of  diamonds.  The  general  design 
is  to  represent  the  Cross  of  St.  George  on  a  blue 
shield,  as  it  is  in  insignia  of  the  Order  of  the 
Garter. 

The  Queen's  Ring  is  not  so  large  or  ambitious, 
and  might  be  worn  without  being  unduly  pro- 
nounced on  ordinary  occasions.  In  the  centre  is  a 
large  rectangular  ruby  set  around  with  diamonds. 
The  ruby  is  one  of  remarkable  beauty  and  con- 
siderable value. 

The  third  ring  at  the  Jewel  House  is  a  small 
replica  of  the  King's  Ring,  and  was  bequeathed  by 
William  IV  to  the  then  Heir-Apparent  to  the 
throne,  the  Princess  Victoria.  A  kindly  thought 
on  the  part  of  the  old  King,  knowing  that  a  very 
large  man's  ring  would  not  be  suitable  for  a  young 
girl-queen.  Unfortunately  the  jeweller  was  too 
much  of  a  courtier,  and  made  the  ring  so  small  that 
it  caused  Queen  Victoria  intense  agony.  The 
sapphire  in  this  ring,  though  smaller,  is  so  perfect  as 


THE  REGALIA  57 

to  be  in  value  equal  to  the  larger  stone  in  the  King's 
Ring. 

A  much  older  Coronation  ring  than  any  of  these 
is  probably  in  existence.  It  belonged  to  Charles  II, 
and  was  amongst  the  Stuart  relics  bequeathed  to 
George  III  by  Cardinal  York.  Where  it  is,  or  who 
owns  it,  is  not  known,  for  it  must  be  remembered 
that  these  Coronation  rings  are  the  private  property 
of  each  Sovereign  and  are  at  their  disposal.  It  was 
therefore  open  to  George  III  to  give  or  bequeath 
it  to  whom  he  pleased. 

Older  far  than  any  of  these  is  the  sapphire  now 
in  the  cross  pate  on  the  summit  of  the  King's  State 
Crown,  which  was  in  the  Coronation  ring  of  Edward 
the  Confessor  nearly  900  years  ago.  Perchance 
some  future  King  will  transpose  the  two  sapphires 
as  a  matter  of  sentiment,  replacing  Edward  the 
Confessor's  sapphire  in  the  Coronation  ring  and 
transferring  the  sapphire  now  in  that  ring  to  the 
cross  pate. 

A  typical  example  of  the  depredations  to  which 
the  Crown  Jewels  were  subject  in  less  guarded  days 
is  shown  in  the  Jewel  House.  This  is  a  jewel  which 
passed  for  long  as  a  magnificent  faceted  aquamarine, 
in  the  shape  of  a  monde  or  globe  surmounted  by  a 
diamond  cross,  which  figured  first  on  top  of  the 
Crown  of  King  James  II.  Many  historians  mention 
this  stone  with  speechless  admiration.  Yet  when 
a  more  critical  age  came  to  examine  this  precious 


58  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

stone,  it  was  found  to  be  nothing  more  valuable 
than  a  ball  of  coloured  glass  !  Naturally  when 
this  discovery  was  made  the  ornament  lost  its 
place  of  honour  on  top  of  the  King's  Crown,  and  is 
now  shown  only  as  a  curiosity.  Whether  the 
original  aquamarine  had  been  disposed  of  by 
James  II  before  his  flight  or  sold  in  some  long 
past  reign  by  order  of  the  King,  or  whether  owing 
to  slack  guardianship  it  was  removed  through  the 
connivance  of  the  guardians  and  replaced  by  a 
worthless  imitation,  history  does  not  relate.  At 
any  rate,  an  expert  goldsmith  and  jeweller  must 
have  been  in  the  secret  for  the  making  of  an  exact 
replica,  and  must  have  required  prolonged  possession 
of  the  model  to  work  from.  Probably,  too,  when 
the  substitution  was  first  discovered  nobody  cared 
to  say  much  about  it  lest  they  themselves  should  be 
suspected  of  theft,  or  at  least  accused  of  criminal 
carelessness  in  its  custody. 

Amongst  the  Jewels  may  be  seen  a  model  of  the 
Koh-i-Nur  diamond  as  it  was  before  being  cut  into 
the  form  of  a  brilliant.  It  was  at  that  period  set  in 
an  armlet  with  two  lesser  diamonds  on  either  side, 
and  could  either  thus  be  worn,  or  alternatively  as  an 
ornament  in  the  turban,  by  the  Eastern  potentate 
who  then  owned  the  great  diamond.  This  model  is 
set  in  the  original  setting  of  gold,  richly  enamelled. 
The  crimson  silk  cords  ending  in  tassels  of  pearls 
and  rubies,  with  which  the  armlet  was  furnished, 


THE  REGALIA  59 

are  also  shown  in  original.  This  model  shows  the 
curious  conical  shape  the  diamond  then  had  from 
which  its  name,  "The  Mountain  of  Light,"  was 
derived.  A  looking-glass  set  behind  it  enables  one 
to  see  the  beautiful  enamels  at  the  back  of  the 
setting. 

Another  model  of  great  interest  is  that  of  the 
Cullinan  diamond  or  the  Star  of  Africa,  exactly 
showing  its  size  and  appearance  when  first  found. 
It  is  difficult  to  imagine  a  diamond  of  this  size  and 
appearance  until  we  actually  see  the  model.  It 
will  be  found  described  amongst  the  greater  gems 
in  another  place. 

The  Star  of  Africa  was,  it  will  be  remembered, 
cut  into  four  great  portions,  whilst  numerous  small 
pieces  also  resulted.  This  operation  was  performed 
at  Amsterdam  by  the  famous  diamond-cutters, 
Messrs.  Coster.  The  hammer  and  chisel  with  which 
this  delicate  operation  was  performed  are  kept  in 
the  Jewel  House,  and  are  most  unlikely-looking 
instruments.  The  chisel  is  in  the  shape  of  a  deep 
man's  comb  without  a  handle,  and  is  more  like  a 
wedge  than  a  chisel,  as  generally  understood.  It  is 
of  hardened  steel,  yet  not  so  hard  but  that  it  shows 
the  marks  where  it  struck  the  diamond.  The 
hammer  is  equally  unconventional,  being  a  solid 
steel  cylinder,  like  a  short  rod  or  truncheon.  Ap- 
parently only  three  or  four  sharp  blows  opposite 
the  natural  cleavages  were  sufficient  to  break  up 


60  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  great  rough  stone  into  the  four  great  Stars  of 
Africa. 

It  is  difficult  by  word  of  mouth,  or  with  the  pen, 
or  even  by  illustrations,  to  give  an  adequate  idea 
of  the  splendour  and  brilliancy  of  the  Crown  Jewels. 
They  have  to  be  seen  to  be  adequately  appreciated. 
This  by  the  gracious  permission  of  His  Majesty  the 
King  it  is  possible  for  all,  rich  or  poor,  to  achieve  by 
visiting  the  Jewel  House  at  the  Tower  of  London. 
The  poor  can  see  them  without  toll  or  fee  on  what 
are  known  as  "  free  days,"  whilst  the  rich  need 
only  spend  sixpence  for  the  same  privilege  on 
"  paying  days."  If  these  chapters  in  any  way  help 
to  give  an  added  interest  to  their  visit  they  will 
have  amply  achieved  their  object. 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  ROYAL   PLATE 

Plate  for  the  Royal  table — Plate  for  the  King's  Chapel — Trumpets 
and  maces — Queen  Elizabeth's  gold  salt  cellar — Escapes  the 
Commonwealth — The  design  of  the  salt  cellar — The  State 
salt  of  Charles  II — Presented  by  the  City  of  Exeter — A  jewelled 
castle  armed  with  golden  guns — Charles  II 's  wine  fountain — 
Presented  by  the  Borough  of  Plymouth — The  finest  specimen 
of  plate  in  the  Jewel  House — Not  only  ornamental,  but  useful 
to  His  Majesty — The  ordeal  of  the  lady  on  top — The  eleven  St. 
George's  Salts — Curious  history  of  a  set  of  four — A  correspond- 
ence that  lasted  ninety-two  years — The  ordeal  of  the  serpents — 
St.  George  on  the  canopy  of  the  great  salts — The  salt  spoons — 
Two  golden  tankards — To  be  viewed  from  a  discreet  distance — 
The  silver  trumpets — Used  at  Coronations — And  when  Peace  is 
Proclaimed — Crimson  and  gold  bannerets — The  Archbishop's  old 
time  exhortation — The  maces  of  the  sergeants-at-arms — Charles 
II,  James  II,  William  and  Mary,  George  I — The  mace  originally  a 
bludgeon — The  crown  at  head  of  it  the  insignia  of  Royal  authority 
— The  policeman's  truncheon  a  miniature  mace — The  maces 
at  the  Proclamation  of  Peace — The  mace-bearers  originally 
a  corps  of  knights — Bodyguard  of  the  King. 


Royal  Plate  in  the  Jewel  House  may 
be  roughly  divided  into  two  main  cate- 
gories, the  one  being  plate  for  the  Royal 
table  and  dignity,  and  the  other  ecclesias- 
tical plate  for  use  at  Coronations  or  at  services  in 
one  of  His  Majesty's  Chapels  Royal.     The  table 

61 


62  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

plate  consists  mostly  of  large  gold  salt  cellars, 
known  as  Salts  of  State,  whilst  the  kingly  dignity 
is  represented  by  the  great  gold  maces  borne  by 
the  sergeants-at-arms,  and  the  silver  trumpets 
which  sound  a  fanfare  when  the  king  is  crowned. 

The  oldest  piece  of  table  plate  in  the  Jewel  House 
is  Queen  Elizabeth's  gold  salt  cellar.  How  this 
escaped  the  depredations  of  the  Commonwealth,  or 
how  it  avoided  being  melted  down  with  other 
Royal  plate,  to  meet  the  necessities  of  Charles  I, 
history  does  not  relate.  Very  possibly  it  was 
sold  in  those  days,  and  preserved  by  the  pur- 
chaser through  the  troublous  times,  and  then 
either  given  back,  or  sold  back,  to  the  Crown  on 
the  Restoration. 

The  salt  cellar,  which  is  a  very  fine  specimen  of 
Elizabethan  work,  stands  about  a  foot  in  height ; 
at  the  top  is  a  shallow  pan  in  which  the  salt  was 
placed,  over  which  is  a  gold  canopy  supported  on 
brackets.  The  object  of  canopies  such  as  this 
apparently  was  to  keep  the  larger  and  more  obtru- 
sive pieces  of  dirt  and  dust  from  the  rough  rafters 
overhead,  from  falling  into  the  salt.  Salt  was  a 
precious  thing  in  those  days,  and  as  carefully  to  be 
protected  as  would  pate  de  foie  gras  in  these  times. 
On  top  of  the  canopy  stands  a  knight  in  armour 
holding  a  long  two-handed  sword  and  a  shield. 
He  also  is  manifestly  guarding  the  salt  from  theft 
and  danger. 


THE  ROYAL  PLATE  63 

With  the  exception  of  this  one  piece,  none  of  the 
gold  table  plate  in  the  Jewel  House  dates  further 
back  than  the  reign  of  Charles  II,  and  this  for  good 
and  sufficient  reasons,  as  we  have  seen.  To  renew 
the  Royal  Plate  at  the  Restoration  several  contribu- 
tions were  made,  and  the  chiefest  of  these  by  the 
loyal  county  of  Devon.  The  city  of  Exeter  presented 
His  Majesty  with  a  magnificent  golden  State  salt 
cellar,  fashioned  like  a  castle  ;  and  the  Borough  of 
Plymouth  came  forward  with  one  of  the  handsomest 
pieces  of  gold  plate  in  existence,  a  beautiful  wine 
fountain. 

The  State  salt  cellar  stands  nearly  two  feet  high, 
and  is  a  most  elaborate  and  beautifully  worked  out 
representation  of  a  square  castle  prepared  for  defence 
as  it  would  be  in  medieval  days.  At  each  corner 
are  turrets  for  flank  defence,  and  cannons  and  guns 
bristle  from  every  wall.  On  the  top  is  a  cupolo 
shaped  like  a  Royal  crown,  and  under  this  may  be 
seen  exquisitely  fashioned  field-guns  on  wheels. 
The  castle  is  adorned  throughout  with  precious 
stones,  one  specially  large  sapphire  being  observable 
above  the  portcullis  at  the  front  entrance.  Some 
historians  think  it  was  intended  to  represent  the 
White  Tower,  which  is  the  keep  of  the  Tower  of 
London,  but  as  many  castles  in  those  days  were 
more  or  less  of  this  design,  and  amongst  them 
Exeter  Castle,  it  seems  more  probable  that  the  design 
was  taken  from  that  city. 


64  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  tops  of  the  four  turrets  as  well  as  the  crown 
left  off  and  disclosed  shallow  pans  or  saucers  each 
capable  of  holding  a  small  quantity  of  precious  salt. 
There  are  also  small  troughs  under  the  windows 
also  intended  each  to  hold  a  little  salt.  Probably 
nobody  but  the  King  and  Queen  and  three  or  four 
distinguished  guests  seated  near  were  intended  to 
take  salt  from  the  State  salt  cellar,  its  place  being 
in  the  centre  of  the  great  banqueting  table  exactly 
opposite  the  King. 

The  wine  fountain,  besides  being  an  exceedingly 
fine  example  of  the  goldsmith's  art,  must  have  been 
a  very  acceptable  and  appropriate  present  for  the 
jovial  King  to  receive.  The  fountain  stands  two 
and  a  half  feet  high,  the  central  figure  being  a  lady 
very  lightly  clad,  holding  a  snake  by  the  neck. 
Below  the  lady  are  two  tiers  of  shallow  receptacles 
shaped  like  shells  and  ornamented  with  mermaids, 
dolphins,  and  sea  nymphs.  The  lower,  and  larger 
tier,  measures  28  in.  in  diameter.  When  in  use  the 
fountain  could  be  made  to  play  as  does  a  water- 
fountain  in  the  garden.  The  procedure  would  be  to 
place  a  barrel  of  wine  in  the  gallery  :  from  this  a 
pipe  would  run  which  could  be  fixed  to  the  hollow 
at  the  base  of  the  fountain.  When  the  tap  was 
turned  on  the  wine  would  run  up  inside  the  lady  and 
out  presumedly  through  the  serpent's  mouth.  The 
height  of  spray  would  depend  on  the  height  of  the 
barrel  above  the  table.  The  wine  as  it  fell  in  spray 


THE  ROYAL  PLATE  65 

would  drip  down  the  lady,  which  impending  deluge 
doubtless  accounts  for  her  lack  of  garments ;  thence 
it  would  flow  into  the  tier  of  smaller  receptacles. 
As  these  filled  up  they  would  overflow  into  the 
larger  receptacles  below,  and  when  these  in  their 
turn  were  filled  to  overflowing,  the  only  way  to  pre- 
vent a  flood,  and  a  devastating  waste  of  good  wine, 
was  for  the  company  to  continuously  dip  their 
beakers  into  them  and  thus  stem  the  tide  by  steadily 
drinking  the  contents. 

There  are  eleven  other  great  gold  salt  cellars 
amongst  the  Royal  plate  at  the  Tower  dating  from 
the  reign  of  Charles  II,  which  used  to  help  in  deco- 
rating the  tables  at  Coronation  banquets.  These  are 
all  known  as  St.  George's  Salts  and  are  of  several 
patterns. 

A  curious  story  attaches  to  one  set  of  four  of  these 
salt  cellars.  They  are  cylindrical  hi  shape,  rather 
like  a  deep  drum,  and  embossed  with  sprays  of  leaves 
and  flowers  in  high  relief.  At  the  top  are  three 
brackets  curving  outwards  fashioned  as  serpents. 
When  the  Royal  plate  was  being  overhauled  for  the 
Coronation  of  George  IV,  some  bright  expert 
decided  that  the  brackets  were  not  brackets,  but 
legs,  and  turned  the  salts  over  and  stood  them  on 
these.  He  was  then  faced  by  an  aching  void  which 
would  hold  a  couple  of  pounds  of  salt,  for  the  cylin- 
ders are  hollow.  Naught  dismayed,  he  had  shallow 
gold  pans  to  hold  salt  made  to  fit  the  cylinders, 


66  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

and  on  these  were  engraved  the  Royal  arms  and  the 
words  "  George  IV."  Thus  upside  down  the  salts 
remained  for  ninety-two  years,  the  serpents  standing 
on  their  heads,  and  the  herbaceous  ornamentation 
drooping  sadly.  During  those  ninety-two  years  an 
animated  correspondence  appears  to  have  been 
carried  on  as  to  which  end  upwards  the  salts  should 
rightly  stand,  and  it  was  only  hi  the  time  of  the 
present  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  that  the  serpents, 
doubtless  to  their  relief,  were  allowed  again  to  hold 
up  their  heads,  and  the  golden  flowers  and  foliage 
were  condemned  no  longer  to  droop.  The  real 
mission  in  life  of  these  brackets,  as  has  been  re- 
discovered in  this  post-bellum  age,  is  to  support 
a  napkin  which  was  spread  over  them  so  as  to  protect 
the  salt  from  dust  and  dirt. 

All  the  rest  of  the  St.  George's  Salts  have  a  perman- 
ent golden  canopy  over  them  very  similar  to  that 
which  covers  Queen  Elizabeth's  salt  cellar.  On  top 
of  the  canopy  in  each  case  is  a  knight  in  armour, 
in  some  cases  mounted,  in  others  on  foot.  The 
knight  is  probably  meant  for  St.  George,  in  some 
cases  mounted  before  killing  the  dragon,  and  in 
others  dismounted  and  at  rest,  after  having  accom- 
plished that  historic  feat. 

Appertaining  to  the  great  salt  cellars  there 
remain  a  residue  of  twelve  gold  salt  spoons,  the 
missing  numbers  no  doubt  having  been  lost,  or 
annexed  by  excessively  loyal  guests. 


THE  ROYAL  PLATE  67 

Two  very  handsome  gold  tankards  are  in  the 
Jewel  House,  which  were  added  to  the  Royal  plate 
by  George  IV.  Viewed  from  a  discreet  distance 
the  effect  is  very  fine,  but  a  closer  inspection  is  not 
recommended  to  those  who  disapprove  of  realism 
in  art.  Queen  Victoria,  it  is  reported,  disliked  these 
flagons  intensely. 

The  silver  trumpets  and  gold  maces  are  placed 
in  the  Jewel  House  as  part  of  the  Royal  Treasure. 
There  were  originally  sixteen  silver  trumpets,  but 
one  disappeared  in  a  bygone  reign  and  has  never 
been  recovered,  so  that  fifteen  only  remain.  They 
are  the  ordinary  shape  of  a  cavalry  trumpet,  and  are 
used  not  only  at  the  King's  Coronation,  but  also  when 
proclamations  are  made  by  the  Heralds  in  the  King's 
name.  They  were  thus  used,  for  instance,  when  the 
Heralds  rode  to  various  parts  of  London  and  pro- 
claimed the  Peace  at  the  end  of  the  Great  War,  in 
1919.  Pendent  from  each  trumpet  is  a  crimson  silk 
banneret  richly  embroidered  in  gold,  displaying 
the  Royal  arms  with  the  cypher  of  the  reigning  mon- 
arch. At  the  Coronation  of  the  sovereign  the  trum- 
peters blow  a  fanfare  on  these  silver  trumpets,  the 
ritual  for  which  in  the  old  world  wording  of  the 
Coronation  service  is  thus  given  : 

'  The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  speaks  thus  to 
the  people  :  '  Sirs,  I  here  present  unto  you  King 
George,  the  undoubted  King  of  this  realm  :  where- 


68  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

fore  all  you  who  are  come  this  day  to  do  your 
homage,  are  you  willing  to  do  the  same  ?  '  The 
people  signify  their  willingness  by  loud  and  repeated 
exclamations,  all  with  one  voice  crying  out  '  God 
save  King  George.'  ' 

Then  the  trumpets  sound  a  fanfare. 

Of  gold  maces  there  are  eight  in  number  at  the 
Tower.  The  oldest  of  these  are  two  made  for  Charles 
II ;  there  are  two  also  which  date  from  the  reign  of 
James  II,  whilst  three  were  supplied  for  William  and 
Mary,  and  one  for  George  I.  They  are  all  of  very 
similar  pattern.  A  mace  was  originally  a  weapon 
used  by  cavalry  soldiers,  and  many  and  various 
patterns  of  these  may  be  seen  in  the  Armoury  in 
the  White  Tower.  It  was,  in  fact,  a  bludgeon  with 
a  short  handle  and  a  heavy  head,  sufficiently  heavy 
to  beat  in  the  steel  helmets  worn  hi  those  days. 
The  ceremonial  mace  has,  instead  of  a  battle-head, 
a  crown,  and  this  crown  is  to  denote  the  delegation 
of  the  Royal  authority.  The  Sergeant-at-arms  carry- 
ing the  mace  before  the  Speaker,  and  placing  it  on 
rests  before  him  in  the  House  of  Commons,  thus 
conveys  the  Royal  Assent  to  the  assembly.  In 
the  same  way  mayors  of  towns  have  crowned  maces 
borne  before  with  the  same  intention.  When 
policemen,  or  peelers  as  they  were  then  called,  were 
first  incorporated,  they  were  served  out  with  trun- 
cheons which  were  miniature  maces  with  a  Royal 


THE  ROYAL  PLATE  69 

crown  at  the  head  of  each.  These  crowns,  however, 
were  not  very  practical  weapons  with  which  to 
knock  a  burglar  on  the  head ;  indeed,  they  generally 
broke  off,  which  was  an  untoward  catastrophe,  so 
they  were  discontinued.  Those  who  were  in  the 
streets  of  London  when  the  Peace  proclamation  was 
made  at  the  close  of  the  Great  War,  will  have 
noticed  that  sergeants-at-arms  bearing  their  maces 
accompanied  the  heralds  and  trumpeters,  thus 
signifying  that  the  whole  ceremony  was  with  the 
King's  authority. 

At  the  coronation  of  a  sovereign  the  sergeants-at- 
arms,  whose  number  seems  to  have  varied  in  the 
course  of  centuries,  carry  their  maces  and  form  part 
of  the  procession.  Originally  the  mace-bearers  were 
a  corps  of  twenty-four  knights,  or  gentlemen  of 
high  degree,  who  formed  a  sort  of  bodyguard  to 
the  King,  and  thus  they  were  in  the  reign  of  Richard 
Cceur  de  Lion.  As  late  as  the  reign  of  Charles  II 
the  sergeants-at-arms  bearing  their  maces  are  shown 
mounted  on  horses.  At  the  present  day  a  sergeant- 
at-arms  walks  and  carries  his  mace,  no  mean 
weight,  as  those  who  have  seen  them  stagger  after 
a  long  day  may  well  imagine.  Thirty-four  pounds 
do  they  each  weigh. 

We  have  now  accounted  for  all  the  secular  plate 
in  the  Tower  pertaining  to  royalty,  and  proceed 
to  describe  the  ecclesiastical  plate  used  at  the 


70  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

coronations  of  our  monarchs,  or  on  certain  occasions 
during  their  reigns,  either  at  Westminster,  or  at 
St.  Peter  ad  Vincula,  a  Royal  chapel  within  the 
Tower. 


CHAPTER  V 

ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE 

The  Ampulla  or  Golden  Eagle — It's  great  age — Repaired  for  Corona- 
tion of  Charles  II — The  lapis  lazuli  eagle  lost  or  sold — The 
Ampulla  escapes  the  Commonwealth — Hidden  in  Westminster 
Abbey — The  Ampulla  at  the  Coronation — Filled  with  holy 
oil — Oil  costing  £200 — Height  of  eagle — A  prototype  of  the 
lecternes  in  churches — The  anointing  spoon — Of  Byzantine 
origin — The  spoon  described — Its  use  at  a  coronation — Oil  on 
the  King's  head — The  Maundy  Dish — Its  severe  simplicity- 
Inaugurated  by  Charles  II — Maundy  money  for  the  aged  poor — 
The  ceremony  of  presentation  at  Westminster — The  baptismal 
font — For  Princes  and  Princesses  of  the  Blood  Royal — The 
alms  dish — Queen  Victoria  orders  a  new  font — The  bacchan- 
alian flagons — The  alms  dish  and  flagon  of  William  and  Mary — 
Used  in  the  chapel  within  the  Tower. 


1 


ecclesiastical  plate,  if  so  it  may  be 
called,  which  is  kept  at  the  Tower,  apper- 
tains to  religious  ceremonies,  chiefly  in 
connection  with  coronation  of  the  sover- 
eigns called  upon  to  reign  over  the  British  Empire 
and  the  baptism  of  the  Royal  children.  But  also 
there  are  pieces  of  church  plate  which  are  used  on 
certain  set  occasions,  as  is  in  due  course  set  forth. 
The  oldest  piece  of  plate,  ecclesiastical  or  secular, 
preserved  in  the  Tower,  is  the  Ampulla  or  Golden 

71 


72  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Eagle.  This  bears  distinct  traces  of  Byzantine 
origin,  and  thus  may  be  fourteen  hundred  years  old. 
It  was  for  long  attributed  to  Sir  Robert  Vyner,  and 
was  supposed  to  have  been  made  for  the  Coronation 
of  Charles  II.  But  recent  exact  examination  by 
experts  has  shown  that  the  eagle  is  of  a  very  much 
earlier  origin.  To  one  skilled  in  such  matters  it 
is,  for  instance,  at  once  apparent  that  the  screw 
with  which  the  head  is  attached  to  the  body  is  of  a 
pattern  that  was  ancient  even  in  the  days  of  Charles 
II,  and  further  a  close  examination  of  the  body  of 
the  eagle  shows  distinct  signs  of  Byzantine  workman- 
ship.1 It  may  thus  be  concluded  that  this  eagle 
was  used  in  very  early  days  for  the  Coronation  of 
English  Kings.  It  then  was  supplanted  perhaps  for 
centuries  by  a  much  more  ornate  and  intrinsically 
valuable  emblem  of  lapis  lazuli,  with  a  golden  eagle 
at  the  top  enriched  with  pearls  and  diamonds, 
mentioned  by  Mezeray.  This  valuable  bird  has 
disappeared  altogether,  and  whether  it  was  disposed 
of  to  meet  the  necessities  of  Charles  I,  or  whether 
sold  or  destroyed  by  the  Commonwealth,  is  not 
clear.  But  the  older  eagle  survived  these  troublous 
times  owing  to  the  fortunate  circumstance  that  it 
was  hidden  and  forgotten  in  the  Treasure  House 
at  Westminster  Abbey.  Much  mutilated,  and  with 
the  wings  broken  off,  it  was  handed  over  to  Sir 
Robert  Vyner,  who  restored  it  for  the  Coronation 

1  The  Crown  Jewels  of  England,  by  Younghusband  and  Daven- 
port, p.  34. 


ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE  73 

of  Charles  II  to  the  form  in  which  we  see  it  at 
present  in  the  Tower. 

The  eagle,  far  from  being  of  life  size,  is  only  nine 
inches  high,  and  is  in  truth  a  very  poor  representa- 
tion of  an  eagle,  thus  further  emphasizing  its 
ancient  origin.  It  is,  however,  of  solid  gold  hollowed 
only  sufficiently  to  contain  a  small  quantity  of  holy 
oil.  This  is  introduced  by  unscrewing  the  head  and 
pouring  the  oil  into  it,  the  holy  unguent  being 
composed  chiefly  of  olive  oil  and  balm.  Of  so  great 
a  value  is  it,  that  it  is  on  record  that  James  II  paid 
no  less  than  £200  for  the  small  quantity  required 
for  his  Coronation  ceremony.  The  Ampulla  is  the 
prototype  of  the  large  brass  eagle  which  we  see  in 
many  churches  bearing  the  Holy  Bible  on  its  back, 
emblematically  about  to  fly  to  the  four  corners  of 
the  earth  carrying  the  sacred  message  of  the  gospel. 

At  the  Coronation,  when  the  moment  for  the 
anointing  of  the  King  arrives,  a  small  portion  of  the 
holy  oil  is  poured  into  the  anointing  spoon,  the  beak 
of  the  eagle  forming  the  channel. 

The  anointing  spoon,  into  which  the  oil  is  poured 
from  the  Ampulla,  can  probably  claim  almost 
equally  ancient  origin.  On  this,  too,  recent  examina- 
tion has  discovered  distinct  traces  of  Byzantine 
workmanship.  So  ancient  a  spoon  has  naturally 
been  repaired  and  renewed  from  time  to  time  during 
the  centuries,  but  that  it  has  existed  for  more 
than  a  thousand  years  is  quite  evident.  The  handle 


74  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

of  the  spoon  is  seven  and  a  half  inches  long,  tapering 
towards  the  top,  showing  that  it  is  intended  to  be 
gripped  with  the  whole  hand,  instead  of  being 
balanced  on  the  fingers  as  are  more  modern  spoons. 
It  is  richly  ornamented  and  set  with  pearls.  The 
bowl  of  the  spoon  is  two  and  a  quarter  inches  in 
length,  and  is  curiously  divided  longitudinally  by 
a  ridge.  When  in  use  at  a  coronation,  the  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury  dips  his  two  first  fingers  into 
the  holy  oil  resting  in  these  two  compartments,  and 
with  the  oil  thus  raised  makes  a  cross  on  the  King's 
head,  on  his  breast,  and  on  the  palms  of  his  hands. 
The  Coronation  service  directs  the  Archbishop  to 
pour  the  holy  oil  on  to  His  Majesty's  head,  but 
being  a  kindly  prelate,  he  does  not  obey  these 
instructions  too  literally,  thus  saving  the  Royal 
person  and  robes  from  a  devastating  deluge. 

That  this  Ampulla  and  the  spoon  escaped  the 
studied  destruction  of  the  Commonwealth  is  proved 
by  the  records  of  the  Restoration,  for  it  is  expressly 
stated  that,  "  All  the  Regalia,  except  the  ampulla  and 
spoon,  both  of  which  were  constantly  kept  in  the 
Church  of  Westminster,  were  sacrilegiously  plun- 
dered." 

One  of  the  most  impressive  pieces  of  ecclesiastical 
plate,  impressive  from  its  severe  simplicity,  is  the 
Maundy  Dish.  In  contrast  to  the  highly  decorative 
alms  dish  of  William  and  Mary,  it  is  perfectly  plain. 
In  diameter  it  is  somewhat  over  two  feet,  and  it  weighs 


ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE  75 

two  hundred  and  two  ounces.  It  was  made  in  the 
reign  of  Charles  II  in  1660-61,  who  decided,  in  place 
of  continuing  the  ancient  custom  of  distributing  the 
Royal  Bounty,  to  make  instead  an  offering  to  the 
aged  poor.  The  number  of  the  aged  poor  to  be  thus 
beneficed  is  regulated  by  the  King's  age,  that  is  to 
say,  if  he  is  fifty  years  of  age,  fifty  old  men  and  fifty 
old  women  receive  the  bounty.  The  bounty  itself 
consists  of  a  silver  penny,  a  silver  twopenny,  a 
silver  threepenny,  and  a  silver  fourpenny,  making 
a  total  of  tenpence.  This  in  Charles  II  days  was  a 
fairly  handsome  dole  ;  whilst  even  at  this  day  the 
set  of  four  silver  coins  is  of  a  value  far  above  its 
intrinsic  merits.  Indeed,  on  one  occasion  a  five 
pound  note  was  given  at  the  Abbey  door  for  the 
purchase  of  one  of  these  sets.  In  addition,  however, 
to  the  coins,  the  aged  poor  who  are  yearly  selected 
by  the  Dean  of  Westminster  receive  other  handsome 
doles  from  the  King  in  money  and  clothing. 

The  ceremony  takes  place  in  Westminster  Abbey 
on  the  Thursday  before  Good  Friday,  known  as 
Maundy  Thursday.  The  dish  is  taken  from  the 
Tower  to  Westminster,  where  at  the  ceremony  a 
yeoman  of  the  guard  carries  it  in  procession,  holding 
displayed  the  little  red  bags  containing  the  Maundy 
Money.  The  aged  poor  are  marshalled  on  each  side 
of  the  aisle,  and  to  them  after  an  impressive  service 
the  little  bags  of  money  are  one  by  one  distributed, 
by  the  clergy,  in  the  King's  name. 


76  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

It  will  be  noticed  that  William  and  Mary  have 
placed  their  cypher  in  the  middle  of  the  Maundy 
Dish,  but  the  plate  mark  clearly  shows  that  it  was 
made  at  the  beginning  of  the  reign  of  Charles  II. 

After  the  ceremony  at  Westminster  the  Maundy 
Dish  is  conveyed  back  to  the  Tower,  and  there  rests 
behind  iron  bars  for  yet  another  year. 

Of  the  ecclesiastical  plate  the  most  prominent 
piece  is  the  gold  baptismal  font  made  for  Charles  II, 
and  intended  to  be  used  for  the  baptism  of  all  Royal 
children  born  thereafter.  If  the  original  intention 
had  been  carried  out  a  very  long  successions  of 
Princes  and  Princesses,  including  those  now  living, 
would  have  had  this  historic  connection  with  an 
ancient  piece  of  church  plate.  Unhappily,  however, 
owing  possibly  to  the  inadvertence  of  Court  officials 
or  the  clergy,  the  font  has  only  been  spasmodically 
used.  The  first  recorded  occasion  is  at  the  christen- 
ing of  the  Princess  Augusta,  afterwards  Duchess  of 
Brunswick,  the  third  daughter  of  Frederick  Louis, 
Prince  of  Wales  in  the  year  1737.  We  also  know  that 
it  was  used  at  the  baptism  of  George.  IV,  and  for  the 
same  ceremony  in  the  case  of  twelve  of  the  children 
of  George  III. 

Then  it  seems  to  have  been  lost  sight  of,  or  perhaps 
was  mistaken  for  a  punch  bowl,  for  we  find  that  in 
1840-41,  Queen  Victoria  ordered  a  baptismal  font  to 
be  made  of  silver-gilt,  which  is  now  at  Windsor 
Castle,  and  in  which  all  Princes  and  Princesses  from 


ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE  77 

that  date  have  been  baptised.  It  may  confidently 
be  hoped  that  at  some  future  date  the  older  font  will 
again  come  into  use,  and  will  not  again  be  lost  to 
sight. 

Charles  IFs  font  gives  the  general  impression  of 
a  large,  covered  bowl  standing  on  a  slender,  rounded 
column,  and  has  a  somewhat  top-heavy  effect.  In 
height  it  is  about  3  ft.  6  hi.,  whilst  the  bowl  is  about 
18  in.  in  diameter.  On  top  of  the  cover  is  a  group  of 
gold  figures  representing  St.  Philip  baptising  the 
eunuch,  whilst  below  is  the  cypher  of  Charles  II  sur- 
mounted by  a  Royal  crown.  The  same  device  is 
repeated  on  the  base  of  the  font.  As  part  of  the  set 
is  a  very  handsome  and  massive  golden  alms  dish 
with  the  Royal  arms  of  the  Stuarts  engraved  large 
in  the  centre. 

The  flagons  which  have  become  associated  with 
this  font  are,  as  their  plate-marks  show,  of  later 
origin,  and  the  association,  therefore,  was  only 
temporary,  and  might  without  doubt  be  dissevered. 
They  are,  in  fact,  tankards  made  and  intended  to 
be  used  at  the  festal  board,  and  not  for  sacramental 
wine.  The  designs  in  high  relief  on  these  tankards 
is  sufficient  evidence  of  this,  for  they  depict  bac- 
chanalian scenes  of  the  most  realistic  nature.  It 
is  possible  that  it  was  these  flagons,  which  were 
thought  to  be  indissoluble  from  the  font,  which 
caused  the  whole  set  to  be  put  aside  by  Queen 
Victoria.  The  flagons  are  of  German  origin,  made  in 


78  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Hamburg,  and  though  their  date  is  uncertain,  may 
rightly  be  ascribed  to  the  Hanoverian  dynasty. 

Amongst  the  ecclesiastical  plate  is  a  very  handsome 
golden  alms  dish  and  flagon  made  for  William  and 
Mary,  the  plate-marks  on  which  show  they  were 
made  in  1691-92.  The  alms  dish  is  more  than  two 
feet  in  diameter,  and  has  in  the  centre  in  high  relief 
a  fine  representation  of  the  Last  Supper.  Below 
this  is  a  panel  on  which  is  displayed  the  cypher  of 
William  and  Mary,  surmounted  by  a  royal  crown. 
Round  the  wide  rim,  also  in  high  relief,  are  four 
winged  cherubs,  and  between  these  golden  foliage, 
garlands,  and  fruit.  The  flagon  stands  about  a  foot 
and  a  half  high,  and  has  a  handle  and  cover.  The 
body  is  covered  with  boldly  embossed  cherubs' 
faces,  foliage,  and  festoons  of  roses  and  fruit.  The 
cypher  of  William  and  Mary,  surmounted  by  a  royal 
crown,  is  on  the  front  of  the  flagon. 

These  two  pieces  of  ecclesiastical  plate  have  the 
privilege  of  replacing  much  older  plate  three  times 
a  year  on  the  altar  of  the  Chapel  of  St.  Peter  ad 
Vincula  within  the  Tower.  These  three  occasions 
are  Easter  Sunday,  Whit  Sunday,  and  Christmas 
Day.  On  these  three  days  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House  hands  them  over  to  the  Tower  authorities  for 
the  period  of  morning  service,  and  then,  reclaiming 
them,  replaces  them  with  the  Regalia. 

The  altar  plate,  which  the  alms  dish  and  flagon 
of  William  and  Mary  replace  on  these  three  occasions, 


ECCLESIASTICAL  PLATE  79 

dates  to  the  reigns  of  Charles  I  and  Charles  II. 
This  older  set  of  plate,  though  quite  plain,  is  in  the 
eyes  of  connoisseurs  more  impressive  than  the  more 
ornate  and  finely  designed  insignia  of  the  later 
reign.  The  origin  of  this  curious  routine  is  lost  in 
antiquity.  It  may,  however,  have  been  ordered 
so  as  to  emphasize  the  arrival  of  a  new  dynasty  and 
the  death  of  the  old  ;  thus  with  large  and  resplendent 
plate  to  outshine  the  smaller  and  plainer  vessels 
of  the  Stuarts.  But  the  origin,  be  what  it  may,  the 
custom  has  become  established,  and  will  without 
doubt  continue  year  by  year  as  long  as  the  Tower 
stands,  and  England  is  England. 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS 

The  emblems  of  Royalty — Spiritual  and  Temporal — The  regalia 
used  at  the  Coronation  of  George  V — The  emblems  borne  in 
procession  at  Westminster — The  Ampulla  or  golden  eagle — 
The  Anointing  Spoon — The  Sword  and  Spurs — The  ceremony 
of  the  Jewelled  Sword — The  King  offers  it  to  the  Church — 
Redeems  it  for  100  shillings — The  Armilla,  or  Pall  of  Cloth  of 
Gold — The  Orb  placed  in  the  King's  hand — A  potent  of  Chris- 
tian domination — The  Coronation  ring — The  ensign  of  Kingly 
Dignity — The  Sceptre  with  the  Cross — The  Sceptre  with  the 
Dove— A  glove  presented  by  the  Lord  of  the  Manor  of  Worksop 
— The  King  is  crowned  with  St.  Edward's  Crown — The  Peers 
put  on  their  coronets — the  people  shout  and  "  the  great  guns  of 
the  Tower  are  shot  off  " — The  enthronement  of  the  King — The 
Queen's  Coronation — The  Anointing — The  Ring — The  Queen 
is  crowned — The  Peeresses  put  on  their  coronets — The  Queen's 
Sceptre —  The  Ivory  Rod  with  the  Dove — The  Regal  emblems 
on  view  in  the  Tower. 


1 


emblems  of  Royalty  are  many  and 
curious,  and  each  has  its  significance. 
When  a  King  or  Queen  of  England  is 
crowned,  all  these  emblems  are  brought 
from  the  Tower  to  Westminster  Abbey,  and  each  in 
turn  is  presented  to  the  new  sovereign  by  the  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury.  This  fact  in  itself  is  curious 
and  interesting.  It  is  not  the  House  of  Lords  which 
represents  the  aristocracy  of  the  country,  nor  the 

80 


THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS  81 

House  of  Commons  which  represents  the  people, 
nor  the  Lord  Chancellor  as  representing  Law  and 
Order,  but  the  highest  prelate  of  the  Church  of 
England,  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  who  on 
behalf  of  500,000,000  subjects  of  every  race  and 
creed,  is  deputed  to  crown  the  rightful  successor 
King  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland  and  Emperor  of 
wide-world  dominions. 

Of  these  emblems  some  are  of  a  purely  kingly 
significance,  such  as  the  Crown  and  Sceptre ; 
others,  like  the  Orb  and  Ring,  have  a  religious  con- 
nection, whilst  others,  as  symbolized  by  the  Sword 
and  Spurs,  are  military  emblems  giving  the  knightly 
touch. 

When  a  King  or  Queen  is  to  be  crowned,  all  the 
regal  emblems  from  amongst  the  Crown  Jewels, 
which  are  required  for  the  ceremony,  having  been 
conveyed  from  the  Tower  to  Westminster  Abbey, 
are  there  met  by  the  Peers  and  high  officers,  each 
of  whom,  either  by  hereditary  right  or  by  order  of 
the  King,  takes  charge  of  one  emblem.  The  portions 
of  the  regalia  used  at  the  Coronation  of  King 
George  V  were  : 

St.  Edward's  Crown,  or  the  Crown  of  England. 

The  King's  Imperial  State  Crown. 

The  Orb. 

The  Sceptre  with  the  Cross. 

The  Sceptre  with  the  Dove. 

The  Jewelled  State  Sword. 


82  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  Sword  of  State. 

The  Three  Swords  of  Justice  and  Mercy. 

The  Gold  Spurs  of  St.  George. 

The  Bracelets. 

The  Coronation  Ring. 

The  Ampulla  or  Golden  Eagle. 

The  Anointing  Spoon. 

These  are  all  borne  in  procession  to  the  altar, 
and  there,  with  the  exception  of  the  Swords,  each 
article  is  handed  to  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury, 
who  in  his  turn  hands  them  to  the  Dean  of  West- 
minster, and  by  that  prelate  they  are  each  in  due 
order  placed  upon  the  altar.  When  the  ceremony 
of  coronation  commences,  the  first  emblems  used 
are  the  Ampulla  and  Spoon. 

The  Dean  of  Westminster  pours  a  little  of  the  oil 
from  the  Ampulla  into  the  Anointing  Spoon  and 
takes  it  to  the  Archbishop.  The  Archbishop  dips 
his  first  two  fingers  into  the  oil,  and  with  the  oil 
that  adheres  to  them  anoints  the  King,  first  on  the 
head,  then  on  the  breast  bared  for  the  occasion, 
and  thirdly  on  the  palms  of  both  hands.  In  each 
case  the  anointing  is  made  in  the  form  of  a  cross. 
This  ceremony  of  the  anointing  of  Kings  is  of  very 
ancient  origin,  as  may  be  gathered  from  Bible  history. 
Thousands  of  years  ago  it  was  the  custom  to  pour 
oil  on  the  King's  head  and  thus  anoint  him  King 
over  his  people.  What  the  origin  of  the  custom 
was  is  not  quite  clear,  but  in  the  course  of  centuries 


THE    KING'S    ROYAL   SCEPTRE   AND   THE  JEWELLED   STATE   SWORD 


THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS  83 

it  has  become  a  recognized  and  indispensable  part 
of  the  ceremony.  Indeed,  so  indispensable,  that 
there  is  on  record  a  case  where  a  Queen  who  had 
always  been  obliged  to  wear  a  wig  was  so  impressed 
with  the  importance  of  the  oil  actually  reaching 
the  skin  of  her  head  that  she  had  a  small  trap-door 
cut  in  the  top  of  her  wig  so  that  the  holy  oil  might 
assuredly  reach  its  destination.  In  olden  days 
the  oil  was  literally  poured  on  to  the  King's  head, 
so  that  it  ran  down  his  beard  and  must  have  con- 
siderably damaged  his  clothes.  In  another  place1  is 
mentioned  the  old  horn  comb,  used  to  rearrange  the 
King's  hair,  perchance  disordered  by  a  too  enthusi- 
astic archbishop,  which  was  thrown  away  by  the 
Commonwealth. 

The  next  portions  of  the  Regalia  which  come  into 
the  ceremony  are  the  Spurs  and  Sword,  the  emblems 
of  knighthood  and  chivalry.  With  the  Spurs  the 
Lord  Great  Chamberlain  merely  touches  the  King's 
heels  and  returns  them  to  the  altar,  but  of  the 
Sword  much  is  made.  It  is  in  itself  a  magnificent 
work  of  art  resplendent  with  costly  jewels,  the  most 
valuable  sword  in  the  world.  This  most  fittingly  is 
carried  by  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House,  an 
officer  of  high  rank  in  the  Army  and  a  warrior  of 
many  wars.  The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  taking 
the  Sword,  and  accompanied  by  the  Archbishop 
of  York,  the  Bishops  of  London  and  Winchester 

1  See  p.  96. 


84  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

and  other  bishops  assisting,  approaches  the  King 
and  delivers  it  into  the  King's  right  hand.  And 
the  King  having  girt  the  sword  about  him,  the 
Archbishop  gives  him  a  benediction  strongly  remin- 
iscent of  that  bestowed  on  the  Knights  of  the  Bath 
in  olden  days  :  '  With  this  Sword  do  justice,  stop 
the  growth  of  iniquity,  protect  the  Holy  Church 
of  God,  help  and  defend  widows  and  orphans, 
restore  the  things  that  are  gone  to  decay,  maintain 
the  things  that  are  restored,  punish  and  reform 
what  is  amiss,  and  confirm  what  is  in  good  order  : 
that  doing  these  things  you  may  be  glorious  in  all 
virtue ;  and  so  faithfully  serve  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ  in  this  life,  that  you  may  reign  for  ever  with 
Him  in  the  life  which  is  to  come."  This  Jewelled 
Sword  is  then  ungirded  and  placed  by  the  King 
on  the  altar  as  his  tribute  to  the  Almighty,  but  the 
Almighty  having  no  need  of  so  valuable  or  indeed 
of  any  sword,  it  is  redeemed  by  the  Keeper  of  the 
Jewel  House  on  payment  of  100  shillings  to  the 
Archbishop,  and  returns  eventually  to  safe  keeping 
in  the  Tower. 

The  Dean  of  Westminster  then  puts  upon  the 
King  the  Armilla  or  stole,  and  the  Imperial  Mantle 
or  Pall  of  Cloth  of  Gold,  the  Lord  Great  Chamber- 
lain fastening  the  clasps. 

The  King  being  seated,  the  Archbishop  of  Canter- 
bury places  in  his  hand  the  Orb,  which  is  the  sign  and 
portent  of  Christian  dominion  throughout  the  world. 


THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS  85 

On  top  of  the  Orb  is  a  jewelled  Cross  standing  on  a 
great  amethyst.  To  this  the  Archbishop  draws 
attention,  saying :  "  And  when  you  see  this  Orb 
set  under  the  Cross,  remember  that  the  whole  world 
is  subject  to  the  Power  and  Empire  of  Christ  our 
Redeemer."  The  Orb  is  then  handed  by  the  King 
to  the  Dean  of  Westminster,  who  again  places  it  on 
the  altar. 

The  Coronation  Ring  is  the  next  emblem  to  be 
brought  forward  also  by  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House.  The  ring  is  the  ensign  of  kingly  dignity 
and  of  the  defence  of  the  Catholic  faith,  and  is 
placed  by  the  Archbishop  on  the  fourth  finger  of 
His  Majesty's  right  hand.  The  ring  is  of  gold,  and 
set  therein  is  a  large  sapphire  of  great  value  sur- 
rounded by  a  circle  of  small  diamonds.  Across, 
but  clear  of  the  sapphire,  north  to  south  and  east 
to  west,  are  long,  narrow  rubies,  giving  the  general 
effect  of  a  red  cross  on  a  dark  blue  background,  the 
Cross  of  St.  George  on  a  shield.  A  smaller  replica 
of  this  large  ring  was  given  to  Queen  Victoria  by 
William  IV,  and  used  at  Her  Majesty's  Coronation. 
William  IV  naturally  had  this  ring  made  in  his 
lifetime  when  the  Princess  Victoria  was  young, 
but  before  the  time  that  she  came  to  the  throne 
both  she  and  her  finger  had  grown  larger.  With 
many  other  things  to  think  about,  nobody  thought 
of  trying  the  ring  on  the  Queen's  finger  before  the 
ceremony,  all  taking  it  for  granted  that  it  had  been 


86  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

fitted.  Hence  resulted  the  historic  struggle  of  the 
Archbishop  of  Canterbury  to  thrust  the  ring  on, 
and  the  intense  agony  of  Her  Majesty  throughout 
the  rest  of  the  ceremony.  Both  of  these  may  be 
seen  in  the  Jewel  House,  together  with  the  ruby 
ring  described  later. 

Next  in  the  ceremony  comes  the  presentation  to  the 
King  of  the  Sceptre  with  the  Cross,  and  the  Sceptre 
with  the  Dove.  But  before  the  Archbishop  places 
these  in  his  hands,  the  Lord  of  the  Manor  of  Worksop, 
by  ancient  right,  presents  the  King  with  a  glove 
which  His  Majesty  draws  on.  The  Lord  of  the  Manor 
of  Worksop  also  has  the  privilege  of  supporting  the 
King's  right  arm  after  the  Sceptre  has  been  placed 
in  the  King's  hand.  The  Sceptre  with  the  Cross, 
which  is  the  ensign  of  kingly  power  and  justice,  is 
delivered  into  the  King's  right  hand  by  the  Arch- 
bishop. This  is  the  sceptre  which  has  the  great 
diamond  the  Star  of  South  Africa  set  in  its  head. 
This  addition,  which  was  introduced  in  the  reign 
of  Edward  VII,  was  directly  inspired  by  that  wise 
monarch.  The  diamond  represented  the  latest  and 
youngest  member  of  the  British  Empire,  but  the 
King  made  the  proviso  that  though  the  great 
diamond  was  to  be  introduced  no  portion  of  the 
ancient  sceptre  was  to  be  cut  away  or  destroyed. 
When  the  King  commands  someone  will  be  found 
with  the  brains  and  ingenuity  to  follow  out  the 
deep  political  sentiment  thus  expressed.  The  brains 


THE  KING'S  ROYAL  SCEPTRE. 

Reproduced  by  permission  of  Messrs.  Cassell  &  Co.,  from  a  painting  made  by 
Mr.  Cyril  Davenport  (Copyright). 


THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS  87 

and  ingenuity  were  duly  furnished  by  Garrard's, 
perhaps  the  most  famous  of  a  long  succession  of 
Court  Jewellers. 

The  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  which  is  known  as 
the  Rod  of  Equity  and  Mercy,  is  by  the  same 
prelate  placed  in  the  King's  left  hand. 

The  King  holds  these  two  sceptres  in  his  hands, 
whilst  the  definite  act  of  coronation  takes  place. 
The  crown  used  is  St.  Edward's  Crown,  or  the  Crown 
of  England.  This  the  Archbishop  first  places  on 
the  altar,  and  pronounces  a  blessing.  The  Dean  of 
Westminster  than  takes  the  crown  and  with  the 
bishops  processes  towards  the  King,  who  is  seated 
in  the  ancient  Coronation  Chair.  There  he  hands 
the  crown  to  the  Archbishop, "  who  putteth  it  rever- 
ently on  the  King's  head.  At  the  sight  thereof  the 
people  with  loud  and  repeated  shouts  cry,  "  God 
save  the  King  "  ;  the  Peers  and  the  Kings  of  Arms 
put  on  their  coronets,  and  the  trumpets  sound,  and 
by  a  signal  given  the  great  guns  of  the  Tower  are 
shot  off." » 

St.  Edward's  Crown  is  very  heavy,  being  made  of 
massive  gold ;  it  is  therefore  almost  immediately 
replaced  by  the  King's  State  Crown,  a  much  lighter 
and  at  the  same  time  much  more  resplendent  insignia. 
St.  Edward's  Crown  is  never  used  again  till  the 
next  sovereign  in  succession  comes  to  be  crowned. 
Throughout  his  reign  the  King  on  all  State  occasions, 

1  From  the  Coronation  Service. 


88  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

such  as  the  opening  of  Parliament,  wears  his  State 
Crown,  sometimes  known  as  the  Diamond  Crown. 
Indeed,  it  may  well  be  so  called,  for  it  is  one  great 
mass  of  brilliancy  thrown  forth  by  more  than  6000 
diamonds  of  every  size. 

The  final  act  in  the  Coronation  ceremony  is  the 
enthronement,  or  as  it  is  more  anciently  named, 
the  Inthronisation.  Wearing  the  State  Crown,  with 
a  sceptre  in  each  hand,  and  clothed  in  the  robes 
of  majesty,  the  King  is  conducted  from  St.  Edward's 
Chair  to  the  Throne  of  England,  and  is  placed  upon 
it  by  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury.  Then  all 
those  peers  and  high  officers  who  bear  the  Swords, 
and  Orb,  and  other  portions  of  the  Regalia,  group 
themselves  round  the  steps  of  the  throne,  whilst  the 
Archbishop  makes  his  final  exhortation.  After  the 
coronation  of  a  sovereign  all  the  Regalia  are  handed 
back  to  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  and  conveyed 
to  the  Tower  of  London,  where  the  majority  rest 
till  the  next  King  or  Queen  ascends  the  Throne. 

During  a  reign  the  only  portions  of  the  Regalia 
which  usually  leave  the  Tower  are  the  King's 
State  Crown,  the  Queen's  State  Crown,  the  Sword  of 
State,  and  such  maces  as  are  required,  these  being 
used  when  the  King  opens  Parliament  in  State. 
On  great  occasions,  however,  such  as  the  day  when 
peace  was  declared,  at  the  end  of  the  Great  War, 
the  silver  trumpets  are  taken  out  and  the  State 
trumpeters  sound  a  fanfare  thereon  when  the 


THE  REGAL  EMBLEMS  89 

heralds  make  proclamation.  At  the  same  time 
two  or  three  of  the  Sergeants-at-Arms'  maces  are 
also  taken  out  and  borne  in  the  heralds'  procession. 

When  a  Queen  in  her  own  right,  like  Queen 
Victoria,  is  crowned,  she  uses  the  same  Regalia  as  is 
above  described  for  a  King,  but  when  the  Queen  is  a 
Queen  Consort  the  procedure  and  Regalia  are  differ- 
ent. For  such  occasions  a  double  set  are  made, 
such  as  were  used  by  James  II  and  his  Queen  Mary 
of  Modena ;  by  William  III  and  Mary  II ;  by 
Edward  VII  and  Queen  Alexandra ;  and  by  George  V 
and  Queen  Mary.  The  Regalia  of  a  Queen  Consort 
consists  of  a  State  Crown,  a  ring,  and  two  sceptres, 
with  regal  robes  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  the 
King. 

The  ceremony  of  the  coronation  of  a  Queen  Con- 
sort is  comparatively  brief,  and  is  performed  by  the 
Archbishop  of  York.  First  the  Queen  is  anointed, 
whilst  four  peeresses  hold  a  rich  pall  or  canopy  of 
gold  over  her.  The  Archbishop  is  enjoined  to 
pour  the  oil  on  Her  Majesty's  head,  but  we 
confidently  hope  that  he  is  usually  not  too 
literal  in  the  interpretation  of  this  injunction. 
After  the  anointing,  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House 
hands  the  Coronation  Ring  to  the  Archbishop, 
who  places  it  on  the  Queen's  fourth  finger  of  the 
right  hand,  giving  to  it  the  name  of  the  Seal  of 
Faith.  Then  the  Archbishop  takes  the  Queen's 
Crown  and  reverently  places  it  on  her  head,  re- 


90  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

ferring  to  it  as  the  Crown  of  glory,  honour,  and  joy. 
At  the  same  moment  as  the  Queen  is  crowned  all 
the  peeresses  put  on  their  coronets.  Finally  the 
Archbishop  of  York  places  a  Sceptre  in  the  Queen's 
right  hand,  and  the  Ivory  Rod  with  the  Dove  in 
her  left  hand. 

All  the  regal  emblems  above  described  are  kept 
in  the  Jewel  House  at  the  Tower  of  London,  and 
are  there  on  view  every  day  in  the  week,  except 
Sundays  and  Christmas  Day,  all  the  year  round. 
On  Saturdays  and  Bank  Holidays  the  Jewel  House 
is  free  to  visitors,  whilst  on  other  days  a  charge  of 
sixpence  is  made.  On  a  Whit  Monday  Bank  Holi- 
day as  many  as  16,000  people  have  been  known  to 
pass  free  through  the  Jewel  House.  The  money 
paid  for  entrance  does  not,  as  in  the  old  days,  go  to 
the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  or  to  his  assistants, 
but  to  the  Treasury.  The  takings  vary  from  over 
£700  in  a  good  month,  say  August,  down  to  £150 
in  a  bad  month,  generally  December.  The  total 
fees  taken  must  be  some  £5000  per  annum.  Thus 
the  Crown  Jewels  are  not  like  talents  hidden  in  the 
ground,  but  bring  in  a  handsome  income  to  the 
State. 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY 

Tragedy  comes  to  the  Crown  Jewels — The  Parliamentary  obsession 
— The  emblems  of  royalty  to  be  destroyed — Some  sensible 
Lords — The  Puritan  unmasked — Some  excellent  bargains  for 
the  righteous — The  Black  Prince's  ruby  sold  for  £4 — Concealed 
and  returned  to  Charles  II — Alfred  the  Great's  Crown  melted 
down — Then  800  years  old — Fetched  £238 — Queen  Edith's 
Crown — Sold  for  £16 — A  glass  cup  for  £102 — The  golden  Dove, 
emblematic  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  £26 — The  three  swords  another 
bargain — St.  George's  gold  spurs  for  £1  133.  4d. — The  "  old 
home  comb  " — A  complete  list  of  the  Royal  plate  and  jewels 
with  their  values — The  Robes  destroyed — The  Restoration — 
Regalia  furnished  for  Charles  II — Cost  £320,000  of  our  money — 
Included  therein  "  a  paire  of  Trowses  and  breeches  over  them  " — 
The  presents  of  plate — The  city  of  Exeter's  gift — And  that  of  the 
Borough  of  Plymouth — A  wine  fountain  and  its  uses — The 
Great  Salts — A  golden  baptismal  font — The  pilfering  of  jewels 
— James  II  pays  £500  for  hire  of  jewels  at  his  coronation — 
A  new  State  Crown  required — A  diadem  which  cost  £110,000 — 
A  new  Sceptre  with  the  Dove  £440 — The  Sceptre  with  the  Cross 
£1025 — St.  Edward's  staff — A  new  Orb  for  Queen  Mary  of 
Modena — The  aquamarine  monde  of  James  II — The  Maundy 
Dish — The  Alms  Dish  and  flagon  of  William  and  Mary — The 
Imperial  Crown  of  India — Queen  Mary's  Crown — The  tragedy 
of  1649  happily  wiped  out. 


1 


greatest  tragedy  which  has  ever  hap- 
pened  to    the    Crown    Jewels    occurred 
during  the  sway  of  the  Commonwealth. 
This  period,  thus  misappropriately  named, 
was,  it  is  said  by  people  who  know  all  about  these 

91 


92  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

things,  merely  a  national  aperient,  which  as  such, 
they  say,  served  its  purpose,  but  the  medicine  smells 
no  sweeter  to  many  of  us  of  this  day  than  it  did  to 
those  who  had  to  swallow  it  in  that  bygone  age. 
The  Parliamentarians  took  themselves  extremely 
seriously,  and  in  the  solemn  attempt  to  stamp  out 
the  monarchy,  and  all  monarchical  principles,  they 
with  the  limited  intelligence  that  permeates  the 
parochially-minded  thought  to  further  this  fanatical 
principle  by  destroying  even  the  emblems  of  royalty. 
This  though  these  had  become  nothing  more  danger- 
ous than  any  other  articles  of  wondrous  historic 
value  such  as  are  fitly  preserved  in  the  British 
Museum.  This  class  of  fanatic  might,  with  ponder- 
ous conscientiousness,  blow  up  the  Pyramids  of 
Egypt  in  furtherance  of  some  similar  principle. 

In  solemn  conclave,  therefore,  the  House  of  Com- 
mons passed  a  resolution  that  all  emblems  of  royalty 
should  be  totally  broken  up,  the  gold  and  silver 
to  be  melted  down,  and  the  jewels  sold  to  the  best 
advantage.  True  there  were  a  few  sensible  members 
of  the  House  of  Lords  who  pointed  out  that  the 
historic  value  of  the  Crown  Jewels  far  exceeded 
their  intrinsic  worth,  and  that  to  melt  down  crowns 
and  plate  and  to  disperse  jewels  of  renown  was  a 
very  extravagant  procedure,  especially  so  in  an  era 
of  strict  economy.  Nevertheless,  broken  up  and 
destroyed  were  the  Crown  Jewels,  and  happily  we 
have  a  list  of  the  portions  which  fell  into  the  melting- 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  93 

pot,  or  beneath  the  hammer  of  the  auctioneer.  The 
House  of  Commons  of  those  days  was  liberally 
primed  with  what  are  known  as  Puritans.  A  Puritan 
was  doubtless  an  excellent  person  according  to  his 
lights,  but  an  outside  world  has  since  been,  perhaps 
unjustly,  somewhat  inclined  to  confound  him  with 
another  not  very  popular  and  more  ancient  biblical 
type.  It  is,  therefore,  perhaps  not  unnatural  to 
find  that  many  mundane  persons  of  those  days,  such 
as  Royalists  and  Cavaliers,  in  whispers  at  the  time 
and  later  more  openly,  declared  that  the  disposal 
of  the  Crown  Jewels  was  so  effected  as  to  give  the 
Members  of  Parliament  and  their  friends  some  very 
handsome  bargains. 

This,  indeed,  would  not  be  difficult,  for  as  a 
matter  of  policy  it  was  considered  inadvisable 
that  any  obtrusive  popular  rush  should  take 
place  for  the  possession  of  these  royalist  relics. 
Rather  was  it  endeavoured  to  demonstrate  of  what 
little  value  they  were  in  the  eyes  of  the  simple 
Republican ;  therefore,  doubtless  the  sale  was  little 
advertised.  It  would  be  very  interesting  to  know, 
for  instance,  who  and  how  some  lucky  person  secured 
the  Black  Prince's  ruby,  which  is,  and  was,  practi- 
cally priceless,  for  £4.  It  may,  of  course,  have  been 
a  Royalist  who  obtained  possession,  and  who, 
guarding  it  carefully,  handed  it  back  to  Charles  II 
on  his  Restoration.  We  should  like  to  think  so.  But 
more  probably  it  went  at  that  bargain  price  to  a 


94  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

friend  of  Parliament,  and  by  him  was  preserved  as 
a  good  investment,  and  eventually  was  sold  back 
for  money,  or  a  substantial  benefit,  to  Charles  II. 
All  that  really  matters  now  is  that  the  ruby  survived 
those  troublous  days,  and  found  itself  again  in  a  place 
of  honour  in  the  State  Crown  of  Charles  II. 

An  object  of  great  interest  which  was  melted 
down  was  the  Crown  of  Alfred  the  Great.  This 
was  made  of  gold  wire-work,  set  with  small  gems, 
and  weighed  79^  ounces.  Even  at  that  time  it  was 
nearly  800  years  old.  Melted  down,  this  crown 
was  sold  at  £3  an  ounce,  and  fetched  altogether 
£238  los.  od.  What  became  of  the  stones  is  not 
stated.  Either  the  despoilers  had  a  disappointment 
in  the  Crown  of  Queen  Edith,  wife  of  King  Harold, 
or  its  value  was  of  set  purpose  depreciated.  This 
crown  had  always  been  held  to  be  of  massive  gold, 
but  the  assayers,  it  is  said,  found  that  it  was  made 
only  of  silver-gilt,  but  it  was  set  with  garnets,  pearls, 
sapphires,  and  other  stones.  It  weighed  5oJ  ounces, 
and  was  sold  for  £16  only.  This  appears  to  have 
been  a  good  investment  for  the  fortunate  pur- 
chaser. 

The  "  large  glass  cup  wrought  in  figures,"  which  is 
mentioned  in  the  inventory  as  having  been  sold  for 
£102  155.  od.,  was  a  very  ancient  and  valuable  article. 
It  was  not  of  glass,  but  was  made  of  agate,  and  was 
the  great  "  stone  "  chalice  of  Edward  the  Confessor. 
It  is  mentioned  by  Sporley,  and  was  then  six  hundred 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  95 

years  old,  and  the  date  of  the  sale  is  nearly  three 
hundred  years  ago.  All  trace  of  this  chalice  has 
been  lost;  it  has  probably  long  since  been  broken 
and  thrown  away,  unknown  and  unhonoured. 

Amongst  the  articles  to  be  broken  up  or  sold  is 
a  curious  item.  It  is  entered  as  "  A  dove  of  gold,  set 
with  stones,  and  pearle,  poiz.  8J  ounces,  in  a  box 
sett  with  studs  of  silver  gilt."  By  some  this  has 
been  confused  with  the  ampulla  or  golden  eagle, 
for  a  dove  or  an  eagle  when  not  very  exactly  made 
might  resemble  each  other  or  any  other  bird.  Very 
possibly  the  Parliamentary  Commissioners  did  so 
mistake  this  dove  for  an  eagle,  and  thought  they 
were  destroying  the  ampulla.  This,  however,  as 
we  have  seen,  was  hidden  away  and  escaped  the 
general  sacrilege  and  destruction.  This  dove  was 
probably  merely  a  holy  emblem  representing  the 
Holy  Ghost,  as  does  the  dove  on  the  top  of  the 
sceptre. 

Amongst  the  less  valuable  articles  sold  are  men- 
tioned three  swords  with  scabbards  of  cloth  of  gold, 
which  were  disposed  of  for  £i  each.  Here  again 
somebody  secured  a  great  bargain,  for  these  three 
swords  would  in  all  probability  be  those  sent  to 
Henry  VIII  by  the  Pope,  when  he  bestowed  on  that 
monarch  the  title  of  "  Defender  of  the  Faith." 
These  three  swords  were  reproduced  from  ancient 
drawings  at  the  Restoration  of  Charles  II,  and  are 
now  preserved  in  the  Jewel  House.  They  are  the 


96  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

swords  of  Justice,  Temporal  and  Spiritual,  and  the 
Sword  of  Mercy.  The  point  of  this  latter  sword  has 
been  purposely  broken  off  about  six  inches,  as  an 
emblem  of  mercy.  The  ultimate  fate  of  three  original 
swords  is  not  known.  Only  a  short  time  ago,  how- 
ever, three  swords  very  like  these  were  dug  up  at 
Mitcham  when  the  foundations  of  a  house  were  being 
prepared.  This  spot  has  long  been  known  as  the  site 
of  an  ancient  Anglo-Saxon  settlement,  and  it  is  prob- 
able that  there  was  still  a  hamlet  here  in  Cromwellian 
days.  It  is,  therefore,  quite  possible  that  someone 
bought  or  acquired  the  swords  at  the  great  dispersal, 
that  their  history  got  lost  sight  of,  and  that  they 
were  lost  and  buried  amidst  the  natural  decay 
which  ordinary  buildings  suffer  in  the  course  of 
centuries. 

One  of  the  King's  military  emblems,  St.  George's 
Spurs,  are  mentioned  as  having  been  sold  for 
£i  135.  4d.,  they  had  always  been  held  to  be  of 
pure  gold,  but  were  sold  as  silver  gilt. 

Last  of  the  list  comes  an  almost  pathetic  article, 
to  wit,  one  old  home  comb  "  worth  nothing." 
This  was  probably  the  comb  which  may  have  been 
used  for  centuries,  and  by  many  Kings,  to  rearrange 
their  hair  after  the  Archbishop  had  perchance 
disturbed  it  when  anointing  His  Majesty's  head  at 
the  coronation. 

A  list  of  the  chief  portions  of  Regalia,  broken  up 
and  sold  by  order  of  Parliament,  with  the  prices 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  97 

realised,  mentioned  in  The  Crown  Jewels  of  England,1 
may  be  of  interest : — 

"  A  true  and  perfect  Inventory  of  all  the  plate 
and  Jewells  now  being  in  the  upper  Jewell-house 
of  the  Tower,  in  the  charge  of  Sir  Henry  Mildmay, 
together  with  an  appraisement  of  them,  made  and 
taken  the  13th,  I4th,  and  I5th  daies  of  August,  1649  : 

The   Imperial   crowne   of  massy 

gold,   weighing   7   Ibs.    6   oz., 

valued  at  ...  £mo  o  o 
The  queenes  crowne  of  massy  gold, 

weighing  3  Ibs.  10  oz.,  .  £338  3  4 

A  small  crowne  found  in  an  iron 

chest,    formerly    in    the    Lord 

Cottington's  charge  (from  other 

accounts  this  appears  to  have 

been  the  crown  of  Edward  VI.),  £73  16  8 
the  gold,  the  diamonds,  rubies, 

sapphires,  etc.,  .  .  £355  o  o 

The  globe,  weighing  i  Ib.  5 i  oz.,  .  £57  10  o 
Two  coronation  bracelets,  weigh- 
ing 7  oz.  (with  three  rubies  and 

twelve  pearls),  .  .  £36  o  o 

Two  sceptres,  weighing  18  oz.,  .  £60  o  o 
A  long  rodd  of  silver  gilt,  i  Ib. 

5  oz.,   .  .  .  £4  10    8 

1  The  Crown  Jewels  of  England,  by  Major-General  Sir  George 
Younghusband  and  Cyril  Davenport. 


98  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  foremention'd  crownes,  since  ye  inventorie 
was  taken,  are  accordinge  to  ordr  of  parm1  totallie 
broken  and  defaced. 

The  inventory  of  that  part  of  the 

regalia  which  are  now  removed  from 

Westminster   Abbey   to   the   Jewel 

House  in  the  Tower. 

Queene  Edith's  crowne,  formerly 

thought  to  be  of  massy  gould, 

but,  upon  trial,  found  to  be  of 

silver  gilt ;    enriched  with  gar- 

netts,  foule  pearle,  saphires  and 

some  odd  stones,  poiz.  50 J  oz., 

valued  at  .  .  £16  o  o 

King  Alfred's  crowne  of  goulde 

wyer  worke,   sett   with   slight 

stones,  poiz.  79^  oz.  at  £3  per 

oz.,  ....  £248  10  o 
A  goulde  plate  dish,  enamelled, 

etc.,  ....  £77  ii  o 
One  large  glass  cupp,  wrought  in, 

figures,  etc.,  .  .  .  £102  15  o 

A  dove  of  gould,  sett  with  stones, 

and  pearle,  poiz.  8J  oz.,  in  a  box 

sett  with  studs  of  silver  gilt,  .  £26  o  o 
The  gould  and  stones  belonging  to 

a  collar  of  crimson  and  taffaty, 

etc.,     ....         £18  15    o 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  99 

One  staff  of  black  and  white  ivory, 

with  a  dove  on  the  top,  with 

binding  and  foote  of  goulde,     .          £4  10    o 
A  large  staff  with  a  dove  on  ye  top, 

formerly  thought  to  be  all  gould, 

but  upon  triall  found  to  be,  the 

lower   part   wood   within   and 

silver  gilt  without,         .  .          £2  10    o 

Two  sceptrs  one  sett  with  pearles 

and  stones,  the  upper  end  gould, 

the  lower  end  silver.    The  other 

silver  gilt  with  a  dove,  formerly 

thought  gould,  .  .         £65  16  loj 

One  silver  spoone  gilt,  poiz.  3  oz.,  .          £0160 
The  gould  of  the  tassels  of  the  livor 

cull'd    robe,    weighing    4    oz., 

valued  at  £8,  and  the  coat  with 

the  neck  button  of  gould,  £2, 

the   robe   having  some  pearle, 

valued  at  £3,  in  all        .  .         £13    o    o 

One  paire  of  silver  gilt  spurres, 

etc.,     .  .  .  £i  13    4 

All  these  according  to  order  of  Parliament  are 
broken  and  defaced." 


ioo  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  ancient  coronation  robes  destroyed  at  the 
same  time  are  catalogued  and  valued  as  follows  : — 

"  One  common  taffaty  robe,  very 

old,  valued  at  .  .  .  £0100 

One  robe,  laced  with  goulde  lace,  .  £0100 
One  livor  culled  silk  robe,  very  old 

and  worth  nothing,  .  .  £000 

One  robe  of  crimson  taffaty,  sarce- 

nett  valued  at  .  .  £050 

One  pake  of  buskins,  cloth  of 

silver  and  silver  stockings,  very 

old,  and  valued  at  .  £026 

One  paire  of  shoes  of  cloth  of  gold, 

at  .  .  .£026 

One  pake  of  gloves  embroid6*1  w* 

gould,  at  .  .  .  £o  i  o 

Three  swords  with  scabbards  of 

cloth  of  goulde,  at  .  .  £300 

One  old  combe  of  home,  worth 

nothing,  .  .  .          £000 


Total  in  the  chest,     .  .          £4  n    o" 

The  old  Regalia  having  thus  been  wantonly 
destroyed,  it  became  necessary  when  the  monarchy 
was  restored  to  make  anew  the  emblems  of  royalty. 
This  work  was  entrusted  to  Sir  Robert  Vyner,  the 
Court  Jeweller,  with  instructions  that  he  was  to 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  101 

follow  as  closely  as  possible  the  fashions  of  those 
destroyed. 

The  order  included  two  crowns,  one  the  Crown 
of  England,  known  as  St.  Edward's  Crown,  with 
which  the  King  was  to  be  crowned,  and  the  other 
a  State  Crown  which  the  King  in  accordance  with 
ancient  custom  would  wear  on  all  other  State 
occasions  during  his  reign.  Two  sceptres  also  were 
to  be  made,  one  the  Sceptre  with  the  Cross  and  the 
other  the  Sceptre  with  the  Dove.  The  Orb  of  gold 
set  with  jewels  and  surmounted  by  a  cross  came 
next ;  then  St.  Edward's  Staff,  which  is  to  guide 
the  King's  footsteps/  and  the  Armilla1  and  Ampulla.2 
The  bill  for  these,  together  with  some  minor  portions 
of  the  Regalia,  amounted  to  £32,000,  or  about 
£320,000  at  the  present  purchasing  value  of  the 
sovereign. 

Sir  Edward  Walker,  Garter  Principal  King-at 
Arms  in  the  reign  of  Charles  II,  gives  an  interesting 
and  detailed  account  of  this  restoration  of  the 
Regalia.3 

"  Because  through  the  Rapine  of  the  late  unhappy 
times,  all  the  Royall  Ornaments  and  Regalia 
heretofore  preserved  from  age  to  age  in  the  Treasury 
of  the  Church  at  Westminster,  were  taken  away, 
sold  and  destroyed,  the  Committee  mett  divers 

1  A  stole  made  of  cloth  of  gold.  *  See  p.  73. 

*  The  Crown  Jewels  of  England,  by  Younghusband  and  Daven- 
port. 


102  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

times  not  only  to  direct  the  remaking  such  Royall 
Ornaments  and  Regalia,  but  even  to  sette  the  form 
and  fashion  of  each  particular  :  all  which  doe  now 
retayne  the  old  names  and  fashion,  although  they 
have  been  newly  made  and  prepared  by  orders 
given  to  the  Earle  of  Sandwich,  Master  of  the  Great 
Wardrobe,  and  Sr  Gilbert  Talbott,  Kn1.,  Master 
of  the  Jewell  House. 

Hereupon  the  Master  of  the  Jewell  House  had 
order  to  provide  two  Imperial  Crownes  sett  with 
pretious  Stones,  the  one  to  be  called  St.  Edward's 
Crowne,  wherewith  the  king  was  to  be  crowned,  and 
the  other  to  be  putt  on  after  his  Coronation,  before 
his  Maties  retorne  to  Westminster  Hall.  Also 

An  Orbe  of  Gold  with  a  Crosse  sett  with  pretious 
Stones. 

A  Scepter  with  a  Crosse  sett  with  pretious  Stones, 
called  St.  Edward's. 

A  Scepter  with  a  Dove  sett  with  pretious  Stones. 

A  long  Scepter,  or  Staffe  of  Gold  with  a  Crosse 
upon  the  top,  and  a  Pike  at  the  foote  of  steele, 
called  St.  Edward's  staffe. 

A  Ring  with  a  Ruby. 

A  Paire  of  Gold  Spurrs. 

A  Chalice,  and  Paten  of  Gold. 

An  Ampull  for  the  Oyle  and  a  spoone. 

And  two  Ingotts  of  Gold,  the  one  a  pound  and  the 
other  a  marke  for  the  King's  2  Offerings." 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  103 

Besides  these  obvious  tokens  of  royalty  there 
were  and  are  a  host  of  minor  insignia  which  take 
their  part  in  the  Coronation  ceremony,  down  to  the 
garments  which  the  King  wears  next  his  person. 
Amongst  these  appears  a  shirt  of  fine  linen,  to  be 
left  open  in  the  place  where  the  Archbishop  would 
anoint  the  King.  The  Master  of  the  Great  Wardrobe 
had  also  to  produce  "  a  paire  of  Trowses,  and 
Breeches  over  them,  with  Stockings  fastened  to 
the  Trowses,  all  of  Crimson  Silke  "  ;  and  amongst 
other  things  a  pair  of  linen  gloves,  which  appear 
very  modestly  amidst  so  much  splendour. 

To  supplement  these  strictly  regal  emblems  the 
people  came  forth  gladly  with  offers  of  plate  to 
replace  what  had  been  melted  down.  As  the  solitary 
piece  of  plate,  left  no  doubt  by  an  oversight  by  the 
despoilers,  was  Queen  Elizabeth's  gold  salt  cellar, 
which  is  now  hi  the  Tower,  much  had  to  be  supplied 
to  set  the  Royal  table  again  on  a  regal  scale.  Devon- 
shire, as  we  have  seen,  came  forth  nobly  in  the  cause, 
the  two  finest  pieces  of  plate  coming  from  the  loyal 
citizens  of  Exeter  and  Plymouth.  Exeter  presented  a 
State  salt  cellar,  described  in  a  former  chapter,  and 
the  Borough  of  Plymouth  supplied  the  wine  fountain 
already  described,  both  well  in  keeping  with  the 
jovial  days  which  wiped  out  the  recollection  of  the 
dismal  period  of  the  Commonwealth.  It  is  a  genial 
picture  to  imagine  King  Charles  with  his  jovial 
courtiers  stemming  the  tide  set  loose  by  the  loyal 


104  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Borough  of  Plymouth,  and  taking  salt  with  his 
almonds  out  of  the  Great  Salt. 

In  accordance  with  the  fashion  of  the  age,  the  plate 
on  a  dinner-table  appears  to  have  consisted  very 
largely  of  great  salt  cellars.  These  were  made  of 
great  size,  so  that  besides  furnishing  a  modicum  of 
salt,  which  was  a  precious  thing  in  those  days,  they 
gave  a  rich  tone  to  the  festive  board.  In  the 
Jewel  House  are  no  less  than  eleven  of  these 
great  gold  salt  cellars,  all  of  which  are  known  as 
St.  George's  Salts,  and  all  of  which  formed  a  portion 
of  the  Royal  Plate  of  Charles  II. 

To  that  popular  monarch  was  also  presented  a 
gold  christening  font,  with  the  hope  shared  by  all 
his  loyal  subjects  that  many  children  of  His  Majesty 
would  be  christened  from  it.  The  fates  decided 
otherwise,  but  the  font  remained  a  Royal  font,  and 
many  infant  princes  and  princesses  were  christened 
in  it  up  to  the  days  of  Queen  Victoria. 

The  Regalia  seems  to  have  been  somewhat  hardly 
used  in  Charles  II's  reign,  or  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot,  the 
Keeper,  must  have  much  neglected  his  charge. 
Doubtless  a  good  deal  of  damage  was  done  to  the 
State  Crown  and  the  Orb,  and  also  to  the  Sceptre, 
when  Colonel  Blood  tried  to  carry  them  off.  Several 
stones  were  then  lost,  we  know,  but  that  would  not 
account  for  the  heavy  bill  which  had  to  be  paid 
when  James  II  came  to  the  throne. 

The  Crown  of  England,  known  as  St.  Edward's 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  105 

Crown,  which  had  been  new  made  for  Charles  II, 
and  should  never  have  left  the  Jewel  House  in  the 
Tower  until  the  next  King  was  crowned,  had  evidently 
had  the  valuable  stones  pilfered  out  of  it  and  worth- 
less imitations  set  in  their  places.  To  replace 
these  gems  appears  to  have  been  beyond  the  finances 
of  James  II  and  his  Parliament,  for  it  is  on  record 
that  the  sum  of  £500  was  paid  for  the  hire  of  jewels 
for  the  Coronation  ceremony,  probably  from  the 
Court  Jewellers.  In  addition,  £350  was  paid  for 
additional  gold  and  workmanship. 

Apparently,  too,  the  State  Crown  of  Charles  II, 
which  had  been  battered  in  by  Colonel  Blood,  was 
not  in  serviceable  condition,  for  a  new  one  had  to  be 
made  at  a  cost  of  £7870.  Many  of  the  old  gems, 
including  the  Black  Prince's  ruby,  were  doubtless 
used,  but  the  bill  mentions  that  it  includes  fresh 
jewels.  The  Crown  and  Diadem  of  his  Queen, 
Mary  of  Modena,  are  not  mentioned  in  this  bill ;  the 
cost  of  these  may  therefore  have  been  otherwise 
defrayed,  possibly  by  the  King  out  of  his  Privy 
Purse.  Both  are  now  in  the  Jewel  House,  and  the 
diadem  alone  is  said  to  have  cost  £110,000,  a  very 
large  sum  indeed  in  those  days. 

A  new  Sceptre  with  the  Dove  was  made,  richly 
jewelled,  and  costing  £440  ;  as  well  as  a  Sceptre 
with  the  Cross,  at  a  cost  of  £1025.  Both  of  these 
were  probably  made  for  Mary  of  Modena,  and  may 
be  seen  amongst  the  present  Regalia.  St.  Edward's 


io6  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Staff,  costing  £225,  is  also  charged  for,  though  one 
had  been  made  for  Charles  II,  and  this  latter  is  in 
the  Tower.  Also  appears  in  the  list  one  Orb,  costing 
£1150,  probably  made  for  Queen  Mary  of  Modena, 
and  now  in  the  Jewel  House.  A  pair  of  gold  spurs, 
known  as  St.  George's  Spurs,  are  shown  as  supplied, 
the  price  being  £63  75.  6d.  For  the  bracelets  the 
charge  appears  to  have  been  £44  i8s.  6d.,  and  for  a 
chalice  and  palten  £277  6s.  3d.  These  latter  are 
not  to  be  found  in  the  Jewel  House  now. 

The  bill  also  includes  repairs  to  the  Ampulla,  or 
Eaglet  of  Gold,  and  the  Anointing  Spoon,  for  which 
the  charge  is  £102  55.  od.  for  the  ampulla,  and  £2 
for  the  spoon.  The  total  bill  for  these  items  comes 
out  to  the  handsome  figure  of  £12,050  35.  5d. 
Whoever  made  out  this  bill,  and  whichever 
Keeper  signed  it,  must  have  known  that  they  had  a 
very  complacent  Treasury  to  deal  with.  St.  Edward's 
Staff,  the  gold  spurs,  the  gold  bracelets,  are  all 
charged  for,  though  they  had  already  been  made  and 
presumably  paid  for  in  the  previous  reign.  The 
ampulla,  too,  had  been  repaired  and  restored  by 
Sir  Robert  Vyner  only  a  few  years  before.  All  these, 
which  to-day  are  in  the  Tower,  seem  to  bear  silent 
witness  that  somebody  was  paid  twice  over. 

What  James  II  said  to  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  over  this, 
or  what  reply  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  made  to  His  Majesty, 
history  does  not  relate.  But  the  whole  incident 
shows  how  very  loosely  kept  were  the  Crown  Jewels 


THE  GREAT  TRAGEDY  107 

as  recently  as  three  hundred  years  ago.  Indeed, 
to  be  strictly  just,  they  were  never  really  secure  till 
the  reign  of  Edward  VII,  and  in  the  intervening 
centuries  a  fairly  regular  disappearance  of  gems  and 
their  replacement  with  coloured  glass  seems  to  have 
been  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception. 

A  piece  of  ecclesiastical  plate  added  to  the  Royal 
treasure  in  the  reign  of  Charles  II  was  the  Maundy 
Dish,1  from  which  the  Maundy  money  has  since 
that  reign  been  distributed  on  Maundy  Thursday, 
the  day  before  Good  Friday.  William  and  Mary 
have  inscribed  their  monogram  and  crest  on  the  dish, 
but  the  plate-mark  shows  that  it  belonged  to  the 
reign  of  Charles  II. 

Two  other  pieces  of  church  plate  which  were 
added  by  William  and  Mary  are  a  very  handsome 
alms  dish  and  flagon.2  These  have  W.M.  for 
William  and  Mary,  surmounted  by  a  crown  embossed 
on  them. 

King  George  V  and  Queen  Mary  have  added  two 
of  the  finest  and  most  important  additions  to  the 
Regalia.  These  are  the  Imperial  Crown  of  India  and 
Queen  Mary's  State  Crown,  which  have  already  been 
fully  described. 

Thus,  though  it  has  taken  some  centuries  to  accom- 
plish, the  devastation  wrought  by  the  Commonwealth 
on  the  Regalia  has  been  more  than  repaired.  The 
Crown  Jewels  of  the  King  of  England  are  at  this 

1  See  p.  74.  *  See  p.  78. 


io8  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

time  more  magnificent  and  of  far  greater  value  than 
they  have  been  in  any  former  reign — nay  more,  they 
are  of  greater  value  both  historically  and  intrinsically 
than  the  Crown  Jewels  of  any  other  monarch. 


THE   KEEPER   OF   THE  JEWEL   HOUSE    IN    HIS   STATE    ROBES 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

One  of  the  most  ancient  offices  under  the  Crown — The  first  keepers 
the  Abbot  and  monks  of  Westminster,  1042 — First  official 
Keeper  appointed  in  1216  by  Henry  III — Jewels  removed  to  the 
Tower — The  Bishop  of  Carlisle  as  Keeper — John  de  Flete — 
Robert  de  Mildenhall — Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex — 
His  romantic  rise — A  prot6g6  of  Cardinal  Wolsey — Helps  Henry 
VIII  to  divorce  Katherine  of  Aragon — And  to  marry  Anne 
Boleyn — Made  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House,  1532 — In  his  port- 
folio found  the  famous  letter  of  Anne  Boleyn  to  Henry  VIII — 
Executed  on  Tower  Hill,  1540 — The  Marquis  Winchester — 
His  great  rise — Keeper  of  the  Jewels  to  Edward  VI — Hands 
them  to  Lady  Jane  Grey  as  Queen — Escapes  the  block  and  is 
taken  into  favour  by  Queen  Mary — Queen  Elizabeth  also 
renews  these  favours — Dies  in  his  bed — Sir  Henry  Mildmay, 
Keeper  of  the  Regalia  in  the  reigns  of  James  I,  Charles  I,  and 
interregnum — Deserts  King  Charles  and  joins  the  Parliamentar- 
ians— One  of  the  judges  at  Charles  I's  trial — Grows  rich  on 
the  proceeds  of  his  office — Dubbed  "  The  Knave  of  Diamonds  " 
— His  flight,  capture,  and  trial — His  sentence — His  estate 
confiscated  and  given  to  James,  Duke  of  York — His  picture 
after  death — Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  appointed  by  Charles  II — 
His  rights  and  perquisites — Holds  the  office  for  thirty  years — 
Sir  Francis  Lawley — Heneage  Montague — Charles  Godfrey — 
Hon.  James  Brudenell — Lord  Lynn — Lord  Abergavenny — 
Lord  Glenorchie — Sir  Richard  Lyttieton — The  Earl  of  Darling- 
ton— A  break  in  the  ancient  office  in  1782 — Revived  in  the 
nineteenth  century — Lieut.-Col.  Charles  Wyndham,  who  charged 
with  the  Scots  Greys  at  Waterloo — Sir  Michael  Biddulph — 
Sir  Hugh  Gough — Sir  Robert  Low — Sir  Arthur  Wynne. 


O 


NE  of  the  most  ancient  offices  in  the  realm 
is  that  of  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House. 
His  title  has  varied  backwards  and  for- 
wards during  the  centuries ;  at  one  time 
109 


no  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

and  in  one  reign  he  has  been  named  the  Master 
and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel  House,  in  another  reign 
or  century  the  Keeper  of  the  Crown  Jewels,  some- 
times he  has  been  entitled  the  Keeper  of  the  Regalia, 
and  at  others,  as  at  present,  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House,  but  his  duties  have  been  always  the  same, 
the  custody  of  the  Crown  Jewels. 

In  very  ancient  days,  when  the  emblems  of 
royalty  were  few  and  of  no  great  value,  it  was  not 
necessary  to  have  an  officer  especially  appointed  to 
guard  them  ;  the  Master  of  the  King's  Wardrobe 
would  take  them  hi  charge  along  with  the  rich  robes 
that  a  King  wore  in  those  days.  So  that  it  is  not  till 
1042  that  we  hear  definitely  of  anybody  being  placed 
in  special  charge  of  the  King's  Regalia. 

The  English  King  who  first  found  it  requisite  and 
advisable  to  place  his  treasure  under  special  guardian- 
ship was  Edward  the  Confessor,  and  he,  being  inclined 
that  way,  placed  it  in  charge  of  the  Church.  It  was 
thus  that  the  Abbot  and  monks  of  Westminster 
became  the  first  Keepers  of  the  Regalia  some  nine 
centuries  ago.  For  nearly  two  hundred  years  the 
Abbey  of  Westminster  safely  kept  its  watch  and 
ward,  and  it  was  only  in  1216,  in  the  reign  of 
Henry  III,  that  the  most  valuable  portions  of  the 
Regalia,  such  as  the  Crown  and  Sceptre,  were 
removed  to  the  Tower  of  London. 

The  inadvisability  in  this  sinful  world  of  leaving 
Crown  Jewels,  intrinsically  and  historically  of  great 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    in 

value,  only  spiritually  guarded,  was  brought  into 
prominence  by  the  theft  of  certain  pieces  of  Royal 
plate  by  the  monks  in  charge.  With  the  removal 
of  the  Jewels  to  the  Tower  was  appointed  the  first 
official  Keeper.  Who  he  was  is  not  related,  but  a 
few  years  later,  under  the  same  monarch,  it  is  clear 
that  the  Bishop  of  Carlisle  held  the  post. 

The  Bishop  was  typical  of  that  age,  a  man  of  the 
world,  politician,  courtier,  with  an  episcopal  mitre 
as  an  adjunct,  or  rather  as  a  powerful  auxiliary  in 
his  dealings  with  the  world  in  general,  and  his 
King  and  fellow-subjects  in  particular.  There  is  no 
record  of  the  Bishop  of  Carlisle  actually  heading  a 
charge  of  cavalry,  as  did  Thomas  a  Becket  in  one 
of  his  less  clerical  moments,  but  he  followed  the 
King  in  his  campaigns,  whether  as  a  strategical, 
tactical,  political,  or  spiritual  supporter,  or  whether 
in  all  four  capacities,  careful  readers  of  the  history 
of  those  days  will  be  able  to  judge.  But  whatever 
his  chief  role  or  whatever  the  emoluments  of  his 
office,  no  mean  addition  came  to  his  purse  from  the 
ancient  rights  and  perquisites  of  the  Keeper  of  the 
Jewel  House. 

Amongst  the  earlier  keepers  was  John  de  Flete, 
who  held  the  post  in  1337  in  the  reign  of  Edward  III, 
and  whose  pay  we  learn  was  twelve  pence  per  diem. 
Ten  years  later,  also  during  the  reign  of  Edward  III, 
Robert  de  Mildenhall  was  in  custody  of  the  Regalia ; 
whilst  in  1418  Henry  VI  appointed  Thomas  Chitterne. 


H2  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

None  of  these  appear  to  have  been  men  of  any  mark, 
but  no  doubt  honest  folks  of  good  repute  and  good 
family,  who  could  afford  to  live  comfortably  on  the 
income  derivable,  without  having  other  offices 
attached  to  it. 

In  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII  we  find  that  the  highest 
officers  in  the  State  were  appointed  Keepers  of  the 
Regalia  in  addition  to  their  more  important  duties. 
Amongst  these  was  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of 
Essex,  who,  from  very  small  beginnings,  rose  to  be 
the  most  powerful  personage  in  the  State,  only 
second  to  his  sovereign.  Son  of  a  man  of  humble 
position,  who  combined  the  trade  of  butcher  with 
that  of  shearer  of  cloth  at  Putney,  he,  after  a  turbu- 
lent youth  at  home  and  abroad,  returned  with 
empty  pockets  to  the  parental  roof  at  the  age  of 
twenty-eight.  He  then  married  a  lady  of  equally 
modest  position,  and  settled  down  as  a  combined 
solicitor  and  shearer,  concerning  which  combination 
of  professions  no  doubt  there  passed  a  fairly  obvious 
if  rude  jibe.  As  law  and  trade  prospered,  he  moved 
first  to  Fenchurch  Street  and  then  to  Austin  Friars. 

Thomas  Cromwell's  rise  to  fame  commenced  in 
1523  when  he  became  a  protege  of  Cardinal  Wolsey, 
by  whose  influence  he  was  returned  for  a  seat  in 
Parliament.  He  was  a  useful  man,  the  Cardinal 
found,  with  a  working  knowledge  both  of  the  law 
and  of  business,  whilst  undoubtedly  he  was  above 
the  average  in  ability.  Moreover  he  had  the  best  of 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    113 

manners,  acquired  not  only  from  his  distinguished 
clients,  but  from  his  experiences  abroad.  This 
legal  knowledge  and  these  persuasive  manners  the 
Cardinal  first  put  to  useful  service  in  suppressing 
the  small  monasteries,  so  as  to  secure  funds  for  the 
endowment  of  colleges  at  Oxford  and  Ipswich. 
Wolsey  was  a  great  man,  and  the  idea  was  great  and 
good,  but  unfortunately  the  desired  result  had  to 
be  attained  by  the  dubious  method  of  violent 
despoilation.  So  entirely  had  Cromwell  become 
agent  for  the  Cardinal,  that  Anne  Boleyn  in  a  letter 
addresses  him  as  the  "  Secretary  of  My  Lord." 

For  five  years  Cromwell  was  the  faithful  servitor 
of  the  Cardinal,  and  then  came  the  fall  of  that  high 
potentate,  a  crash  which  threatened  to  bring  to 
earth  his  follower  with  him.  But  Cromwell  was  an 
exceedingly  clever  person,  and  in  the  Commons 
succeeded  in  most  ably  defending  his  patron  without 
offending  his  opponents  or  the  King.  By  thus 
securing  for  his  great  patron  a  comparatively  easy 
downfall,  he  added  greatly  to  his  own  prestige. 
Wolsey  escaped  banishment  or  the  block  by  acknow- 
ledging his  misdeameanours  and  consenting  to 
hand  over  the  whole  of  his  property  to  the  King. 
The  King  in  return  for  this  princely  endowment, 
which  included  Hampton  Court  much  as  we  now 
see  it,  pensioned  the  great  man  off  as  Archbishop  of 
York,  in  which  seclusion  he  died  two  years  later. 

Cromwell  had  now  caught  the  King's  eye,  and  he 


ii4  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

used  his  legal  knowledge  and  acquired  Court  ex- 
perience to  climb  the  ladder,  lately  so  nearly  over- 
turned. The  King  wished  much  to  divorce 
Katherine  of  Aragon,  and  to  marry  Anne  Boleyn, 
but  the  Pope  stood  in  the  way.  Cromwell,  the 
lawyer,  suggested  that  as  no  legal  obstacles  stood  in 
the  way  of  the  King,  who  can  do  no  wrong,  the 
simplest  way  of  disposing  of  the  religious  difficulties 
was  to  deny  the  supremacy  of  the  Pope  in  England 
and  to  proclaim  himself  head  of  the  Church  in  his 
own  land.  Henry  VIII  followed  this  advice,  threw 
the  Pope  overboard,  divorced  Katherine  of  Aragon, 
and  married  Anne  Boleyn. 

Naturally  these  great  personal  services  went  not 
unrewarded,  first  in  his  appointment  as  a  Privy 
Councillor,  and  next  as  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House, 
on  April  I4th,  1532.  The  latter  was  one  of  the 
substantial  benefits  which  in  pay  and  perquisites 
made  a  man  rich  in  those  days.  His  growing 
wealth  and  importance  clearly  pointed  to  the 
enlargement  of  his  house  and  property  at  Austin 
Friars.  It  is  curious  to  learn  that  what  is  thought 
a  modern  invention,  the  moving  of  a  whole  house 
on  rollers,  was  employed  by  Cromwell  nearly  four 
centuries  ago.  A  house  belonging  to  a  Mr.  Stow 
was  deemed  to  be  inconveniently  close  to  the 
CromweUian  mansion,  so  it  was  with  or  without 
consent  jacked  up  on  to  rollers  and  bodily  moved 
away  to  a  less  objectionable  propinquity. 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    115 

His  part  in  securing  the  divorce  of  Katherine  of 
Aragon  and  the  succession  of  Anne  Boleyn  brought 
him  still  further  quick  and  plenteous  rewards.  In 
rapid  succession  he  became  Lord  Chancellor,  the 
King's  Secretary,  Master  of  Rolls,  and  lastly  Vicar- 
General,  so  that  he  might  be  in  a  position  to  enforce 
the  supremacy  of  his  King  over  the  Church.  Sir 
Thomas  More,  late  Chancellor,  and  Bishop  Fisher, 
fell  beneath  the  axe  on  Cromwell's  prosecution, 
their  crime  being  a  refusal  to  acknowledge  the  King's 
spiritual  supremacy. 

A  little  later  we  find  Cromwell  one  of  those  who 
on  the  fatal  May  2nd,  1536,  escorted  the  Queen  he 
had  helped  to  make,  the  hapless  Anne  Boleyn,  to 
the  Tower.  And  only  a  few  days  later  we  see  him 
seated  a  witness  at  her  execution.  In  his  portfolio 
was  later  found  that  most  pathetic  and  well-known 
letter  addressed  by  Anne  Boleyn  to  the  King 1 
praying  for  mercy,  which  letter  was  never  passed  on 
to  the  King. 

For  four  more  years  the  sun  shone  on  the  erst- 
while solicitor  and  shearer,  and  he  became  first  a 
Knight  of  the  Garter,  then  a  Baron  and  Lord  Great 
Chamberlain,  and  finally  Earl  of  Essex.  Great 
riches  and  territory  too  came  to  him  from  the 
suppression  of  the  greater  monasteries  and  the 
confiscation  of  their  property.  But  in  1540  the 
sun  set  on  this  phenomenal  career,  for  on  June  loth 

1  See  Appendix. 


n6  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

of  that  year,  accused  of  high  treason  by  the  Duke 
of  Norfolk,  attainted  by  Parliament,  he  passed 
silently  to  that  same  block  on  Tower  Hill  to  which 
he  had  assigned  so  many. 

In  the  days  when  great  officers  of  State  held  the 
lucrative  office  of  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  in 
addition  to  their  other  benefices  was  one  William 
Paulet,  who  later  became  ist  Marquis  of  Win- 
chester. Of  good  birth  and  a  country  squire,  he 
was  knighted  in  1525,  and  the  same  year  made  a 
Privy  Councillor.  Shortly  after  he  became  a  Member 
of  Parliament  as  Knight  of  the  shire  of  Hampshire, 
and  also  secured  the  curious  appointment  of  "  Sur- 
veyor of  the  King's  widows,  and  Governor  of  all 
idiots  and  naturals  in  the  King's  hands."  This 
apparently  led  by  easy  degrees  to  Controller  of  the 
Royal  Household.  In  1536  Sir  William  Paulet  was 
one  of  the  judges  at  the  trials  of  Sir  Thomas  More, 
and  Bishop  Fisher,  and  also  of  the  gentlemen  with 
whom  Queen  Anne  Boleyn  was  accused  of  too 
familiar  consort. 

A  year  later  the  Knight  became  a. Baron,  under 
the  title  of  Lord  St.  John,  and  Treasurer  of  the 
Royal  Household,  whilst  not  long  after  he  became 
a  Knight  of  the  Garter  and  Lord  Chamberlain. 
When  Henry  VIII  died  he  was  Lord  President  of 
the  Council,  and  must  have  sincerely  thanked  God 
that  he  had  so  far  survived  and  prospered  and  had 
seen  the  end  of  that  monarch's  reign,  with  his  head 


THOMAS    CKOMWKU,,    EAKI.    OK    ESSKX 
KEEPER    OF   THE    TKWEL    HOUSE    IN    THE    REIGN    OK    HENRY    VIII 


still  on  his  shoulders.  The  Lord  President  was  one 
of  the  eighteen  executors  of  Henry  VIII's  will, 
appointed  to  act  as  a  council  of  regency  during  the 
minority  of  the  boy  King,  Edward  VI.  In  1550 
St.  John  sided  with  the  Duke  of  Northumberland 
in  the  overthrow  of  Somerset,  the  Lord  Protector, 
and  as  a  result  found  himself  on  the  winning  side 
with  an  earldom,  that  of  Wiltshire  thrown  in.  He 
received  also  the  offices  of  Lord  Treasurer  and 
Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House.  A  year  later  we  find 
plain  William  Paulet  of  a  few  years  ago  created 
Marquis  of  Winchester. 

When  Edward  VI  died,  the  Marquis,  as  Keeper 
of  the  Jewel  House,  handed  over  the  Crown  Jewels 
to  Lady  Jane  Grey,  and  saluted  her  as  Queen. 
Nine  days  later,  however,  he  was  amongst  the 
Lords  who  from  Barnard's  Castle,  which  lay  on  the 
river-bank  close  alongside  the  Tower,  proclaimed 
Queen  Mary  the  rightful  sovereign  of  these  realms. 
Nor  did  the  new  Queen  resent  the  late  temporary 
aberration,  but  took  him  to  her  stony  heart,  and 
not  only  confirmed  him  in  all  his  offices,  but  added 
that  of  Lord  Privy  Seal.  The  Marquis  was  really  a 
wonderful  person,  for  though  his  next  appearance 
in  history  is  as  one  of  those  who  conducted  the 
Princess  Elizabeth  to  the  dread  doom  of  imprison- 
ment in  the  Tower,  we  next  discover  him,  a  man 
well  stricken  in  years,  riding  through  London  pro- 
claiming the  same  princess  Queen  of  England.  Nor 


u8  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

did  Queen  Elizabeth  at  once  say,  "  Off  with  his 
head  "  ;  on  the  contrary,  she  confirmed  him  in  his 
appointment  of  Lord  Treasurer.  Though  now 
upwards  of  seventy  years  of  age  he  was  made 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Lords,  and  died  in  harness 
in  1572  at  the  venerable  age  of  eighty-seven.  The 
secret  of  this  long  life,  apart  from  physical  fitness, 
was  the  possession  of  the  gift  which  perhaps  we  now 
call  tact.  If  any  proof  were  needed,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  record  that  a  plain  squire  rose  to  be  a 
marquis  and  lived  through  four  reigns  during  which 
heads  fell  as  plentifully  as  apples  in  an  autumn 
gale,  and  yet  eventually  died  peacefully  in  his  bed. 

One  of  the  best  known  Keepers  of  the  Crown 
Jewels  is  Sir  Henry  Mildmay,  who  was  appointed 
to  the  office  in  April,  1620,  by  James  I,  and  retained 
that  office  not  only  through  the  reign  of  Charles  I, 
but  also  through  the  Commonwealth,  and  was  only 
dispossessed  of  it  by  Charles  II  on  his  Restoration  in 
1660.  Besides  being  Keeper,  or  as  he  was  termed 
Master  and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel  House,  Sir 
Henry  was  a  Member  of  Parliament  for  Westbury 
in  Wiltshire,  and  also  at  another  period  for  Maldon 
in  Essex.  He  was  a  persona  grata  with  James  I, 
and  also,  it  would  seem,  with  Charles  I  during  the 
first  fifteen  years  of  his  reign.  But  Sir  Henry  then 
forsook  his  sovereign  and  became  one  of  the  Com- 
mittee of  the  Commons.  His  defection  was  con- 
sidered so  important  that  he  was,  by  the  Parlia- 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  1HE  JEWEL  HOUSE   119 

mentarians,  continued  in  his  office,  in  so  far  as 
concerned  the  drawing  of  the  salary  and  emoluments 
thereof,  though  the  situation  was  somewhat  grotesque 
since  he  was  of  the  party  which  was  in  open  arms 
against  the  King,  whose  Crown  Jewels  he  was  sup- 
posed to  guard. 

Sir  Henry  was  nominated,  and  sat  as  one  of  the 
judges  who  tried  Charles  I,  but  he  with  some  courage 
or  address  escaped  signing  the  death  sentence,  and 
afterwards  claimed  that  he  only  accepted  nomina- 
tion in  hopes  of  saving  the  King.  Throughout  the 
Commonwealth  he  remained  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House,  though  there  were  no  jewels  to  guard,  for 
these  had  been  broken  up,  defaced,  destroyed,  and 
sold  by  the  order  of  Parliament.  But  being  one 
skilled  in  the  etiquette  of  courts,  he  made  himself 
useful  as  Master  of  Ceremonies  to  Foreign  Ambassa- 
dors, and  continued  to  enjoy  the  rich  perquisites 
attaining  to  the  office  of  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House. 

For  forty  years  Sir  Henry  Mildmay  had  grown 
fat  and  prosperous  on  the  proceeds  of  his  office ; 
indeed,  he  became  a  very  rich  man  with  great  estates 
and  much  ready  cash  to  spend.  But  in  1660  Charles 
II  was  restored  to  the  throne,  and  Sir  Henry  Mildmay 
was  immediately  pounced  upon  to  produce  the 
crowns  and  robes,  sceptres,  and  jewels  belonging  to 
the  kingly  dignity,  of  which  he  was  the  reputed 
guardian.  At  the  time  the  general  impression 
was  that  Sir  Henry  had  appropriated  these  to  his 


120  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

own  purposes  and  sold  them  to  his  own  advantage  ; 
he  was  in  consequence  dubbed  "  the  Knave  of 
Diamonds."  As  however  has  since  become  clear  the 
royal  emblems,  or  such  as  remained,  were  disposed 
of  under  the  orders  of  Parliament.  It  may,  however, 
be  conjectured  that  Sir  Henry,  in  accordance  with 
the  usages  of  the  age  and  the  rights  of  his  office, 
secured  a  goodly  percentage  on  the  sale  prices.  His 
detractors  averred  that  he  had  himself  valued  and 
bought  in  the  Crown  Jewels  at  the  exceedingly  low 
prices  they  fetched,  and  at  his  leisure  disposed  of 
them  at  great  profit.  There  is,  however,  no  recorded 
proof  of  this. 

But  Sir  Henry  Mildmay,  whether  he  had  a  guilty 
conscience  or  not,  thought  discretion  the  better  part 
of  valour,  and  attempted  to  escape  abroad.  He 
was,  however,  caught  by  Lord  Winchelsea  at  Rye 
in  Essex  and  sent  back  to  London.  He  was  tried 
in  1661  at  the  Bar  of  the  House  of  Commons,  and 
sentenced  to  be  degraded  from  all  his  honours  and 
titles.  Furthermore,  he  was  sentenced  to  be  annually 
drawn  on  a  hurdle  through  the  streets  of  London 
from  the  Tower  to  Tyburn,  then  passed  under  the 
gallows,  and  again  dragged  back  to  the  Tower.  This 
penalty  was  to  be  exacted  on  each  anniversary  of 
the  day  on  which  sentence  had  been  passed  on 
Charles  I,  that  is  January  27th.  Whether  Sir  Henry 
ever  took  this  ride  is  not  clear,  but  probably  he  did 
more  than  once,  for  it  was  only  in  1664  that  the 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    121 

Lords  in  mitigation  ordered  him  to  be  transported 
to  Tangiers.  On  the  way  to  his  exile,  however,  he 
died  at  the  town  of  Antwerp.  His  vast  accumula- 
tions of  wealth  were  forfeited  to  the  Crown,  his 
estate  at  Wanstead  being  of  sufficient  importance 
to  be  assigned  to  James,  Duke  of  York. 

There  was  a  strong  rumour  at  the  time  that  Sir 
Henry  Mildmay  had  been  either  hanged  or  be- 
headed, which  rumour  caused  his  relations  and 
descendants  great  annoyance.  As  proof  to  the  con- 
trary they  produced  a  painting  of  the  dead  knight, 
which  still  exists,  showing  him  lying  on  his  back  on 
his  death-bed.  The  clothes  have  been  drawn  down 
and  his  neck  bared,  so  as  to  clearly  show  that  no 
trace  of  cord  or  axe  was  upon  it,  and  that  he  died  no 
felon's  death.  Naturally  a  picture  of  this  sort  is  no 
proof  in  a  court  of  law,  for  the  artist  might  with 
ease  omit  all  signs  of  violence ;  but  history  bears  out 
the  contention  that  Sir  Henry  Mildmay  died  a 
natural  death. 

Whatever  the  merits  or  demerits  of  Sir  Henry 
Mildmay  may  have  been,  Charles  II  had  too  many 
Royalists  with  claims  on  his  generosity  to  retain  in 
office  one  who  had  evidently  been  hand-in-glove 
with  those  who  had  kept  the  King  from  his  father's 
throne,  and  in  exile  for  so  long.  Amongst  those 
with  such  a  claim  was  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot,  who  had 
followed  the  King's  fortunes  in  France,  and  was 
now  back  in  England  in  impoverished  circum- 


122  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

stances.  On  his  application  for  an  appointment 
the  King  made  him  Keeper,  or  as  he  was  then  styled, 
Master  and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel  House.  We  are 
indebted  to  a  very  interesting  manuscript  dictated 
in  1680  by  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  for  a  detailed  account 
of  the  ancient  rights  and  perquisites  belonging  to  the 
office.  These  he  obtained  from  Sir  Henry  Mildmay, 
and  it  is  expressly  stated  that  they  were  the  same 
as  enjoyed  by  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex, 
in  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII.  Facsimiles  of  some  of 
the  pages  of  the  manuscript  are  given,  but  it  is  of 
historic  interest  that  they  should  be  recorded  in 
full,  and  these  will  be  found  in  the  Appendix.  Sir 
Gilbert  Talbot  held  the  office  for  thirty-one  years, 
and  as  is  duly  related  elsewhere,  was  in  office  when 
Colonel  Blood  made  his  attempt  to  steal  the  Crown 
and  other  portions  of  the  Regalia.  Sir  Gilbert  and 
his  connection  with  his  office  enters  so  much  into 
other  parts  of  this  book  that  it  is  not  necessary  here 
to  say  more  about  him. 

When  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  died  in  1691  the  office  of 
Master  and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel  House  fell  in 
succession  to  persons  of  various  degrees  and  ranks, 
of  whom  little  can  be  gathered  from  modern  books 
of  reference. 

Sir  Francis  Lawley,  doubtless  an  ancestor  of  the 
present  Lawleys,  was  next  in  charge  of  the  Crown 
Jewels  for  six  years,  and  was  succeeded  by  Heneage 
Montague,  probably  a  cadet  of  the  family  of 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    123 

Montagu,  who  a  few  years  later  became  Duke  of 
Manchester. 

Montague  was  followed  by  Charles  Godfrey,  who 
was  Keeper  through  parts  of  three  reigns,  those  of 
William  and  Mary,  Anne,  and  George  I.  Then 
came  the  Hon.  James  Brudenell,  a  son  of  Lord 
Brudenell,  a  title  now  merged  into  that  of  the 
Marquis  of  Ailesbury,  who  held  the  office  for  fourteen 
years  during  the  reigns  of  George  I  and  George  II. 
The  Hon.  James  Brudenell  was  succeeded  by 
Charles  Townshend,  Lord  Lynn,  who  was  nine 
years  Keeper  in  the  reign  of  George  II. 

The  next  in  succession  was  William  Neville,  Lord 
Abergavenny,  an  ancestor  of  the  present  Marquis 
of  Abergavenny,  though  the  family  now  spells 
the  name  Nevill  without  the  final  "  e."  This 
Keeper  was  in  office  for  six  years  in  the  reign  of 
George  II. 

He  was  succeeded  by  John  Campbell,  Lord 
Glenorchie,1  a  son  of  the  Earl  of  Breadalbane,  who 
had  custody  of  the  Crown  Jewels  for  eleven  years 
in  the  reign  of  George  III.  Next  in  succession  came 
Sir  Richard  Lyttleton,  who  held  sway  for  thirteen 
years  and  through  parts  of  two  reigns.  Next  came 
Henry  Vane,  Earl  of  Darlington,  who  retained  the 
post  for  close  on  twenty  years.  Whether  this  noble- 
man was  inefficient,  or  eventually  suffered  from  senile 
decay,  is  not  recorded,  but  evidently  a  Keeper  was 

1  Now  spelt  Glenorchy. 


124  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

deemed  a  superfluous  person,  for  on  his  death  came 
a  break  in  the  ancient  office  which  had  then  existed 
for  seven  hundred  years,  and  even  through  so 
unfavourable  a  period  for  Royal  offices  as  the 
Commonwealth. 

When  Lord  Darlington  died  in  1782  the  office  of 
Keeper  of  the  Regalia  was  suppressed  under  an 
Act  of  Parliament,  known  as  Stat.  22  Geo.  Ill,  c.  82, 
and  his  duties  were  transferred  to  the  Lord  Chamber- 
lain. It  is  reasonable  to  conjecture  that  the  pay  and 
perquisites  also  went  to  the  Lord  Chamberlain. 

For  forty  years  or  more  the  office  of  Keeper  lay 
dormant,  whilst  the  Lord  Chamberlain  remained 
responsible  for  the  safety  of  the  Crown  Jewels.  It 
was  not  indeed  till  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria  that 
the  question  arose  of  the  suitability  of  this  arrange- 
ment, for  naturally  the  Lord  Chamberlain  has  much 
else  to  do,  and  cannot  give  his  personal  guardian- 
ship to  so  great  a  responsibility.  It  was  the  Duke 
of  Wellington,  who  was  then  Constable  of  the  Tower, 
who  brought  the  matter  to  Her  Majesty's  notice, 
and  Queen  Victoria  thereupon  decided  to  revive  the 
office  of  Keeper  of  the  Crown  Jewels.  Appropri- 
ately, too,  Her  Majesty  decided  that  in  future  this 
charge  should  be  entrusted  to  an  old  and  valiant 
soldier.  Her  first  choice,  therefore,  was  Lieut.- 
Colonel  Charles  Wyndham,  who  had  charged  with 
the  Scots  Greys  at  the  Battle  of  Waterloo,  and  is, 
it  is  said,  one  of  those  portrayed  in  the  famous  and 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE    125 

historic  painting  by  Lady  Butler,  known  all  over 
the  world,  "  Scotland  for  Ever." 

No  less  than  seven  officers  were  one  after  another 
appointed  by  Queen  Victoria  during  her  long  reign, 
each  serving  till  he  died  or  was  promoted  elsewhere. 
Colonel  John  Cox  Gawler,  late  73rd  Foot,  succeeded 
Colonel  Wyndham,  and  was  in  his  turn  succeeded 
by  Captain  Arthur  John  Loftus,  late  loth  Hussars. 
Then  came  Lieut.  -General  Sir  Michael  Biddulph,G.c.B., 
a  very  distinguished  officer  who,  after  a  few  years 
as  Keeper  of  the  Crown  Jewels,  was  transferred 
to  the  House  of  Lords  as  Gentleman  Usher  of  the 
Black  Rod,  a  post  he  held  to  his  death.  Sir  Michael 
Biddulph  was  succeeded  by  Lieut. -General  Sir 
Frederick  Middleton,  K.C.M.G.,  C.B.,  known  to  many 
previous  generations  of  Gentlemen  Cadets  as  Com- 
mandant of  the  Royal  Military  College,  Sandhurst. 
The  last  appointment  made  by  Queen  Victoria  was 
that  gallant  old  soldier,  General  Sir  Hugh  Gough, 
one  of  the  great  soldier  family  of  Goughs,  who  had 
won  the  Victoria  Cross  as  a  subaltern  in  the  Indian 
Mutiny  with  Sir  Deighton  Probyn,  Sir  John  Watson, 
Sir  Charles  Gough  his  brother,  and  Sir  Sam 
Browne. 

King  Edward's  only  appointment  during  his 
short  reign  was  General  Sir  Robert  Low,  G.C.B.,  who 
ended  a  long  and  distinguished  career  as  a  soldier 
by  the  remarkable  military  achievement  known  as 
the  Relief  of  Chitral,  certainly  one  of  the  most 


126  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

complete  strategical  and  tactical  successes  recorded 
amongst  our  smaller  wars. 

The  office  has  twice  fallen  vacant  during  the 
present  King's  reign.  His  Majesty's  first  selection, 
when  Sir  Robert  Low  died,  was  General  Sir  Arthur 
Wynne,  G.C.B.,  who  had  distinguished  himself  in 
many  a  war  from  the  Jowaki  Expedition  of  1877 
and  the  Afghan  War  which  immediately  followed 
it,  down  to  the  South  African  War  of  1899-1901. 
Sir  Arthur  retired  from  the  office  of  Keeper  of  the 
Jewel  House  after  five  years,  and  was  succeeded  by 
the  present  holder.1 

1  See  Appendix  A  for  list  of  Keepers  from  1042-1920. 


CHAPTER   IX 

POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE 

The  salary  of  the  Keeper  £50 — His  perquisites — Rooms  in  all  the 
King's  houses — And  at  the  Tower  of  London — His  table 
provided  from  the  King's  kitchen — Beer,  wine,  and  spirits  as 
seemed  good  to  him — The  King's  New  Year  gift  money — 
Presents  from  the  Ambassadors — Perquisites  and  privileges — 
How  they  were  encroached  upon — How  the  King  decided — 
The  King  and  Sergeant  Painter — The  Court  Jeweller's  fee — 
A  breeze  with  the  Queen's  Household — The  Keeper  and  the 
Crown — The  Keeper  a  Privy  Councillor — His  official  robes — 
"  He  hath  no  superior  officer  " — Pilfering  of  the  Royal  Jewels — 
The  office  worth  ^10,000  a  year — The  Keeper's  modest  salary 
now — But  no  fear  of  the  block  on  Tower  Hill. 

IN  ancient  days  in  England    the   salaries   of 
dignitaries  and  holders  of  offices  under  the 
Crown   were   comparatively    small,   but    the 
emoluments  direct  and  indirect   were   often 
very  valuable.    Thus  the  official  salary  of  the  Keeper 
of  Jewel  House  was,  up  to  Tudor  and  Stuart  days, 
only  £50  a  year,  paid  annually  in  arrears.    But  since  it 
is  manifest  that  no  one  could  live,  however  economic- 
ally, and  keep  up  his   position   on   this   nebulous 
income  the  kings  of  those  days  allowed,  what  we 
now  think  vulgar,  that  is  perquisites.    Three  hundred 
years  hence,  perchance  butlers  and  hall-porters  will 
be  as  much  above  the  region  of  subsidiary  salaries 

127 


128  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

as  is  now  the  Lord  Chancellor  or  the  Master  of  the 
Horse,  and  as  is,  also  from  reliable  information,  the 
Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House.  In  this  respect  the 
Keeper  of  the  King's  Treasure  in  those  days  fared 
by  no  means  indifferently,  his  salary  of  £50  being  a 
mere  bagatelle  which  might  almost  have  been 
dispensed  with.  To  start  with,  apartments  were 
reserved  for  him  in  all  the  King's  palaces,  as  well  as 
at  the  Tower  of  London,  for  it  was  his  duty  to  travel 
with  the  King  wherever  he  went,  and  to  take 
with  him  such  articles  of  the  Regalia  and  Royal  plate 
as  the  King  might  have  occasion  to  require.  When 
in  London  the  Keeper  would  reside  in  the  Royal 
Palace,  whilst  his  deputy  was  quartered  at  the  Tower 
in  immediate  charge  of  the  Regalia.  Thus  he  lived 
rent  free,  though  perhaps  not  always  under  the  most 
comfortable  conditions  according  to  modern  ideas, 
for  there  were  a  large  number  of  similar  officials 
in  the  King's  retinue,  and  each  wrangled  with 
another  as  to  who  should  have  this  accommodation 
or  that,  and  who  should  have  precedence  in  this 
minor  matter,  as  in  greater. 

The  Keeper  of  the  Regalia  not  only  lodged  free 
of  charge,  but  also  was  his  table  plenteously  provided 
from  the  King's  kitchen  and  from  the  King's  cellar. 
The  allotment  of  solid  refreshment  laid  down  sounds 
almost  immodest,  being  no  less  than  fourteen 
"double-dishes  "  per  diem.  What  a  double  dish  was 
is  not  quite  clear,  but  at  the  Coronation  of  James  II 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  129 

there  is  a  great  enumeration  of  the  "  singular  dishes," 
and  the  diagram  of  the  table  shows  all  these  dishes  to 
be  round  in  shape.  Presumably,  therefore,  a  double 
dish  was  oblong  in  shape,  was  twice  the  size,  and 
held  twice  as  much  as  a  singular  dish.  And  whereas 
our  forefathers  thought  little  of  the  light  viands  of 
these  days,  we  may  conclude  that  the  fourteen  double 
dishes  held  little  but  solid  meats  and  puddings. 
Though  appetites  seem  to  have  been  large  in  those 
days,  there  appears  to  be  an  ample  margin  in  this 
allowance  for  the  Keeper  not  only  to  feed  himself 
and  a  moderate  following  on  a  fairly  liberal  scale, 
but  also  to  entertain  his  friends.  Nor  was  the  allow- 
ance of  liquid  refreshment  less  liberal ;  for  in  this 
respect  we  learn  that  the  Keeper  was  allowed  as 
much  beer,  wine,  and  spirits  as  seemed  good  unto 
him,  and  presumably  to  his  guests. 

Apart  from  these  creature  comforts  more  sub- 
stantial benefits  in  hard  cash  accrued  to  the  guardian 
of  the  Regalia.  His  Christmas  box  was  a  handsome 
money  present  which  came  out  of  the  King's  New 
Year  gift  money.  This  gift  money,  which  usually 
amounted  to  £3000  in  gold,  was  presented  to  the 
King  by  members  of  the  nobility,  each  according 
to  his  quality,  and  the  Keeper  received  it  on  behalf  of 
His  Majesty  for  redistribution.  Out  of  this  sum  he 
was  entitled  to  keep  one  shilling  in  the  pound  as  his 
own  share,  and  to  make  what  profit  he  could  in  dis- 
tributing the  remainder  in  silver,  the  ratio  between 


130  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  gold  pound  and  its  exchange  into  silver  being  a 
sensible  source  of  profit.  It  was  calculated  that  this 
percentage  and  rate  brought  in  from  £300  to  £400 
every  New  Year  to  the  Keeper,  which  we  must  not 
forget  was  equal  in  value  to  £3000  to  £4000  at  this 
date. 

The  highest  hi  the  land  in  days  of  old  were  not 
above  taking  presents,  or  as  we  should  now  vulgarly 
call  them,  tips  ;  indeed,  these  were  a  recognised 
source  of  income.  The  Earl  of  Essex,  when  Keeper 
of  the  Regalia  in  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII,  saw 
nothing  derogatory  in  taking  presents  of  money  from 
foreign  ambassadors,  for  it  was  the  custom  that  he 
should  do  so,  and  it  was  as  much  an  obligation  on 
the  part  of  those  ambassadors  to  gratify  the  Earl 
of  Essex  as  it  is  in  our  day  to  gratify  the  present 
Earl  of  Essex's  butler.  The  occasion  used  for  this 
gratifying  exchange  of  courtesies  was  when  the 
Keeper  carried  presents  from  His  Majesty  to  these 
ambassadors,  and  these  occasions  must  have  been 
frequent  or  else  the  gratifications  must  have  been 
liberal,  for  on  an  average  the  Keeper  counted  on 
making  another  £300  a  year  in  this  way,  and  again 
we  must  multiply  that  sum  by  ten  to  get  its  present 
value. 

We  are  indebted  to  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot,  who  was 
Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  in  the  reign  of  Charles  II, 
for  an  exact  account  of  the  ancient  rights  and  privi- 
leges of  his  office.  These  he  had  received  from  Sir 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  131 

Henry  Mildmay,  who  was  Keeper  in  the  reigns  of 
James  I  and  Charles  I,  who  in  his  turn  passed  on 
what  had  been  enjoyed  by  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl 
of  Essex,  Keeper  in  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII. 
Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's  preamble  reads  : — 

'  The  Master  of  the  Jewel  House  holdeth  his 

place  by  Patent,  for  life,  under  the  Broad  Seal  of 

England  to  enjoy  all  the  perquisites  and  privileges 

which  any  of  his  predecessors  at  any  time  enjoyed"1 

These  are  as  follows  : — 

1.  A  fee  of  £50  per  annum  out  of  the  Exchequer. 

2.  A  Table  of  14  double  dishes  per  diem. 

3.  £300  per  annum  out  of  the  New  Year's  gift 

money. 

4.  The  carrying  of  presents  to  Ambassadors. 

5.  The  small  presents  at  New  Year's  tide. 

6.  Anciently  Treasurers   of   the   Chamber   which 

office  was  a  branch  of  the  Jewel  House. 

7.  Frequently  Privy  Councillors,  as  were  Cromwell 

and  the  two  Gary's. 

8.  Right  to  buy,  keep  and  present  all  his  Majesty's 

Jewels  (when  given) . 

9.  Choice  of  his  under  Officers. 

10.  Choice  of  the  King's  and  Queen's  Goldsmiths 

and  Jewellers. 

11.  £20  in  gold,  upon  signing  of  the  Goldsmith's  bill. 

1  From  the  MS.  written  in  1680,  in  possession  of  Mrs.  Lowndes. 
See  Appendix  D. 


132  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

12.  Lodging  in  all  the  King's  houses. 

13.  A  close  wagon  (when  the  Court  moveth)  for  his 

own  goods  ;  and  two  carts  for  his  officers. 

14.  Precedence  in  Courts  and  Kingdom. 

15.  Privilege  of  the  Drawing  room. 

16.  Robes  at  the  Coronation. 

17.  In  Procession  place  before  all  Judges. 

18.  He  putteth  on,  and  taketh  off  the  King's  Crown. 

19.  He  keepeth  all  the  Regalia. 

20.  He  hath  lodgings,  etc.,  in  the  Tower. 

21.  A  servant  there  to  keep  the  Regalia. 

22.  He  hath  no  superior  Officer. 

23.  He  furnisheth  plate  to  Ambassadors  and  all 

great  Officers. 

24.  He  remandeth  it  when  Ambassadors  return  ;  and 

Officers  remove  or  die. 

25.  He  provideth  a  Garter  and  plain  George  for 

Knights  of  the  Garter. 

Having  thus  recounted  his  rights  and  privileges,  Sir 
Gilbert  Talbot  in  a  long  petition  to  King  Charles  II 
pointed  out  how  these  had  been  encroached  upon 
through,  he  avers,  the  machinations  of  Hyde,  the 
Lord  Chancellor.  The  first  great  grievance  was 
that  his  "  14  double  dishes  "  per  diem,  which  we 
have  seen  carried  in  their  wake  as  much  bread,  beer, 
and  wine  as  seemed  good  to  the  Keeper,  were  dis- 
continued, and  in  place  thereof  he  was  given  a 
meagre  £120  per  annum  as  board  wages.  This  was 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  133 

indeed  an  economy  for  the  Treasury,  for  the  scale 
of  board  wages  had  formerly  been  fixed  at  355.  per 
diem  on  such  occasions  as  the  fourteen  double 
dishes,  etc.,  could  not  on  the  line  of  march,  for 
instance,  be  supplied.  355.  a  day  came  to  a  matter 
of  £641  per  annum,  so  that  the  Keeper  stood  to  lose 
£421  each  year  on  the  deal.  Naturally  this  raised 
his  wrath. 

In  connection  with  the  next  item  of  complaint, 
Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  did  somewhat  better.  His  right 
of  old  was  £300  out  of  the  money  presented  to  the 
King  by  the  nobles  in  accordance  with  their  patents 
at  the  New  Year.  The  total  sum  thus  presented 
was,  we  have  seen,  about  £3000,  so  that  the  Keeper's 
percentage  was  liberal  enough ;  but  in  addition, 
though  the  Keeper  received  the  £3000  on  behalf  of 
the  King  in  gold,  he  was  allowed  to  disburse  it  to 
those  to  whom  it  was  distributed  in  silver,  whereby 
he  calculated  to  make  another  shilling  in  the  pound 
profit,  making  a  total  of  £450.  King  Charles, 
evidently  bored  with  details,  and  the  persistence 
of  Sir  Gilbert,  compounded  for  £400  yearly,  and  that 
sum  became  the  Keeper's  fixed  perquisite  under 
this  head. 

Then  came  a  very  knotty  point.  Formerly,  appar- 
ently, the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  received  the 
equivalent  of  £300  per  annum  for  "  carrying  presents  " 
to  the  foreign  ambassadors.  These  presents  con- 
sisted of  plate,  and  the  Keeper  not  only  carried  them, 


134  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

but  made  his  percentage  out  of  the  goldsmiths  on 
their  value,  as  well  as  receiving  such  gratuities  or 
favours  as  the  ambassadors  might  give  him  in 
return  compliment.  But  the  Duke  of  Buckingham 
having  prevailed  upon  Charles  I  to  make  these 
presents  in  the  form  of  jewels  instead  of  plate,  and 
the  Keeper  of  the  day,  who  was  Sir  Henry  Mildmay, 
having  incautiously  remarked  that  he  knew  nothing 
about  the  purchase  of  jewels,  this  useful  addition 
to  his  income  was  taken  from  him  and  given  to  the 
Lord  Chamberlain,  who  possibly  knew  no  more  about 
jewels,  but  gladly  added  this  item  to  his  income. 

The  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  was  entitled  to 
twenty-eight  ounces  of  silver-gilt  plate  every  New 
Year's  Day  as  part  of  his  emoluments.  This  he  took 
either  in  kind  or  cash,  as  seemed  good  to  him. 
Nobody  seems  to  have  interfered  with  this  item, 
but  the  Lord  Chamberlain,  Lord  Manchester,  is  in 
Sir  Gilbert  Talbot's  bad  books  over  a  cognate 
matter.  Apparently  certain  nobles  had  yearly, 
probably  as  a  sort  of  tribute  for  their  patents, 
to  make  small  presents  of  gold  to  the  King  on  New 
Year's  Day.  These  can  have  consisted  of  little  more 
than  a  few  coins,  for  the  total  amount  only  came  to 
£3°  or  £4°-  Each  offering  of  gold  was  contained  in 
a  purse,  and  both  the  gold  and  the  purses  were 
handed  on  to  the  Keeper  as  his  perquisite.  Lord 
Manchester  claimed  these  purses,  but  not  the  gold, 
as  his  own,  as  did  his  successor  the  Earl  of  St.  Albans. 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  135 

But  the  Keeper  complained  to  the  King,  and  con- 
tested this  claim  :  so  the  King,  who  was  for  a 
pleasant  life  and  as  few  worries  as  possible,  decided 
that  the  purses  by  ancient  right  belonged  to  the 
Keeper,  but  that  if  he  was  a  wise  knight  he  would 
give  five  or  six  of  them  yearly  to  the  Lord  Chamber- 
lain as  a  peace  offering.  This  accordingly  he  did,  and 
all  parties  appear  to  have  been  contented. 

Anciently  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  was  also 
Treasurer  of  the  Chamber,  his  title  then  being  Master 
and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel  House.  But  on  the 
Restoration,  with  so  many  faithful  but  needy 
Royalists  to  be  provided  for,  the  office  was  divided, 
and  the  Keeper  felt  this  deeply ;  for  apparently 
the  Treasury  portion  was  the  richer,  indeed  it 
became  five  times  more  valuable  as  a  source  of  income 
than  the  Jewel  House. 

The  choice  and  appointment  of  his  subordinates 
was,  and  is,  the  right  of  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House,  and  the  reason  for  this  was  somewhat 
curiously  demonstrated.  Apparently  on  one  occasion 
a  vacancy  having  occurred,  a  certain  Sergeant 
Painter  went  direct  to  the  King  and  asked  him  for 
the  post.  Charles  II,  with  his  usual  good  nature,  at 
once  consented.  Painter  armed  with  this  authority 
came  to  the  Keeper  and  demanded  the  appoint- 
ment. But  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  refused  to  accept 
him,  and  said  he  would  take  the  King's  orders  him- 
self. Going  to  the  King,  Sir  Gilbert  asked  whether 


136  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

His  Majesty  had  appointed  Sergeant  Painter  to  the 
vacancy  in  the  Jewel  House.  The  King  said  he  had 
done  so.  Sir  Gilbert  pointed  out  that  by  right  all 
such  appointments  were  made  by  the  Keeper,  so 
that  he  might  be  sure  of  the  honesty  and  loyalty  of 
those  under  him  who  were  guarding  the  Jewels  and 
plate.  "  Well,"  said  the  King,  "  for  this  time  let 
it  pass,  and  I  will  invade  your  right  no  more."  Sir 
Gilbert  then  asked  if  the  King  would  be  security 
for  all  the  Jewels  and  plate  entrusted  to  Painter. 
To  which  the  King  replied,  "  No,  indeed  will  I  not ; 
and  if  that  be  requisite  I  recommend  him  not." 
Having  made  this  remonstrance  to  draw  attention 
to  his  rights,  the  Keeper  withdrew  his  objections,  and 
calling  up  Sergeant  Painter  appointed  him  to  the 
post. 

One  of  the  handsomest  perquisites  of  the  Keeper 
was  the  appointing  of  the  Goldsmiths  and  Jewellers 
to  the  King  and  Queen.  These  appointments  were 
worth  £800  each  to  him,  that  being  the  sum  paid  him 
for  this  privilege  by  the  firms  appointed.  During  the 
confusion  of  the  Restoration  the  Keeper  nearly  lost 
this  valuable  addition  to  his  income,  for  a  Groom 
of  the  Chambers,  named  Coronell  (Colonel  ?)  Blage, 
annexed  the  right  and  offered  the  appointment  to 
Alderman  Backwell  for  £800.  The  Alderman, 
however,  hearing  that  the  right  of  appointment  had 
heretofore  belonged  to  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House,  drew  back  and  informed  the  Keeper.  That 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  137 

officer  at  once  intervened  with  such  emphasis  that 
"  Mr.  Blage  deserted  his  pretensions,"  and  the  £800 
went  to  its  lawful  assignee.  The  Keeper  no  longer 
appoints  the  Court  Jewellers,  and  nobody  gets  the 
£800  for  doing  so. 

The  Court  Jewellers  and  Goldsmiths,  according  to 
ancient  custom,  made  to  the  Keeper  a  present  of  £20 
in  gold  when  he  signed  their  annual  bills.  This  was 
in  the  bad  old  days  doubtless  a  bribe,  so  that  the 
bill  might  not  be  too  closely  scrutinised.  We  may 
also  be  well  assured  that  the  £20  did  not  come  out 
of  the  Jeweller's  pocket,  but  was  fully  covered  by 
adding  a  little  here  and  there  to  each  item  in  the  bill. 
It  is  refreshing  to  learn  that  as  early  as  the  seven- 
teenth century,  some  Keepers  recognising  the  ques- 
tionable nature  of  this  £20  present,  refused  absolutely 
to  take  it,  and  checked  the  bills  honestly.  Needless 
to  say  that  at  the  present  day  the  Keeper  is  put 
into  no  such  invidious  position ;  in  fact  he  never 
sees  a  bill,  all  these  being  discharged  by  the  Lord 
Chamberlain,  who,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  mention, 
does  not  receive  a  £20  honorarium  from  Messrs. 
Gerrard,  the  Court  Jewellers,  for  doing  so. 

In  the  days  when  the  Keeper  of  the  Regalia 
followed  the  King  wherever  he  went,  rooms  were 
reserved  for  him,  his  officers,  and  his  servants,  in 
all  the  King's  palaces.  Then  breezes,  as  might  now, 
arose  amongst  the  various  Court  officials  as  to  the 
apportioning  of  the  available  accommodation.  Thus 


138  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

we  find  the  Keeper  recording  that,  in  1660,  the 
lodgings  provided  for  him  at  the  Palace  in  Whitehall 
were  rude,  dark,  and  intermixed  with  those  of  the 
Queen's  Household.  The  dining-room  was  "  a  kind 
of  wild  barn,  without  any  covering  beside  rafters 
and  tiles.  The  Keeper's  lodgings  were  two  ill 
chambers,  above  stairs,  and  the  passage  to  them 
dark  at  noon-day." 

Perhaps  naturally  under  these  mixed  conditions, 
and  tempers  being  shortened  by  the  rain  pouring 
through  the  tiles  during  dinner,  the  relations  between 
the  Keeper,  who  was  a  member  of  the  King's  House- 
hold, and  the  members  of  the  Queen's  Household, 
became  colder  and  colder,  till  at  length  each  flew  to 
their  titular  heads.  The  Queen's  Household  no 
doubt  had  excellent  grounds  of  complaint,  as  had 
also  doubtless  the  Keeper,  and  thus  both  were  even. 
But  the  Keeper,  being  an  astute  person,  played  a 
final  trump  card ;  he  said  he  could  not  be  responsible 
for  the  King's  plate  and  treasure  with  so  many 
people  in  and  out  who  were  not  under  his  orders.  It 
was  really  not  safe,  he  said ;  it  was  absolutely  essential 
that  he  should  have  the  whole  set  of  lodgings  to 
himself.  So  out  went  the  Queen's  Household,  and 
the  Keeper  and  all  his  officers  were  installed  in  a 
compact  and  unassailable  mass. 

The  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  has  always  been, 
and  is  to  this  day,  a  member  of  the  Sovereign's 
Household.  In  former  times  he  held  certain  rights, 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  139 

privileges,  and  precedence,  but  these  in  the  course  of 
ages  have  mostly  melted  away,  though  his  warrants 
of  appointment  have  from  time  to  time  stated  that 
he  was  to  enjoy  all  the  rights  and  privileges  of  his 
predecessors.  For  instance,  one  of  the  rights,  or 
rather,  as  we  should  now  style  it,  one  of  the  duties 
of  the  Keeper,  was  never  to  let  the  crown  out  of 
his  keeping.  So  definite  were  his  instructions  that 
he  had  personally  to  take  the  crown  from  the  Tower 
to  the  King's  Palace,  and  with  his  own  hand  place 
it  on  the  King's  head.  He  had  then  to  follow  the 
King  wherever  he  went,  say  to  the  opening  of  Parlia- 
ment, never  allowing  the  crown  to  be  out  of  his  sight. 
On  the  return  to  the  palace  he  was  to  take  the  crown 
off  the  King's  head,  and  return  with  it  to  the  Tower. 
This  procedure  is  now  much  altered.  The  Keeper  of 
the  Jewel  House,  on  demand  of  the  Lord  Chamberlain, 
hands  over  the  crown  to  him  or  his  representative, 
takes  a  receipt  for  it,  and  has  no  further  responsibility 
till  the  crown  is  returned  to  him. 

In  Tudor  days  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House 
was  generally  made  a  Privy  Councillor,  and  if  not 
already  of  higher  rank  was  created  a  Knight,  and 
ranked  as  the  senior  Knight  Bachelor  of  the  King- 
dom. At  a  coronation  he  wore  a  robe  very  like  that 
of  a  Baron,  but  with  a  crown  embroidered  in  gold 
on  his  left  shoulder.  A  robe  very  like  this  is  still 
the  official  robe  of  the  Keeper;  it  is,  however,  of 
crimson  silk  more  like  that  of  a  Knight  Grand 


140  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Cross  of  the  Bath,  with  a  golden  crown  embroidered 
on  the  left  shoulder.  The  whole  costume  may  be 
seen  in  Sir  George  Naylor's  book  of  the  Coronation 
of  George  IV. 

In  precedence  the  Keeper  ranked  after  Privy 
Councillors  and  before  all  Judges,  and  had,  as  at 
present,  the  private  entree  at  all  State  functions  at 
Court.  As  late  as  the  seventeenth  century  none 
below  the  rank  of  Baron,  and  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 
House  who  ranked  as  a  Baron,  were  allowed  this 
privilege. 

A  very  curious  privilege  which  the  Keeper  of  the 
Jewel  House  still  retains  is  that  "  he  hath  no  superior 
Officer  in  Court  or  Kingdom."  He  receives  no  orders 
except  from  the  King  himself  or  conveyed  to  him 
through  the  Lord  Chamberlain.  The  origin  of  this 
rule  is  not  far  to  seek,  for  otherwise,  in  less  settled 
days,  anybody  who  was  in  a  position  to  do  so  might 
have  ordered  the  Keeper  to  hand  over  portions  of 
the  Regalia  or  Royal  Plate.  As  a  safeguard  against 
the  Keeper  or  his  officers  tampering  with  the  Crown 
Jewels,  it  was  open  to  a  committee  detailed  by  the 
Lords  of  the  Treasury  to  inspect  the  Regalia  at 
such  times  as  they  might  think  fit.  In  spite,  how- 
ever, of  these  precautions  there  is  very  conclusive 
evidence  that  the  regal  emblems  were  constantly 
being  tampered  with,  valuable  stones  extracted 
and  coloured  glass  inserted  to  replace  them.  Who 
committed  these  abstractions,  whether  the  Keeper 


POMP  AND  CIRCUMSTANCE  141 

himself  or  whether  by  the  King's  command,  is  not 
certain ;  perhaps  more  probably  the  losses  were 
due  to  the  Crown  Jewels  being  insufficiently  pro- 
tected and  guarded.  As  late  as  the  reign  of  James  II 
we  have  a  record  of  the  new  King  paying  as  much  as 
£500  for  the  hire  of  Jewels  for  the  day  of  his  Corona- 
tion, presumably  to  replace  pieces  of  coloured  glass 
found  in  the  regal  emblems.  A  somewhat  notable 
instance  of  this  is  the  large,  faceted  globe  or  monde 
which  used  to  be  on  the  top  of  the  King's  Crown. 
This  was  always  described  as  a  very  valuable  aqua- 
marine, and  is  portrayed  on  the  crowns  of  several 
sovereigns.  Unhappily,  on  examination  the  magnifi- 
cent aquamarine  was  found  to  be  of  glass,  the  real 
stone  having  been  removed  in  some  previous  reign 
and  replaced  by  a  worthless  imitation.  This  glass 
replica,  as  before  mentioned,  is  shown  as  a  curiosity 
amongst  the  Crown  Jewels. 

To  emphasise  the  position  of  the  Keeper  of  the 
Regalia  he  was  frequently  made  a  Privy  Councillor, 
and  amongst  those  specially  mentioned  as  such, 
are  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex,  and  the  two 
Gary's,  probably  father  and  son,  who  succeeded  each 
other.  Taken  as  a  whole,  therefore,  it  is  evident 
that  the  office  was  both  in  dignity  and  emoluments 
a  very  valuable  one,  and  as  such  naturally  much 
sought  after.  It  is  calculated  that,  allowing  for  the 
difference  of  value  then  and  now,  that  about  £10,000 
a  year  would  be  the  present  equivalent  of  the  Keeper's 


142  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

pay  and  emoluments.  Both  Thomas  Cromwell  and 
Sir  Henry  Mildmay  became  very  rich  indeed,  whilst 
Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  died  by  no  means  a  pauper. 

Compared  to  this  brilliant  and  opulent  past  the 
present  may  seem  a  less  entrancing  vista  for  the 
Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House ;  but  times  and  customs 
have  changed,  and  an  old  officer  with  £300  a  year 
added  to  his  pension,  with  snug  quarters  provided 
by  the  King  in  the  Tower  of  London,  finds  himself 
in  a  more  honorable  and  less  precarious  position 
than  his  ancient  predecessors  with  their  bribes  and 
perquisites,  but  surrounded  by  jealous  enemies,  and 
always  with  the  block  on  Tower  Hill  upon  the 
near  horizon. 


The  Black  Prince's  ruby — Its  great  size  and  value—Came  to  the 
British  in  1367 — Henry  V  wears  the  ruby  at  the  battle  of 
Agincourt — Its  narrow  escape — On  Bosworth  Field — Henry 
VII — The  ruby  is  sold  for  £4.  after  Charles  I  was  beheaded — 
In  the  State  Crown  of  Charles  II — Stolen  by  Colonel  Blood  and 
found  in  Parrett's  pocket — Now  in  King  George's  State  Crown 
— The  Koh-i-Nur — Its  bloody  history — Nadir  Shah  obtains 
it  by  strategy — He  is  murdered — Passes  to  the  Afghan  throne 
— Shah  Suja  brings  it  to  Lahore — Captured  by  the  British — 
Presented  by  the  Army  to  Queen  Victoria — Now  in  the  diamond 
crown  of  Queen  Mary — The  sapphire  of  Edward  the  Confessor 
— Said  to  have  magic  qualities — The  Stuart  sapphire — 
Bequeathed  to  George  III  by  Cardinal  York — Now  in  the  band 
of  the  King's  State  Crown — The  Stars  of  Africa — The  largest 
diamond  in  the  world — Presented  to  Edward  VII  by  the  Union 
of  South  Africa — Cut  into  four  great  portions — Value  of  the 
stars — Some  historic  diamonds — Pearls  of  Queen  Elizabeth — 
Their  history — Now  on  the  King's  State  Crown — The  perils 
of  the  Jewels  in  the  Great  War — Four  narrow  escapes. 


I 


history  of  England  might  be  written 
round  the  gems  that  adorn,  and  in  many 
cases,  grace  the  regal  emblems.  Of  the 
greater  precious  stones  there  are  connected 
and  authentic  traditions  which  carry  them  back  to 
Edward  the  Confessor,  or  to  the  Black  Prince,  or  to 
Queen  Elizabeth ;  but  besides  these  are  many 
thousands  of  smaller  stones  set  in  the  crowns, 

143 


144  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

some  of  which,  as  is  testified  by  their  cutting,  are  of 
untold  antiquity.  These  have  probably  been  set 
and  reset  in  the  crowns  of  the  Kings  of  England 
for  centuries,  but  being  of  no  remarkable  size  or 
shape  are  not  recognisable  in  the  presentments  of 
ancient  crowns.  Even  in  this  year  of  grace  it  is 
found  impossible  to  pictorially  portray  a  diamond 
so  as  to  give  even  moderate  justice  to  the  original. 
Leaving,  therefore,  the  smaller  stones  to  their  silent 
testimony,  it  is  possible  to  give  the  romantic  stories 
of  the  greater  gems. 

Of  these  the  one  which  claims  perhaps  to  the 
British  Empire  the  greatest  interest  is  the  great 
ruby,  which  is  indeed  as  large  as  a  small  hen's  egg, 
and  is  given  the  place  of  honour  in  front  of  the 
King's  State  Crown.  This  is  the  celebrated  and 
historic  jewel  which  first  hi  its  English  history 
belonged  to  the  Black  Prince,  the  eldest  son  of 
Edward  III. 

The  ruby  came  to  him  in  true  knightly  fashion  on 
the  field  of  battle.  In  those  days  the  potentates 
of  Europe  were  accustomed  to  lend  each  other 
armed  forces,  large  or  small,  to  accomplish  such 
military  achievements  as  might  be  dear  to  one  or 
the  other  or  to  both.  Thus  it  was  that  Edward  III 
lent  a  small  force  of  some  four  or  five  thousand 
English  troops  to  Don  Pedro,  King  of  Castille,  to 
be  employed  during  a  short  campaign  in  Spain. 
Mainly  through  the  skill  of  the  Black  Prince,  aided 


THE    BLACK    PRINCE 
WITH   THE    FAMOUS    RUBY    IN    HIS   COKONKT 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  145 

by  the  courage  of  the  English  soldiers,  Don  Pedro 
defeated  his  enemies  at  the  Battle  of  Najera,  which  is 
near  Vittoria,  where  the  Duke  of  Wellington  many 
centuries  later  won  another  British  victory.  In 
gratitude  for  this  signal  service  Don  Pedro  gave  to 
the  Black  Prince  his  most  treasured  jewel,  an 
enormous  ruby. 

The  ruby,  red  as  human  blood,  had  come  to  Don 
Pedro  in  bloody  fashion.  In  1367  it  belonged  to 
the  King  of  Granada,  another  minor  sovereign  in 
Spain,  and  Don  Pedro  greatly  coveted  the  greatest 
gem  of  the  Western  world,  as  it  then  probably  was. 
He  therefore  took  direct  action  towards  obtaining 
the  stone,  and  in  cold  blood  slaughtered  the  King  of 
Granada  and  carried  off  the  ruby.  His  gift  to  the 
Black  Prince,  therefore,  however  generous  it  may 
have  seemed,  was  not  improbably  a  decent  pretext 
for  getting  rid  of  a  treasure  ignobly  acquired,  and 
which  when  once  possessed  lost  its  value.  How  old 
the  ruby  was  in  1367  history  does  not  relate,  but  it 
bears  visible  evidence  that  it  had  previous  to  that 
date  an  oriental  origin,  which  may  have  extended 
over  many  centuries. 

This  is  judged  by  the  fact  that  at  the  top  of  the 
ruby  may  be  seen  a  piercing,  made  evidently  so  as  to 
enable  it  to  be  worn  suspended  from  a  necklace. 
This  piercing  of  precious  stones  is  of  very  ancient 
oriental  origin,  from  which  it  is  concluded  that  the 
ruby  came  from  the  East,  and  not  improbably  from 


146  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Burmah,  where  similar  rubies  have  been  found. 
The  ancient  piercing  has  in  a  later  century  been 
filled  up  by  inserting  a  small  ruby  in  a  gold  setting. 

However  ancient  its  origin,  the  ruby  came  into  the 
possession  of  the  British  Crown  in  1367-68,  and  has 
since  been  through  many  and  great  adventures 
before  it  reached  its  present  well-earned  security  in 
the  Tower  of  London. 

The  Black  Prince,  using  the  pierced  hole,  had  the 
ruby  sewn  to  the  velvet  cap  he  wore  under  his 
coronet,  and  an  ancient  print  shows  the  gem  thus 
disposed.  The  Prince  died  in  1376,  a  year  before 
his  father,  and  therefore  never  came  to  the  throne ; 
but  he  bequeathed  the  ruby  to  his  son,  who  afterwards 
became  Richard  II.  Henry  IV,  on  usurping  the 
throne  probably  usurped  the  ruby  with  it,  but  it 
does  not  reappear  in  history  till  the  next  reign,  that 
of  Henry  V.  Here  it  had  a  very  notable  and  thrill- 
ing adventure,  for  it  took  part  in  one  of  the  greatest 
of  British  victories,  the  battle  of  Agincourt.  It 
was  the  custom  in  those  days  for  the  King,  if  a 
doughty  warrior,  and  Kings  were  expected  to  be  so, 
to  take  the  field  with  his  troops  and  to  fight  at  their 
head.  Nor  did  he  go  to  battle  meanly  clad,  or 
disguised  as  a  knight  of  small  account.  On  the 
contrary,  he  went  armed,  caparisoned,  and  mounted, 
as  a  king  ;  and  so  that  there  should  be  no  mistake 
about  it,  wore  a  regal  diadem  round  his  helmet. 
Thus  went  forth  Henry  V  on  the  morn  of  Agincourt, 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  147 

and  glittering  on  the  front  of  his  coroneted  helmet 
was  the  great  ruby.  As  the  battle  swayed  back- 
wards and  forwards  many  exciting  encounters  took 
place  between  redoubted  champions  on  either  side, 
each  choosing  out  an  opponent  worthy  of  his  steel. 
In  this  knightly  quest  the  great  Due  d'Alengon, 
searching  no  doubt  for  an  English  duke  or  earl, 
came  upon  a  commanding  figure,  who  from  his 
bearing,  rich  armour,  and  coroneted  helmet  was 
evidently  a  knight  of  importance.  Him,  therefore, 
the  Due  d'Alencon  challenged  to  mortal  combat ; 
and  lesser  folk,  as  was  the  chivalry  of  the  day,  stood 
aside  and  held  the  lists. 

The  duel  was  fierce  and  strong,  and  many  a  shrewd 
blow  was  dealt  and  parried,  but  at  length  Henry  V 
prevailed,  and  the  Due  d'Alencon  was  unhorsed 
and  made  a  prisoner,  to  be  later  held  to  ransom. 
It  was  only  after  the  battle  was  over,  and  the  victory 
of  Agincourt  emblazoned  for  ever  on  the  standards 
of  England,  that  the  King  being  unhelmeted,  and 
his  armour  removed,  it  was  discovered  that  a  shrewd 
blow  had  only  just  missed  the  great  ruby,  or  perhaps 
had  been  turned  by  it.  Indeed,  a  mighty  cut  from 
the  Due  d'Alengon's  sword  had  hewn  off  a  portion 
of  the  golden  diadem  in  which  the  ruby  was  set. 

Some  say  that  this  was  the  last  occasion  on 
which  the  ruby  has  figured  in  battle,  whilst  others 
are  of  opinion  that  so  striking  a  jewel  would  always 
have  been  in  the  crowns  of  succeeding  monarchs. 


148  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

If  this  was  so  another  decisive  battle,  though  not 
on  the  victorious  side,  may  be  added  to  its  war 
record.  A  little  more  than  a  hundred  years  after 
the  battle  of  Agincourt  was  fought  in  England 
another  battle  of  importance,  which  decided  not 
only  a  local  quarrel,  but  influenced  the  course  of 
the  history  of  the  nation.  In  this  battle,  which  was 
fought  at  Bosworth  Field,  Richard  III,  the  Hunch- 
back, was  defeated  by  Henry  Tudor.  According  to 
the  well-known  story,  when  the  tide  of  battle  turned 
against  him,  Richard,  who  had  worn  his  crown 
throughout  the  day,  though  probably  behind  a 
safe  barbed  wire  of  knights,  was  seized  with  panic, 
and  to  ensure  a  less  conspicuous  retreat,  took  off  his 
crown  and  hid  it  in  a  hawthorn  bush.  There  some 
lucky  underling,  doubtless  in  quest  of  loot,  found 
it  in  good  and  appropriate  season,  so  that  the 
victorious  army  was  through  its  appointed  leaders 
enabled  to  crown  there  and  then,  amidst  the  dead 
and  dying,  Henry  VII  King  of  England.  Let  us 
hope  that  the  great  ruby  was  in  the  crown  on  this 
historic  occasion,  for  it  was  the  birth  of  the  House 
of  Tudor. 

Henry  VII  was  the  issue  of  a  romance  nearly 
connected  with  the  Black  Prince,  and  through  him 
with  the  ruby.  When  Henry  V  died,  Katherine, 
his  widow,  having  first  tasted  of  royalty,  became  a 
mere  woman,  and  for  love  of  a  mere  man  married 
a  plain  but  stalwart  soldier  from  the  ranks  named 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  149 

Owen  Tudor.  It  was  their  grandson  who  was  the 
victor  at  Bosworth,  and  who  was  there  crowned 
Henry  VII. 

The  next  recorded  adventure  of  the  great  ruby 
came  more  than  a  century  later,  though  doubtless 
if  it  could  speak  it  would  have  much  to  say  of  what 
it  saw  or  suffered  during  those  hundred  and  sixty- 
four  intervening  years.  When  Charles  I  was  be- 
headed, it  was  ordered  by  Parliament  that  all  the 
insignia  of  royalty  should  be  destroyed  and  the  gems 
set  therein  sold  to  the  best  advantage.  In  the  list 
which  we  have  of  the  Regalia,  which  was  in  accord- 
ance with  this  order  totally  destroyed,  defaced,  or 
sold,  we  find  the  item  :  '  To  one  large  ballas  ruby 
wraped  in  paper  value  £4."  Thus  humbly  disguised 
and  lowly  priced  the  Black  Prince's  ruby  passed  to 
some  unknown  purchaser.  He  may  have  been  a 
Royalist  in  disguise,  or  he  may  have  been  a  dealer 
in  stones,  or  this  may  have  been  a  spurious  deal  to 
favour  a  Parliamentarian  whom  it  was  wished  to 
gratify  ;  perchance  even  it  passed  by  favour  to  a 
fair  lady  beloved  of  a  Roundhead.  But  whatever 
its  adventures  during  the  Commonwealth  era,  we 
find  the  ruby  safe  and  sound  back  in  the  State 
Crown  of  Charles  II. 

As  is  related  in  the  account  of  Colonel  Blood's 
attempt  to  steal  the  Crown,1  for  convenience  of 
porterage  the  arches  were  battered  in  and  the 

i  Seejp.  183. 


150  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

rim  bent  double,  so  that  it  might  conveniently 
be  slipped  into  a  bag  carried  for  the  purpose. 
During  this  rough  treatment  many  of  the  stones 
fell  out,  and  amongst  others  the  great  ruby,  which, 
when  the  marauders  were  captured,  was  found  in 
Parrett's  pocket.  That  this  large  ballas  ruby,  as 
it  is  described,  was  the  Black  Prince's  ruby  is  very 
clearly  evident,  because  the  setting  of  Charles  IFs 
State  Crown  is  still  in  existence,  in  which  may  be 
seen  a  vacant  hole  the  exact  size  and  shape  of  the 
Black  Prince's  ruby.  Curiously  enough,  this  historic 
setting  is  not  State  property,  but  passed  into  private 
possession,  and  was  last  owned  by  the  late  Lord 
Amherst  of  Hackney. 

The  ruby  is  not  set  clear,  but  has  a  gold  backing, 
how  ancient  is  not  known,  but  so  old  that  no  jeweller 
will  run  the  risk  of  taking  it  off  to  weigh  and  accu- 
rately measure  the  stone.  Messrs.  Rundell  and 
Bridge  more  than  a  century  ago  refused  to  do  so, 
and  Messrs.  Garrard,  the  Court  Jewellers,  at  this  day 
would  be  equally  diffident.  A  stone  so  old  as  this, 
though  apparently  perfectly  sound,  is  not  wisely 
put  to  so  severe  a  strain  as  might  be  occasioned  in 
removing  the  gold  setting. 

That  was  the  latest  great  adventure  which  is 
recorded  of  the  ruby.  From  that  time  to  this,  a 
stretch  of  two  and  a  half  centuries,  it  has  passed  in 
succession  to  thirteen  Kings  and  Queens  of  England, 
and  now  occupies  the  pride  of  place  in  front  of  the 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  151 

State  Crown  of  King  George  V,  and  rests  secure 
and  safe  in  the  Tower  of  London. 

More  famous  even  than  the  Black  Prince's  ruby, 
and  with  perhaps  an  even  more  exciting  history,  is 
the  great  diamond  known  throughout  the  world  by 
the  name  given  to  it  many  centuries  ago  in  the  East, 
Koh-i-Nur,  or  Mountain  of  Light.  This  priceless 
jewel  was  found  in  the  diamond-fields  of  Golconda 
in  Southern  India,  and  is  first  heard  of  when  in  the 
possession  of  the  King  of  Golconda.  The  King  of 
Golconda  was  a  petty  chieftain  much  too  insignifi- 
cant to  own  so  great  a  stone,  the  fame  of  which 
had  spread  throughout  India,  and  stretched  its 
alluring  light  so  far  north  as  the  throne  of  the  Great 
Mogul  at  Delhi.  The  Great  Mogul  at  this  time  was 
the  Emperor  Shah  Jehan,  and  as  Golconda  was 
some  1500  miles  from  Delhi,  the  ordinary  procedure 
of  sending  an  army  to  knock  Golconda  on  the  head 
and  seize  the  jewel  was  not  feasible.  Shah  Jehan, 
therefore,  employed  such  guile  and  diplomacy  as  is 
dear  to  the  Oriental  heart  to  obtain  his  desire  in 
a  less  expensive  manner.  Thus  by  bribery  and 
cajolery  the  jewel  passed,  and  quite  fittingly  from  a 
historic  point  of  view,  into  the  hands  of  a  great 
monarch. 

The  Koh-i-Nur  is  first  recorded  as  having  been 
seen  by  a  European  in  1665,  when  the  French 
traveller  Tavernier  was  shown  it,  then  in  the 


152  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

possession  of  the  Emperor  Aumngzebe  at  Delhi. 
With  the  Great  Moguls  it  remained  till  1739,  when  it 
started  on  the  more  adventurous  and  tragic  period 
of  its  career. 

In  that  year  the  great  invasion  from  the  West, 
under  Nadir  Shah,  King  of  Persia,  swept  through 
the  Punjab  and  laid  Delhi  and  the  unworthy  suc- 
cessor of  great  Kings  at  his  feet.  Mahomed  Shah 
was  the  unworthy  successor,  and  having  lost  his 
kingdom,  thought  that  at  any  rate  he  would  cling 
to  the  Koh-i-Nur,  thereby  to  provide  himself 
with  food  and  sustenance  for  the  remaining  years 
of  his  life.  To  Nadir  Shah  the  existence  of  the  great 
stone  was  well  known ;  indeed  it  was  to  be  one  of  the 
great  prizes  of  the  war,  but  search  where  they 
would,  neither  he  nor  his  army  of  followers  could 
find  the  diamond.  Where  searchings  and  direct 
action  failed,  a  little  judicious  love-making  suc- 
ceeded. Amongst  Mahomed  Shah's  large  assortment 
of  wives  was  one  who  was  not  impervious  to  the 
gallant  attacks  of  one  of  the  bright  knights  of  the 
conquering  hosts.  In  the  intervals  of  talking  about 
more  engrossing  subjects  during  their  midnight 
meetings,  this  frail,  comparatively  fair,  but  un- 
doubtedly indiscreet  damsel,  divulged  the  great 
secret. 

From  personal  observation  she  declared,  and  who 
should  know  better  than  a  lady  who  occasionally 
shared  his  couch  and  his  affections,  the  Emperor 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  153 

Mahomed  Shah  kept  the  Koh-i-Nur  day  and  night 
concealed  in  the  folds  of  his  turban.  The  bright  but 
dusky  knight  immediately  communicated  this  inter- 
esting piece  of  information  to  Nadir  Shah.  That 
potentate,  instead  of  taking  the  commoner  course 
of  murdering  the  wearer  of  this  valuable  turban, 
or  at  the  least  committing  burglary  with  violence, 
chose  a  more  courteous  but  equally  effective  means 
of  gaining  possession  of  the  diamond.  He  gave 
orders  that  a  banquet  should  be  prepared,  and  as 
the  guest  of  honour  invited  Mahomed  Shah.  Again 
Nadir  Shah  did  not  mix  ground  glass  with  his 
guest's  food,  nor  did  he  poison  his  wine  :  two 
obvious  methods ;  nor  did  he  make  him  drunk 
and  then  steal  the  jewel.  Neither  was  the  gor- 
geous menial  who  waved  a  fan  behind  the  royal 
diners  instructed  to  thrust  a  dagger  between  the 
shoulder-blades  of  Mahomed  Shah.  The  acquisition 
was  much  more  diplomatically  achieved. 

In  the  East  if  one  prince  or  potentate,  or  even  a 
person  of  lower  degree,  wishes  to  pay  a  marked 
compliment  to  another,  he  after  extolling  the 
extreme  elegance  and  richness  of  the  other's  turban, 
whilst  deprecating  the  value  of  his  own,  proposes 
as  a  mark  of  friendship  and  regard  that  they  shall 
exchange  turbans.  In  the  more  sordid  West  there 
might  be  some  economic  souls  who  would  not  wear 
their  best  head-gear  when  such  interchanges  of 
courtesies  were  imminent,  but  in  the  East  the  turban 


154  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

is  a  social  insignia,  and  the  higher  a  person's  degree 
the  more  magnificent  his  turban.  Consequently, 
when  two  kings  meet  each  other  at  dinner  or  other 
State  occasions,  it  may  safely  be  conjectured  that 
they  will  wear  their  most  magnificent  turbans,  each 
trusting  that  his  own  will  outvie  that  of  the  other. 
Even  an  exchange  which  might  entail  a  sensible 
loss  would  not  be  without  its  compensations,  for  all 
the  courtiers  on  the  other  side  would  extol  the 
magnificence  and  richness  of  the  late  possessor. 

Mahomed  Shah  very  naturally  did  not  for  a 
moment  foresee  that  so  great  a  compliment  would 
be  paid  him  by  the  conqueror,  or  he  would  assuredly 
have  left  the  Koh-i-Nur  at  home  that  night.  To 
his  horror  and  surprise,  during  the  course  of  the 
dinner  Nadir  Shah  made  him  a  most  polite  speech, 
extolled  his  valour  and  wisdom,  swore  eternal 
friendship,  and  as  a  sign  and  token  of  the  same 
suggested  that  they  should  exchange  turbans ! 
To  the  luckless  Mahomed  Shah  no  course  was  open 
but  to  accept  the  compliment  with  the  best  grace 
he  could  muster.  It  is  not  surprising  to  learn  that 
during  the  rest  of  the  feast  Nadir  Shah  was  in 
excellent  spirits,  whilst  Mahomed  Shah  appears  to 
have  lost  his  appetite. 

Thus  passed  the  great  diamond  to  the  King  of 
Persia,  who  when  he  returned  to  his  own  land,  took 
it  with  him.  But  it  brought  him  no  good  fortune, 
for  he  was  in  due  course  murdered,  and  the 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  155 

Koh-i-Nur  was  taken  by  one  of  his  bodyguard, 
an  Afghan  named  Ahmed  Shah.  This  soldier 
of  fortune  escaped  to  Afghanistan  with  the 
diamond,  and  there  eventually  became  Amir  or 
King  of  that  country  and  founder  of  the  Durani 
dynasty.  In  1772  Ahmed  Shad  died  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  son  Taimur  Shah,  to  whom  also 
passed  the  Koh-i-Nur.  Shah  Suja,  the  next  occu- 
pant of  the  throne  at  Kabul,  succeeded  also  to  the 
possession  of  the  famous  diamond,  but  it  brought 
him  no  good  fortune,  for  he  was  deposed  and  fled 
for  his  life  to  Lahore,  taking  the  stone  with  him. 
There  he  found  asylum  with  the  Maharajah  Runjeet 
Singh,  the  Lion  of  the  Punjab,  but  as  he  soon  found, 
only  on  condition  that  he  handed  over  the  Koh-i- 
Nur  to  his  host. 

In  Lahore  the  celebrated  stone  was  seen  by 
Lord  Auckland's  sister,  the  Hon.  Emily  Eden,  in 
1838-39.  Ten  years  later  the  threatening  attitude 
of  the  Sikhs,  combined  with  repeated  and  overt 
acts  of  hostility,  compelled  the  East  India  Company 
to  settle  once  and  for  all  with  this  turbulent  neigh- 
bour. With  slender  forces  Lord  Gough  advanced 
to  subjugate  the  Sikhs,  and  in  the  three  great  and 
hard-fought  battles  of  the  Sutlej,  Goojerat,  and 
Chillianwalla,  laid  in  the  dust  the  vaunted  power  of 
this  military  race.  The  Punjab  was  annexed  to  the 
territories  administered  by  the  East  India  Com- 
pany, the  Maharajah  Runjeet  Singh  ceased  to 


156  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

reign,  and  the  Koh-i-Nur  passed  to  the  British 
Army  as  part  of  the  spoils  of  war. 

During  the  transition  stage  the  Punjab  was 
administered  by  a  board  of  five  British  officers, 
amongst  whom  were  the  brothers  Sir  John  l  and 
Sir  Henry  Lawrence.  At  one  of  the  meetings  of 
the  Board  the  question  was  raised  as  to  what  was  to 
be  done  with  the  treasure  taken,  amongst  which 
was  the  Koh-i-Nur,  there  lying  on  the  table.  The 
Board  decided  to  ascertain  the  wishes  of  the  Directors 
of  the  East  India  Company,  and  asked  Sir  John 
Lawrence  meanwhile  to  take  charge  of  it.  Sir  John, 
who  had  many  and  great  matters  on  his  mind, 
beside  which  a  diamond  was  of  small  import, 
wrapped  the  stone  up  in  a  piece  of  paper,  put  it  into 
his  pocket,  and  forgot  all  about  it ! 

About  six  weeks  after,  at  another  meeting  of  the 
Board,  a  letter  was  read  from  the  Governor-General, 
in  which  it  was  stated  that  it  had  been  decided  that 
the  Koh-i-Nur  should  be  presented  by  the  Army  of 
the  Punjab  to  Queen  Victoria.  Sir  John  Lawrence 
listened  to  this  pronouncement  without  much 
interest,  till  one  of  the  Board  mentioned  incidentally 
that  the  diamond  was  in  Sir  John's  safe  custody  ! 

Sir  John,  not  being  an  emotional  man,  never 
turned  a  hair,  but  after  hearing  the  debate  through 
mounted  his  horse  and  galloped  off  to  his  bunga- 
low. There  he  summoned  his  bearer,  or  valet,  and 

1  Afterwards  Lord  Lawrence  and  Viceroy  of  India. 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  157 

said :  "  About  six  weeks  ago  I  brought  home  in  my 
pocket  a  piece  of  glass  wrapped  in  a  bit  of  paper. 
What  did  you  do  with  it  ?  " 

"  Cherisher  of  the  poor,  I  placed  that  piece  of 
glass  wrapped  in  paper  on  the  top  of  your  honour's 
office  box,  and  "  —opening  the  box — "  here  it  is  !  " 
Being  an  unemotional  person  Sir  John  did  not  fall 
on  his  servant's  neck  and  shed  tears  of  gratitude  ; 
on  the  contrary,  he  merely  said,  "  Very  good,"  put 
the  diamond  again  in  his  pocket  and  rode  off  to 
deposit  it  with  someone  who  had  nothing  else  to 
think  about,  and  a  guard  of  soldiers  to  help  him 
do  so. 

From  Lahore  to  England  the  Koh-i-Nur  was  sent 
under  special  precautions  in  charge  of  Major  Mache- 
son,  and  on  arrival  was  presented  to  Queen  Victoria 
as  a  loyal  tribute  from  the  Army  which  had  by  its 
gallant  deeds  added  the  Punjab  to  the  Empire. 

It  was  on  view  to  the  public  at  the  Great  Exhibi- 
tion of  1851,  and  when  that  was  closed  returned  to 
the  safe  keeping  of  Queen  Victoria.  The  size  and 
weight  of  the  Koh-i-Nur  when  first  found  is  not 
accurately  known,  but  it  is  conjectured  that  after 
its  first  cutting  it  weighed  about  1000  carats.  It 
is,  however,  known  that  when  in  the  possession  of 
Shah  Jehan  it  had,  by  unskilful  cutting,  been  reduced 
to  800  carats.  By  the  orders  of  that  Emperor  an 
endeavour  was  made  to  get  a  better  result,  the 
further  cutting  being  entrusted  to  a  Venetian 


158  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

named  Ortensio  Borgio.  His  effort  was  not  deemed 
satisfactory,  and  Borgio  was  fined  £1000,  and  may 
be  considered  lucky  not  to  have  lost  his  head  as 
well.  When  presented  to  Queen  Victoria  the 
diamond  weighed  only  i86J  carats.  Under  the 
superintendence  of  the  Prince  Consort  it  was  again 
cut  by  Coster  of  Amsterdam  into  the  form  of  a 
regular  brilliant.  By  this  last  cutting  the  stone  was 
reduced  to  io6J  carats,  but  curiously  enough  looks 
larger  and  is  superficially  larger  than  it  was  before. 
This  result  was  achieved  by  cutting  transversely 
the  original  cone-shaped  stone,  this  diameter  being 
greater  than  the  base.  Queen  Victoria  wore  the 
Koh-i-Nur  set  as  a  brooch,  but  it  is  now  perhaps 
more  appropriately  placed  in  front  of  the  State 
Crown  of  Queen  Mary.  The  diamond  can,  however, 
be  removed  at  pleasure  and  worn  as  a  brooch. 

It  might  be  thought  that  so  historic  a  stone 
should  be  set  in  the  King's  Crown,  but  a  curious 
tradition  regarding  it  is  thus  upheld.  From  very 
ancient  days,  and  no  doubt  due  to  its  bloody  history, 
the  Koh-i-Nur  is  supposed  to  bring  misfortune  to 
any  man  who  may  wear  it,  but  that  it  brings  no 
harm  to  a  woman.  Certainly  it  has  brought  no 
harm  to  Queen  Victoria,  Queen  Alexandra,  or 
Queen  Mary,  all  of  whom  have  worn  it  constantly. 

When  presented  to  Queen  Victoria  the  Koh-i-Nur 
was  valued  at  £140,000,  but  indeed  such  stones  as 
this  are  from  their  historic  association  practically 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  159 

priceless.  The  Koh-i-Nur  cannot  be  bought  with 
money,  and  he  who  wishes  to  take  it  by  force  must 
first  defeat  the  British  Empire. 

One  of  the  oldest  as  well  as  one  of  the  most 
valuable  gems  in  the  Jewel  House  is  the  sapphire 
which  belonged  to  Edward  the  Confessor,  and  was 
worn  by  him  in  his  Coronation  ring.  It  would  thus 
be  considerably  older  than  the  Tower  of  London 
itself,  for  the  Confessor  came  to  the  throne  many 
years  before  the  Conqueror  landed  in  England  and 
built  the  Tower.  As  was  not  an  unusual  custom, 
the  ring  with  the  sapphire  was  buried  with  Edward 
the  Confessor  probably  on  his  finger,  in  his  shrine  at 
Westminster,  but  in  the  year  1101  the  shrine  was 
broken  open  and  this  and  other  jewels  taken  out. 

This  was  the  ring  which  appears  in  the  legend 
regarding  Edward  the  Confessor  and  St.  John  the 
Evangelist.  According  to  this  legend  St.  John  on 
one  occasion  appeared  before  the  King  in  the  guise 
of  a  pilgrim.  To  him  the  King  of  his  bounty  gave 
the  ring  off  his  finger.  Some  little  time  after  the 
ring  was  returned  to  the  King  with  a  message  in- 
forming him  privily  of  the  exact  day  of  his  death. 
Doubtless  St.  John  meant  this  for  a  kindly  warning, 
so  that  the  King  might  be  absolutely  at  the  height 
of  his  holiness  when  the  call  came.  Most  people, 
however,  would  have  heartily  cursed  St.  John  for 
his  officiousness,  for  few  care  to  live  with  a  guillotine 


160  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

hanging  over  their  heads  and  a  clock  facing  them 
ticking  off  the  hours  and  minutes. 

The  stone  has  manifestly  been  recut,  for  it  is  at 
present  a  "  rose,"  and  that  form  of  cutting  was 
unknown  in  ancient  days.  Probably  this  was  done 
in  the  reign  of  Charles  II.  It  is  a  remarkably 
beautiful  gem,  of  good  colour  and  without  flaw,  and 
is  intrinsically  worth  a  very  high  sum.  In  the  days 
of  Edward  the  Confessor  it  was  reputed  to  have 
the  miraculous  power  of  curing  what  was  known 
collectively  as  the  cramp,  that  is  rheumatism, 
sciatica,  and  the  like,  but  we  have  not  heard  of  any 
later  monarch  testing  its  efficiency.  The  sapphire 
is  now  set  in  the  centre  of  cross  pate  on  top  of  the 
King's  State  Crown. 

In  the  band  at  the  back  of  the  King's  State  Crown 
may  be  seen  a  very  large  sapphire,  known  as  the 
Stuart  sapphire,  which  has  seen  many  adventures. 
What  its  early  history  was  is  not  known,  but  at 
one  end  is  drilled  a  longitudinal  hole  evidently 
made  for  some  attachment  so  that,  the  stone  might 
be  worn  as  a  pendant.  It  first  came  into  recogni- 
tion in  the  reign  of  Charles  II,  who  wore  it  in  his 
crown,  but  whether  he  received  it  from  Charles  I  or 
acquired  it  in  his  wanderings  is  not  quite  clear. 
At  his  death  the  sapphire  passed  to  James  II,  who 
when  he  was  dethroned  and  fled  to  France  took  it 
with  him.  James  II  left  the  sapphire  to  his  son, 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  161 

Charles  Edward,  the  Old  Pretender,  who  in  his 
turn  left  it  to  his  son,  Henry  Bentinck,  known  as 
Cardinal  Yorke,  by  whom  it  was  bequeathed,  with 
other  Stuart  relics,  to  George  III.  George  IV  and 
William  IV  in  turn  owned  it,  and  then  it  came  to 
Queen  Victoria,  who  very  greatly  prized  it  and  had 
it  set  in  the  band  of  her  State  Crown,  in  the  front 
and  just  below  the  Black  Prince's  ruby.  This 
pride  of  place  the  Stuart  sapphire  resigned  in  favour 
of  the  Star  of  Africa,  a  portion  of  which  Edward  VII 
placed  in  the  crown,  symbolising  the  entry  of  the 
Union  of  South  Africa  into  the  brotherhood  of  the 
British  Empire. 

The  Stuart  sapphire  is  of  great  size,  being  about 
ij  inches  in  length  by  I  in.  in  breadth,  and  is  oval 
in  shape.  It  is  without  serious  flaw  and  of  good 
colour,  though  paler  than  some  of  the  best  sapphires 
to  be  found  in  other  portions  of  the  regalia.  The 
stone  is  set  in  a  gold  brooch,  and  can  be  removed 
and  worn  as  a  personal  ornament. 

As  gems  the  two  greater  portions  of  the  Star 
of  Africa  eclipse  in  size  and  brilliancy  all  others 
in  the  Jewel  House.  Though  the  stone  may 
have  taken  a  million  years  to  form  in  the  womb 
of  mother  earth,  it  only  saw  the  light  of  day 
in  1904.  In  the  rough  when  found  it  measured 
4  in.  in  length,  2j  in.  in  width,  and  2j  in.  in  depth, 
and  weighed  roughly  ij  Ib.  But  even  this  huge 


162  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

block,  as  large  as  half  a  Roman  brick,  it  was  con- 
cluded was  only  a  part  of  some  even  more  gigantic 
diamond,  for  its  base  was  clean  cut  as  with  a  knife, 
showing  that  a  portion  perhaps  as  large,  perhaps 
even  larger,  in  some  remote  age,  by  a  great  con- 
vulsion of  nature,  had  been  split  off.  For  fourteen 
years  diligent  search  was  made  for  the  missing 
portion,  for  any  block  or  spadeful  of  blue  rock 
might  contain  it.  Yet  strangely  enough,  when  by 
chance  it  was  found,  it  came  to  an  untimely  end. 
A  telegram  from  Johannesburg,  dated  October  i8th, 
1919,  made  this  brief  announcement :  "A  large 
diamond  has  been  found  on  the  Premier  Mine.  It 
is  estimated  to  have  weighed  1500  carats,  but  un- 
fortunately had  been  crushed  by  the  crusher.  It  is 
believed  to  be  part  of  the  other  half  of  the  Cullinan 
diamond." 

The  diamond  was  first  known  as  the  "  Cullinan 
Diamond,"  Mr.  T.  M.  Cullinan  being  at  the  time 
manager  of  the  Premier  Mine,  near  Pretoria,  where 
it  was  found,  and  it  is  still  very  generally  known 
by  its  first  name.  It  was  insured  for  the  sum  of 
£1,500,000.  The  Union  Government  of  South 
Africa  eventually  became  the  purchasers,  inspired 
with  the  happy  sentiment  that  this  magnificent 
diamond  would  be  a  graceful  emblem  of  the  entry 
of  South  Africa  into  the  British  Empire. 

When  this  monster  stone  was  presented  to 
Edward  VII  it  looked  like  a  block  of  rock  salt,  as 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  163 

may  be  judged  from  the  exact  model  of  it  now  to 
be  seen  in  the  Jewel  House.  When  the  experts  were 
called  in  they  declared  that  it  was  impossible  to  cut 
a  stone  of  this  size  and  shape  into  one  brilliant ; 
they  therefore  recommended  that  following  the 
natural  cleavages  it  should  be  broken  up  into  four 
parts,  two  of  which  would  be  very  great  brilliants, 
and  two  of  lesser  size.  King  Edward  following  this 
advice,  and  with  the  full  consent  of  the  donors, 
called  in  the  celebrated  diamond-cutters  of  Amster- 
dam, the  Messrs.  Coster,  and  put  the  work  in  hand. 
One  can  imagine  the  enormous  anxiety  and  the 
extraordinary  coolness,  steadiness  of  hand,  and  skill 
of  the  man  who  with  one  tremor  of  the  mallet  or 
chisel  might  mar  the  greatest  stone  of  all  ages. 
The  chisel  and  the  steel  mallet  with  which  this 
delicate  operation  was  performed  are  preserved  at 
the  Tower,  and  it  is  noticeable  that  there  are  only 
two  or  three  dents  in  the  chisel,  showing  how  true 
and  clean  the  strokes  must  have  been. 

Thus  split  up,  the  largest  portion  was  cut  into  a 
pear-shaped  brilliant,  and  set  at  the  head  of  the 
King's  Sceptre.  The  next  largest  portion  was  cut 
into  a  cushion-shaped  brilliant,  and  placed  in  the 
band  of  the  King's  State  Crown,  just  below  the 
Black  Prince's  ruby.  Both  of  these  brilliants  are 
larger  and  finer  stones  than  any  others,  including 
the  Koh-i-Nur.  The  two  remaining  large  portions 
are  set,  one  in  the  band,  and  the  other  in  the  cross 


164  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

pate  of  Queen  Mary's  Crown.  It  may  be  of  interest 
to  record  the  exact  weight  and  sizes  of  these  four 
great  brilliants  which  collectively  are  called  the 
Stars  of  South  Africa.  The  largest  portion,  that  in 
the  King's  Sceptre,  weighs  516^  carats,  and  measures 
2£  in.  in  length  and  i}$  in.  at  its  broadest  part. 
The  next  largest  portion,  that  in  the  band  of  the 
King's  State  Crown,  weighs  309^  carats,  and 
measures  iH  in.  in  length,  and  lij  inches  in  breadth. 
The  third  portion,  that  in  the  band  of  Queen  Mary's 
Crown,  weighs  96  carats,  and  the  fourth  portion, 
which  is  drop  shaped  and  is  hi  the  cross  pate  on  the 
top  of  Queen  Mary's  Crown,  weighs  64  carats. 
Thus  it  will  be  noticed  that  a  rough  stone  weighing 
3025  carats  cuts  down  into  four  brilliants  weighing 
hi  the  aggregate  under  986  carats. 

The  question  is  often  asked:  "  What  is  the  value 
of  the  Stars  of  South  Africa  ?  "  And  it  is  a  very 
difficult  one  to  answer,  for  curiously  enough  stones 
above  a  certain  size  lose  their  commercial  value, 
for  few  have  the  money  or  inclination  to  buy  gems 
of  enormous  size,  and  fewer  still  would  be  bold 
enough  to  wear  them.  Nobody  but  a  King  or  a 
Queen,  for  instance,  could  wear  a  diamond  which  on 
an  ordinary  person  would  look  and  certainly  be  taken 
for  the  lustre  from  a  candelabra.  Thus  the  market 
becomes  strictly  limited,  as  was  definitely  brought 
home  to  the  owners  of  the  Premier  Mine.  It  was 
thus  that  the  Union  Government  were  enabled  to 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  165 

buy  a  stone  valued  at  £1,500,000  for  £150,000,  a 
stone  which  even  when  split  into  four  is  still  of  an 
aggregate  value  difficult  to  compute.  Let  us  elude 
the  difficulty  and  say  they  are  worth  a  million  and 
a  half,  and  leave  it  at  that. 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  Cullinan  with 
other  well-known  diamonds  of  size  and  historic 
value,  though  curiously  enough  even  the  present 
existence  of  these  stones  is  not  in  all  cases  certain. 
Those,  for  instance,  which  formed  part  of  the  regalia 
of  the  late  Tsar  of  Russia  are  for  very  obvious 
reasons  at  present  in  hiding.  The  largest  of  these 
is  the  Orloff,  which  weighs  194  carats.  This  great 
stone  came  from  India,  and  was  reputed  to  be  a 
cleavage  from  the  still  greater  stone,  the  Koh-i-Nur. 
It  was  stolen  by  a  French  grenadier  from  the  eye- 
socket  of  an  idol  in  a  Hindu  temple.  He  deserted 
the  army  and  sold  the  stone  to  the  captain  of  an 
English  merchant  ship  for  £2000.  By  him  it  was 
conveyed  to  Holland,  where  a  Jew  named  Khojeh 
Raphael  gave  £12,000  for  it ;  and  at  once  resold 
it  to  Orloff  for  Catherine  the  Great  for  £90,000 
and  an  annuity  of  £4000  !  Since  that  time  this 
great  stone  has  remained  one  of  the  Russian  Crown 
Jewels,  and  when  last  seen  was  set  at  the  head  of 
the  sceptre  of  the  late  Tsar.  Where  it  is  now  or 
what  its  fate  the  future  may  perhaps  reveal. 

Another  large  diamond,  named  the  Shah,  of  very 
curious  shape,  also  was  amongst  the  Russian 


166  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Crown  Jewels.  It  is  flat  and  rectangular  in  shape, 
with  a  Persian  inscription  engraved  upon  it  and  a 
groove  cut  round.  It  weighs  86  carats  and  was 
given  by  the  Shah  of  Persia  to  the  Emperor 
Nicholas  I.  The  stone  is  an  exceptionally  fine  one, 
but  owing  to  its  peculiar  shape  its  value  can  only  be 
conjectured.  The  Polar  Star  is  another  very  fine 
diamond  which  formed  part  of  the  Russian  regalia. 
It  was  bought  by  the  Russians  in  London  about 
seventy  years  ago,  and  is  described  as  of  remarkable 
purity  and  brilliancy.  It  weighs  40  carats,  but  the 
price  paid  for  it  and  its  present  value  is  not  known. 
Nor  its  whereabouts. 

The  Sanci  diamond  has  a  very  ancient  and  inter- 
esting history,  and  has  been  through  many  adven- 
tures. It  is  first  heard  of  as  belonging  to  Charles 
the  Bold  of  Burgundy  on  the  day  he  was  disastrously 
defeated  by  the  Swiss  at  the  battle  of  Granson. 
According  to  tradition  a  Swiss  soldier  picked  it  up, 
and  having  no  value  for  a  piece  of  glass,  sold  it  for  a 
florin  or  the  price  of  a  drink.  Eventually  it  found 
its  way  to  Constantinople,  and  was  there  bought  by 
the  French  Ambassador  in  1570,  and  became  hence- 
forth known  as  the  Great  Sanci  diamond.  Henry  III 
and  Henry  IV,  both  of  France,  were  the  next  posses- 
sors, and  whilst  owned  by  the  latter  King  it  had 
a  curious  adventure.  One  of  the  King's  followers, 
who  had  charge  of  the  diamond,  was  attacked  by 
robbers,  and  the  faithful  fellow,  to  save  his  master's 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  167 

treasure,  swallowed  it.  The  robbers  after  a  stiff 
fight  slew  the  servant,  and  not  finding  the  stone 
pulled  the  corpse  into  the  thicket  and  left  it.  In 
due  course  of  nature,  when  decomposition  had 
done  its  work,  the  brilliant  was  found  again  and 
was  restored  to  the  French  King.  The  Sanci  then, 
by  sale  or  gift,  passed  into  the  possession  of  Queen 
Elizabeth,  and  remained  one  of  the  Crown  Jewels  of 
England  through  several  reigns,  and  escaped  the 
depredations  of  the  Commonwealth.  In  1669  it 
was  still  in  the  possession  of  Henrietta  Maria, 
widow  of  Charles  I,  and  was  by  her  entrusted  to  the 
Earl  of  Somerset,  who  handed  it  over  to  James  II. 
When  that  monarch  fled  to  France  he  took  the 
Sanci  with  him  and  sold  it  to  Lousi  XIV  for  £25,000. 
It  long  remained  amongst  the  French  Crown  Jewels, 
and  in  1791  was  valued  at  £40,000.  In  the  year 
1835  the  diamond  passed  to  Russia,  being  purchased 
by  Prince  Demidoff  for  £75,000.  Then  in  1865  the 
Sanci  returned  to  India,  whence  it  probably  originally 
came,  being  sold  by  the  Demidoffs  to  Sir  Jamsetjee 
Jeejeebhoy,  a  rich  Parsee  of  Bombay.  From  him 
it  was  bought  by  the  Maharajah  of  Patiala,  at  what 
price  is  not  known,  and  is  still  in  that  prince's 
possession,  and  may  be  seen  on  the  front  of  his 
turban  on  State  occasions. 

The  Great  Moghul  originally  weighed  787  carats, 
but  when  seen  in  the  treasury  of  the  Emperor 
Aurungzebe  in  1665  by  Tavernier  it  had  been  cut 


168  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

down  to  an  estimated  weight  of  280  carats.  It 
appears  to  have  been  given  to  the  Emperor  Shah 
Jehan  by  the  Amir  Jumba.  It  is  by  some  supposed 
to  be  a  portion  cleaved  off  the  Koh-i-Nur  by  some 
great  convulsion  of  nature  in  remote  ages  long 
before  either  were  discovered.  The  diamond  is 
believed  to  be  at  present  in  the  possession  of  the 
Shah  of  Persia. 

The  Regent  or  Pitt  diamond  was  found  either  in 
Borneo  or  India,  and  weighed  then  410  carats.  It 
was  bought  by  Mr.  Pitt,  Governor  of  Madras,  for 
£20,400,  and  was  subsequently  sold  in  1717  to  the 
Due  d'Orleans,  Regent  of  France,  for  £80,000. 
In  the  process  of  cutting  the  diamond  was  reduced 
to  136}$  carats,  and  was  amongst  the  French 
Crown  Jewels  stolen  during  the  Revolution.  Later 
it  was  recovered,  and  is  still  believed  to  be  in 
France. 

The  Hope  diamond  is  a  beautiful  blue  brilliant 
weighing  44  J  carats,  and  is  one  of  those  stones  which 
is  reputed  to  bring  bad  luck  to  its  owner.  It  formed 
part  of  the  collection  of  Mr.  H.  T.  Hope,  who 
bought  it  for  £18,000,  and  after  whom  it  is  named. 
The  stone  was  last  heard  of  in  the  possession  of  an 
American,  and  quite  recently  the  newspapers  gave 
an  account  of  a  small  child  being  killed  in  a  street 
accident,  the  child  being  the  only  son  of  the  owner 
of  the  Hope  diamond. 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  169 

Pearls  are  not  like  diamonds  or  other  hard  stones, 
which,  having  gone  through  periods  of  thousands  of 
years  under  enormous  pressure  deep  down  in  the 
earth,  can  now  last  for  thousands  more  with  un- 
diminished  lustre  set  in  a  ring  or  a  crown,  exposed 
to  the  free  air  of  this  terrestrial  globe.  The  pearl  is 
really  only  a  sort  of  disease,  or  perhaps  to  put  it 
more  mildly  a  distemper,  or  milder  still  a  pastime, 
on  the  part  of  the  pearl  oyster.  A  large  pearl 
naturally  takes  many  years  to  form  inside  the 
oyster's  shell,  whilst  small  ones  take  so  many 
years  less.  Even  in  one  or  two  years  a  foreign 
substance,  say  a  small  shot,  will,  if  placed  in  a  pearl 
oyster,  become  to  all  appearance  a  pearl  of  high 
price.  Even  minute  effigies  of  elephants  and 
Bhuddhas  when  introduced  will,  in  the  course  of  a 
few  months,  be  thinly  but  completely  coated  with 
pearl  lustre.  The  true  and  valuable  pearl  also  had 
a  nucleus,  probably  a  grain  of  sand,  and  this  year 
after  year  has  been  covered  with  thin  coatings  of 
pearl  lustre,  so  that  small  or  large  it  is  practically 
solid,  so  solid  that  it  cannot  be  broken  if  trodden 
upon.  But  even  so  it  is  merely  the  product  of 
decades,  and  has  not  the  lasting-power  of  diamonds, 
or  rubies,  or  sapphires,  or  emeralds. 

A  marked  example  of  the  comparatively  short 
life  of  pearls  is  furnished  by  a  very  celebrated  one 
known  as  the  Pearl  of  Portugal.  This  pearl  was  as 
large  as  a  pigeon's  egg  and  of  that  shape,  and 


170  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

naturally  at  its  zenith  was  of  enormous  value.  Seen 
a  few  years  ago  by  an  expert,  he  described  it  as  having 
deteriorated  into  nothing  more  valuable  than  a  piece 
of  chalk  of  the  same  size  and  shape.  Owners  of 
valuable  pearls  will  immediately  exclaim :  "  Oh ! 
but  that  is  because  it  was  not  constantly  worn 
next  the  skin."  There  are  hundreds,  perhaps 
thousands,  of  women  who  religiously  wear  their 
pearls  next  their  skins  all  day,  and  some  even  at 
night,  under  the  impression  that  they  are  so  pre- 
served. One  of  the  highest  experts  in  pearls  and 
precious  stones,  however,  puts  this  custom  on  a 
much  lower  plane.  He  says  that  the  wearing  of 
pearls  next  the  skin  is  no  doubt  good  as  a  bumisher, 
likening,  from  a  purely  commercial  point  of  view,  a 
woman's  skin  to  a  finer  form  of  chamois  leather. 
But  as  to  any  preservative  quality  in  the  contact 
he  will  have  none  of  it. 

Queen  Elizabeth's  earrings,  the  four  great  pearls 
which  hang  beneath  the  arch  in  the  King's  State 
Crown,  are,  therefore,  apart  from  their  personal 
connection,  of  considerable  interest,  as  regards  the 
life  of  a  pearl  as  a  gem  of  value.  These  pearls  have 
probably  never  been  worn  next  the  skin,  even  of  a 
Queen.  They  are  drop-shaped  and  manifestly  only 
suitable  for  earrings  or  pendants.  Yet  though 
Queen  Elizabeth  died  more  than  three  hundred 
years  ago  they  are  still  in  good  preservation.  Thus 
they  may  remain  for  several  centuries  more  if,  as  at 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  171 

present,  they  are  kept  in  a  perfectly  air-tight  com- 
partment at  an  even  temperature.  But  at  best  they 
can  never  outlive  a  diamond. 

The  exact  history  of  these  pearls  is  difficult  to 
follow,  and  it  is  more  by  tradition  and  indirect 
evidence  that  it  is  assumed  that  they  came  from 
Queen  Elizabeth.  That  great  lady  was,  as  all  her 
pictures  show,  fond  of  pearls.  She  was  a  great 
Sea  Queen,  and  we  may  be  assured  that  her  captains 
who  quartered  the  globe  brought  home  any  great 
pearl  they  came  across  from  distant  seas  or  lands, 
knowing  it  would  find  a  Royal  purchaser.  James  I 
probably  had  not  much  use  for  pearls,  except  to 
horde  them,  but  they  seem  not  to  have  been  amongst 
the  Crown  Jewels  which  he  succeeded  to,  for  they 
are  not  mentioned  in  the  careful  list  that  monarch 
made  out  in  his  own  handwriting,  and  signed  both 
at  head  and  foot.  This  is  understandable,  for  the 
pearls  were  Queen  Elizabeth's  private  property  to 
bequeath  to  whom  she  pleased.  It  is  not  clear 
whether  Charles  I  ever  had  these  pearls,  but  the 
suggestion  is  that  he  had,  and  that  he  disposed  of 
them  to  meet  his  necessities  in  his  wars  against 
Cromwell.  Into  whose  hands  they  fell  is  a  matter 
for  conjecture  as  well  as  how  they  passed 
through  the  next  century,  for  the  next  portrayal 
that  we  come  across  of  them  is  in  the  State 
Crown  of  another  great  Queen,  Victoria. 

They  hung  as  pendants  beneath  the  cross  of  the 


172  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

arches  of  the  crown,  one  at  each  corner.  Here  they 
were  retained  by  Edward  VII,  and  still  occupy  the 
same  position  in  the  State  Crown  of  George  V. 

What  wonderful  stories  those  pearls  could  tell ! 
Of  the  Great  Armada  and  the  pride  of  that  great 
victory ;  of  the  bloody  days  of  Charles  I,  and  of 
his  tragic  death  outside  the  window  at  Whitehall ; 
of  the  gay  days  of  Charles  II,  and  the  long  and 
prosperous  reign  of  Queen  Victoria.  But  in  all  those 
centuries  they  probably  had  no  greater  adventures 
or  dangers  than  they  experienced  together  with  the 
other  Crown  Jewels  during  the  Great  War  of 
1914-19. 

The  safe  place  in  the  Tower  chosen  for  them  by 
Edward  VII  is  burglar-proof,  fireproof,  and  proof 
against  alarms  and  excursions ;  but  when  William 
the  Conqueror  built  the  Tower,  he  had  undoubtedly 
never  expected  that  it  might  be  subject  to  an 
attack  from  the  air.  Even  so  he  had  made  his  roofs 
so  thick  and  strong  that  a  dropping  cannon-ball 
might  well  be  rebuffed.  The  pearls  and  their  com- 
rades the  gems  therefore  looked  on  with  calm 
toleration  whilst  the  Germans  waged  and  raged  for 
four  years  over  them.  Indeed,  they  had  got  quite 
accustomed  to  this  aerial  bombardment,  for  though 
bombs  fell  close  around  them,  still  a  miss  is  as  good 
as  a  mile.  It  was  only  just  towards  the  end  of  the 
war  that  news  came  which  made  the  soldiers  think 
that  larger  and  heavier  and  more  destructive  bombs 


THE  ROMANCE  OF  THE  GREAT  GEMS  173 

were  likely  to  be  used  by  the  Germans.  Then  William 
the  Conqueror,  walking  in  the  pleasant  fields  of 
heaven,  said  to  Queen  Elizabeth  :  "I  am  sorry, but  I 
am  afraid  my  walls  and  roofs  cannot  keep  these  out. 
You  had  better  send  your  pearls  away  to  one  of  the 
other  palaces  of  the  King,  out  in  the  open  country." 
So  the  pearls  and  their  consorts  one  day  without  any 
fuss  just  slipped  off  and  went  to  stay  at  Windsor 
till  the  war  was  over.  That  William  the  Conqueror 
and  Queen  Elizabeth  were  wise  in  their  decision 
was  obvious,  for  leaning  over  the  ramparts  of 
heaven  they  saw  one  great  bomb  fall  into  the  Tower 
moat  on  the  west,  another  they  saw  hit  the  railings 
on  the  edge  of  the  moat  to  the  north,  whilst  a  third 
hit  the  Mint  across  the  road  to  the  east,  and  a  fourth 
dropped  within  a  few  yards  of  the  Jewel  House  into 
the  river  to  the  south.  The  next  might  have  sent 
several  million  pounds'  worth  of  jewels  to  God 
knows  where. 


CHAPTER  XI 

THE   CRIME   OF   COLONEL   BLOOD 

The  Merry  England  of  Charles  II — An  old  man  the  sole  custodian 
of  the  Crown  Jewels — The  Jewels  in  the  Martin  Tower — Colonel 
Blood's  plans — His  disguise  as  a  parson — Mrs.  Blood  is  seized 
with  "  a  qualme  upon  her  stomack  " — Parson  Blood's  gratitude 
and  present  of  gloves — A  match  arranged  with  old  Edward's 
daughter — The  pious  parson  at  dinner — Blood  removes  the 
pistols — An  early  call — The  lovers  to  meet — Mr.  Edwards 
stunned,  gagged,  and  bound — The  Crown  bashed  in  and  placed 
in  a  bag — The  Orb  and  Sceptre — A  surprise  arrival  from  Flan- 
ders— In  hot  pursuit — The  Captain  of  the  Guard  nearly  killed 
in  error — The  burglars  fight  their  way  out — Reach  the  Iron 
Gate  where  horses  awaited  them — Captured — The  Crown  saved 
— King  Charles  rewards  Colonel  Blood. 


I 


Crown  Jewels  have  been  through  many 
vicissitudes,  and  have  chanced  across  many 
adventures.  They  have  been  in  the  midst 
of  the  fiercest  and  most  historic  battles, 
and  they  have  lain  inglorious  in  the  shop  of  the 
pawnbroker.  But  only  once  have  they  been 
burglariously  removed,  and  that  in  the  open  day, 
and  from  the  midst  of  the  strongest  fortress  in 
England. 

This  happened  in  the  jovial  reign  of  Charles  II 
when,  led  by  a  prince  who  drank  the  wine  of  life 
to  the  full,  the  people  of  England  were  out  to  live 

174 


COLONEL    BLOOD   WHO   ATTK.MI'TED   TO  STEAL   THE   CROWN    AND   ORB 
IN    THE    REIGN    OK    CHARLES    II 
(f>i»n  the  National  Portrait  Gallery) 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     175 

the  free  and  joyous  life,  after  the  horrors  of  civil 
war  and  the  equally  distasteful  restraints  of  the 
Cromwellian  era.  England  was  Merry  England  again, 
and  black  shadows  were  put  right  behind  the  eastern 
horizon.  Officials,  even  those  the  most  responsible, 
caught  the  happy  vein,  and  drowned  the  dismal 
past  hi  flowing  bowls  of  rich  red  wine.  Amidst  all 
this  joyful  living,  who  cared  to  be  reminded  of  the 
chains  on  body  and  soul  and  conscience  of  the  prim 
pernicious  Puritans  ?  That  anybody  would  dream 
of  attempting  to  steal  the  Crown  of  the  beloved 
sovereign  never  occurred  to  the  most  imaginative 
visionary.  It  might  be  left  all  day  and  all  night 
unguarded  on  the  steps  of  St.  Paul's,  and  no  one 
would  touch  it.  In  the  Tower  of  London  it  was 
surely  safe  enough,  without  throwing  extra  guard 
duties  on  the  garrison  to  supply  even  a  single  sentry. 
Such  was  the  spirit  and  the  general  feeling  in  the 
air,  which  left  the  Crown  Jewels  in  sole  custody  of 
one  old  man,  whose  age  was  well  past  the  allotted 
span. 

In  former  reigns,  as  we  have  seen,  the  Jewels  were 
stored  in  some  strong  building  closely  guarded, 
but  they  were  now  placed  only  in  a  kind  of  recess 
in  the  wall  with  a  wired  front  opening  on  hinges, 
situated  in  the  basement  floor  of  the  Martin  Tower. 
The  chamber  where  the  Jewels  were  had  only  one 
door,  but  no  sentry  was  placed  on  this  door.  In 
the  storeys  above  lived  Talbot  Edwards,  the 


176  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Assistant-Keeper  of  the  Regalia,  with  his  family.  Tal- 
bot  Edwards  was  then  in  his  seventy-seventh  year, 
as  is  testified  by  his  tombstone,  now  let  into  the 
south  wall  of  the  Chapel  of  St.  Peter  ad  Vincula, 
within  the  Tower,  which  records  that  he  died 
three  years  later  on  September  30th,  1674,  aged 
80  years. 

To  a  professional  burglar,  who  after  all  only  uses 
common  sense,  it  would  have  appeared  that  the 
Crown  Jewels  lay  in  the  Martin  Tower  simply 
asking  to  be  taken  by  the  first  person  enterprising 
enough  to  make  the  attempt.  True,  though  the  inner 
casket  was  weak,  the  outer  safeguards  were  by 
tradition  and  superstition  inviolable.  Massive  walls, 
a  deep  moat,  and  a  battalion  of  the  King's  Guards 
seemed  to  offer  an  impenetrable  barrier  to  the  escape 
of  a  prisoner,  or  of  a  burglar  laden  with  spoil.  Colonel 
Blood  was  no  professional  burglar,  but  he  had  learnt 
as  a  soldier  of  fortune  to  be  resourceful,  quick  to 
seize  an  opportunity,  and  bold  in  the  execution  of  a 
project,  however  seemingly  impossible.  His  previous 
experiences,  and  also  his  observations  in  the  Tower 
showed  him  that,  besides  the  garrison  numerous 
civilians,  men  and  women,  lived  in  the  fortress,  and 
came  and  went  when  known  by  sight  to  the  guards 
with  little  hindrance  ;  whilst  known  friends  of  those 
residing  within  might  pass  with  almost  equal 
freedom. 

Amongst  those  who  might  expect  perhaps  easier 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     177 

passage  in  and  out  than  others  would  be  a  parson, 
especially  if  he  was  on  visiting  terms  with  one  of  the 
officials  quartered  in  the  Tower.  This  plain  fact 
commended  itself  to  Colonel  Blood,  and  he  made  his 
plans  accordingly.  With  the  aid  of  the  Mr.  Clarkson 
and  Mr.  Nathan  of  those  days  the  soldier  of  fortune 
became  an  everyday-looking  parson,  and  as  such 
struck  up  a  family  friendship  with  old  Talbot 
Edwards. 

Talbot  Edwards,  though  Assistant-Keeper  on  a 
fixed  salary,  had  failed  for  years  to  draw  this  salary 
from  an  impoverished  Exchequer.  When  this  was 
represented  to  King  Charles  by  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot, 
that  happy-go-lucky  monarch  remarked  that  if 
there  was  no  money  in  the  Exchequer  naturally 
Talbot  Edwards  could  get  nothing  out  of  it,  but,  he 
added,  the  old  man  might  exhibit  the  Crown  Jewels 
to  the  public,  charging  them  such  fees  as  he  thought 
that  each  visitor  might  be  inclined  to  pay.  Amongst 
this  paying  public  came  Parson  Blood,  accompanied 
by  a  respectable-looking  female  who  passed  as  Mrs. 
Blood.  But  just  going  in  and  looking  at  the  Jewels, 
and  paying  a  fee,  would  not  further  Blood's  designs. 
He  would  be  on  no  more  intimate  terms  with  the 
Assistant-Keeper  than  hundreds  of  others ;  moreover, 
there  would  be  no  reasonable  excuse  for  coming  a 
second  time  to  see  the  Crown  Jewels.  This  being  so, 
the  temporary  Mrs.  Blood  whilst  viewing  the  Jewels 
had  the  misfortune  to  be  suddenly  seized  with 

M 


178  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

"  a  qualme  upon  her  stomack,"  and  in  faint  tones 
called  upon  the  distressed  Mr.  Edwards  for  some 
spirits.  This  the  old  man  hastily  procured,  and  the 
invalid  found  herself  so  far  recovered  as  to  be  able 
to  go  upstairs  and  lie  down  for  further  recuperation 
on  Mrs.  Edward's  bed. 

Having  recovered  both  from  the  qualme  and  the 
potency  of  the  spirits,  the  loving  couple  departed, 
profusely  thanking  their  kind  hosts.  Having  thus 
paved  the  way,  Parson  Blood  came  again  three 
or  four  days  later  bringing  four  pair  of  white 
gloves — a  very  handsome  present  in  those  days, 
and  indeed  in  these — from  the  temporary  Mrs.  Blood 
to  the  permanent  Mrs.  Edwards.  With  the  gloves 
came  overflowing  messages  of  gratitude  which 
Blood  delivered.  Indeed,  so  grateful  was  he  that 
he  made  repeated  visits  to  renew  his  protestations. 
Blood  thus  became  a  familiar  figure  in  the  Tower, 
and  a  well-known  and  honoured  visitor  of  the 
Assistant-Keeper. 

When,  however,  this  theme  of  eternal  gratitude 
was  in  danger  of  becoming  tiresome,  Blood  con- 
ceived a  new  device  for  continuing  and  accentuating 
the  friendship.  Apparently  the  temporary  Mrs. 
Blood  had  spent  her  nights  and  days  in  trying  to 
devise  some  means  for  requiting  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Edwards  for  the  potent  and  healing  draught  supplied 
by  them,  as  well  as  for  the  heavenly  slumber  as 
a  result  enjoyed  on  their  connubial  couch.  After 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     179 

severe  and  constant  wrestling  with  the  spirit,  this 
worthy  lady  had  now  come  to  the  conclusion  that  as 
Mr.  Edwards  had  "  a  pretty  gentlewoman  to  his 
daughter,"  whilst  she  herself  had  (an  entirely 
imaginary)  nephew  with  a  fortune  of  two  or  three 
hundred  a  year,  a  match  might  well  be  arranged 
between  the  two. 

Both  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edwards  thought  this  an 
exceedingly  good  plan,  and  Miss  Edwards  like  a  good 
girl  had  not  the  least  doubt  about  it.  Parson  Blood 
was  therefore  asked  to  dinner  so  that  the  project 
might  be  more  fully  discussed.  At  this  meal  he 
impressed  his  hosts  by  the  piety  and  devotion  with 
which  he  said  grace,  though  to  more  critical  souls 
it  may  have  seemed  strange  that  in  addition  to  the 
usual  benedictions  he  wandered  off  into  long  prayers 
for  the  King,  the  Queen,  and  all  the  Royal  Family. 

But  with  all  this  by-play  Blood  did  not  lose 
sight  of  the  main  object  in  view,  which  was  to  purloin 
the  Crown  Jewels.  Therefore  in  the  room  upstairs, 
noticing  a  handsome  pair  of  pistols  on  the  wall,  he 
concluded  that  it  would  be  just  as  well  if  these  were 
out  of  the  way  on  the  auspicious  day.  Thereupon 
promptly  inventing  a  young  Lord  to  whom  he  was 
most  anxious  to  present  exactly  such  a  handsome 
case  of  pistols  as  these,  he  purchased  them  off  Mr. 
Edwards  and  carried  them  away.  On  leaving  he 
blessed  the  company  in  the  best  canonical  manner, 
and  fixed  a  day  and  hour  on  which  he  was  to  bring 


i8o  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  opulent  but  fictitous  nephew  to  be  introduced  to 
his  future  wife. 

The  day  fixed  was  May  gth,  1671,  and  the  hour 
7  a.m.  This  was  a  very  suitable  hour  for  Blood's 
real  purpose,  but  why  Mr.  Edwards  and  still  less 
his  daughter  should  consent  to  so  untimely  an  hour 
for  the  first  meeting  of  two  lovers  is  not  quite  clear. 
On  the  destined  day,  therefore,  and  at  the  time 
arranged,  a  clerical  gentleman  accompanied  by  three 
friends  made  their  way  into  the  Tower,  and  passing 
under  the  Bloody  Tower  left  the  White  Tower  on 
their  right,  and  crossing  the  parade  ground  knocked 
at  the  door  of  the  Martin  Tower.  Had  the  guard 
suspected  and  searched  these  early  visitors  they 
would  have  found  a  rapier  blade  in  each  walking- 
stick,  a  dagger  in  each  belt,  and  a  couple  of  pistols 
in  the  pockets  of  each. 

Old  Mr.  Edwards  was  up  and  ready  to  receive 
his  guests  and  met  them  at  the  door,  but  Miss 
Edwards  esteemed  it  more  modest  to  remain  in  the 
upper  regions  till  the  impatient  lover  demanded 
her  descent.  She,  however,  sent  down  her  maid 
to  take  stock  of  the  gallant  and  to  bring  her  up 
news  of  his  general  appearance  and  bearing.  Blood 
with  two  of  his  companions  entered  with  Mr. 
Edwards,  leaving  the  third  on  some  excuse  or  other 
as  a  look-out  at  the  door.  The  look-out  man,  being 
the  youngest  and  comeliest  of  the  band,  was  at  once 
conceived  by  the  maid  to  be  the  suitor,  and  having 


COLONEL   BLOOD   STEALING    THE   CROWN    AND   ORB 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     181 

cast  a  brief  but  critical  eye  on  him  she  dashed  up- 
stairs to  tell  her  mistress  what  a  fine  fellow  he  was. 

Whilst  awaiting  the  appearance  of  the  ladies 
Blood  suggested  to  Edwards  that  he  might  fill  the 
interval  by  showing  his  friends  the  Crown  Jewels. 
The  old  man  readily  consented,  and  unlocking 
the  door  of  the  treasure  chamber  ushered  in  his 
guests,  and  then  in  accordance  with  his  standing 
orders  locked  the  door  behind  him.  This  was 
exactly  the  situation  which  Blood  had  so  care- 
fully worked  up  to.  A  locked  isolated  chamber, 
with  three  able-bodied  men  fully  armed  on  one 
side,  a  feeble  unarmed  man  nearly  eighty  years 
old  on  the  other,  and  the  Crown  Jewels  of  England 
the  spoil  of  the  victor  in  this  unequal  contest. 
Without  wasting  further  time  they  knocked  Mr. 
Edwards  on  the  head  with  a  wooden  mallet  brought 
for  that  purpose  amongst  others,  gagged  him,  and 
left  him  lying  on  the  floor  for  dead.  Though  only 
stunned  Edwards  pretended  to  be  dead,  but  heard 
or  saw  most  of  what  followed. 

The  Jewels  were  in  a  recess  in  the  solid 
walls,  having  a  strongly  caged  door  in  two  parts 
opening  outwards.  Inside  were  the  two  crowns, 
the  Crown  of  England  and  the  King's  State 
Crown,  the  Sceptre  and  Orb,  as  well  as  several 
pieces  of  valuable  plate,  including  the  State  salt 
cellar  lately  presented  to  Charles  II  by  the  City  of 
Exeter.  Blood,  who  knew  from  his  previous  visits 


i82  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

exactly  what  was  there,  naturally  had  made  his 
plans  to  carry  off  the  portions  of  the  Regalia  which 
were  at  the  same  time  the  most  portable  and  the 
most  valuable.  The  Crown  of  England  was  large  and 
heavy,  and  was  set  with  stones  of  considerable  value, 
but  the  King's  State  Crown  was  lighter  and  more 
easily  compressed,  and  had  set  in  its  front  the  great 
and  priceless  ruby  of  the  Black  Prince,  and  was  also 
rich  with  diamonds  and  lesser  gems.  Both  crowns 
had  been  made  for  Charles  II  by  Sir  Robert  Vyner, 
and  both,  it  may  be  mentioned  in  passing,  survive 
to  this  day,  though  in  curiously  different  surround- 
ings. The  Crown  of  England  is  in  the  Tower  of 
London,  and  the  shell  of  Charles  II's  State  Crown, 
bereft  of  all  its  precious  stones,  came  into  the  pos- 
session of  the  late  Lord  Amherst  of  Hackney.  Blood, 
therefore,  selected  the  King's  State  Crown  for  his 
prey. 

Besides  the  Crown  there  were  two  other  regal 
emblems  portable  and  set  with  precious  stones. 
These  were  the  King's  Sceptre  and  Orb.  Both  are 
now  in  the  Tower  of  London,  the  Orb  much  as  it 
was  in  those  days,  and  the  Sceptre  the  same  except 
that  the  great  Star  of  Africa  has  been  since  intro- 
duced into  its  head.  These  three  then,  the  State 
Crown,  the  Sceptre,  and  the  Orb,  were  the  settled 
project  of  the  raid.  Mr.  Edwards  having  been 
satisfactorily  disposed  of,  Blood  seized  the  Crown, 
and  using  the  same  wooden  mallet  as  had  been 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     183 

used  on  the  custodian's  head,  battered  in  the  arches 
of  the  Crown  and  flattened  in  the  band,  that  it 
might  thus  fit  into  a  bag  made  for  the  purpose  which 
he  wore  under  his  parson's  gown.  This  rough 
treatment  naturally  disturbed  the  setting  of  the 
stones,  and  some  of  these,  including  the  Black 
Prince's  ruby,  fell  out,  but  were  hastily  gathered  up 
and  put  into  their  pockets  by  the  worthy  trio.  To 
the  second  marauder,  Parrett  by  name,  was  assigned 
the  custody  of  the  Orb.  This  was  quite  a  simple 
matter;  he  just  thrust  it  as  it  was  into  the  slack  of 
his  breeches,  and  dropped  the  folds  of  his  cloak  so 
as  to  hide  the  protuberance. 

The  third  accomplice  was  to  carry  off  the  Sceptre, 
but  as  this  could  not  conveniently  be  concealed 
about  his  person,  he  was  provided  with  a  file  where- 
with to  file  the  Sceptre  in  two  so  that  it  might  fit 
into  a  bag  which  he  carried  for  the  purpose  under 
his  cloak.  He  was  busily  engaged  on  this  job  when  a 
most  dramatic  event  occurred. 

Old  Mr.  Edwards  had  a  son  who  had  served  as 
a  soldier  in  Flanders  with  Sir  Tohn  Talbot,  and 
having  landed  in  England,  obtained  leave  to  visit 
his  father  at  the  Tower.  By  an  extraordinary 
coincidence  he  happened  to  arrive  at  this  very 
moment,  and  strode  at  once  to  the  Martin  Tower. 

Outside  the  door  of  his  father's  residence  he  found 
a  young  man  standing,  who  asked  him  his  business, 
and  who  he  wished  to  see.  As  this  was  an  unusual 


184  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

greeting  to  receive  at  the  front  door  of  one's  own 
home,  young  Edwards  concluded  that  the  stranger 
himself  was  seeking  an  interview,  and  passing 
through  said  he  would  see  if  he  could  be  received. 
The  young  man  at  the  door,  who  was  in  fact  Colonel 
Blood's  sentry,  as  young  Edwards  went  upstairs, 
immediately  warned  his  confederates  in  the  treasure 
chamber  below,  and  they  made  haste  to  depart, 
taking  the  Crown  and  Orb,  but  leaving  the  Sceptre 
as  it  had  not  yet  been  filed  in  two. 

Old  Mr.  Edwards  was  not  bound,  so  that  directly 
Colonel  Blood  and  his  accomplices  fled  he  pulled 
the  gag  out  of  his  mouth,  and  yelled  with  good  heart 
and  lungs,  "  TREASON  !  MURDER  !  "  Miss  Edwards 
hearing  these  alarming  shouts  ran  downstairs,  and 
seeing  her  father  wounded  and  the  disorder  in  the 
Jewel  House,  rushed  out  on  to  the  parade  ground  by 
the  White  Tower  and  shrieked,  "  TREASON  !  The 
CROWN  is  stolen  !  "  This  gave  the  alarm  to  all 
and  sundry,  and  amongst  others  to  young  Edwards 
and  Captain  Beckham  who  were  still  upstairs. 
Captain  Beckham  was  married  to  one  of  old  Mr. 
Edwards'  daughters,  and  was  one  of  the  party 
invited  to  be  present  at  the  betrothal.  Blood  and 
Parrett,  followed  by  the  other  two,  had  pushed  along 
without  suspicious  haste,  but  on  hearing  the  alarm 
raised  were  seen  to  nudge  each  other.  However,  they 
passed  unchallenged  under  the  Bloody  Tower  where 
the  main  guard,  guarding  the  only  gate 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD     185 

giving  egress  from  the  inner  fortress,  and  thence 
were  making  their  way  along  Water  Lane  towards 
the  Byward  Tower. 

Beyond  the  Byward  Tower  was  a  drawbridge, 
now  replaced  by  a  permanent  structure,  at  which  a 
yeoman  stood  on  duty,  and  to  him  the  pursuers 
shouted  to  stop  the  clerical  party  ahead.  The  yeoman, 
who  was  armed  only  with  a  halbert,  came  to  the  ready 
and  ordered  the  fugitives  to  halt.  Blood,  however, 
drew  a  pistol,  and  firing  at  close  range  knocked  the 
man  over. 

Thus  gaining  free  access  to  the  drawbridge  the 
party  hastened  over.  On  the  far  side,  where  stands 
the  Middle  Tower,  was  the  Spur  guard  with  its 
sentry  posted.  The  man  on  duty  at  this  moment 
was  named  Sill,  a  Cromwellian  soldier  now  enlisted 
in  the  Royal  Army.  Cromwellian  or  no,  he  was  not 
for  being  shot  in  cold  blood,  and  seeing  the  warder  fall, 
tactfully  stepped  aside  and  allowed  the  marauders 
to  pass  unhindered.  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  thought 
he  had  been  previously  bribed  by  Blood,  and  this 
is  not  an  unlikely  explanation.  Anyway,  the  chief 
obstacles  had  been  overcome  and  the  Crown  and 
Orb  were  outside  the  main  fortress.  From  the  Middle 
Tower,  Blood  and  his  companions  instead  of  going 
out  of  the  Bulwark  Gate  a  few  yards  off,  doubled 
on  their  tracks,  so  to  speak,  and  hastened  along  the 
wharf  in  an  easterly  direction  towards  the  Iron  Gate. 
This  was  a  tactical  error  which  proved  fatal,  for  the 


186  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

wharf  is  some  three  hundred  yards  long  and  in  full 
view  throughout  of  the  sentries  standing  on  the 
battlements  of  the  outer  ballium  wall. 

By  this  time  there  seem  to  have  been  a  considerable 
number  of  people  on  the  wharf,  some  pursuing  from 
behind,  and  some  just  entered  through  the  Iron 
Gate  on  their  ordinary  business.  These  latter, 
seeing  a  commotion  and  hearing  cries  of  treason 
and  murder,  with  great  zeal  and  promptitude, 
incited  and  directed  by  Blood,  fell  on  the  pursuers, 
and  nearly  murdered  Captain  Beckman,  whom  the 
worthy  parson  pointed  out  as  the  arch  culprit. 

Having  disentangled  himself  from  this  awkward 
misconception,  the  gallant  captain  raced  on  along 
the  wharf  and  came  up  with  Blood  just  as  he  was 
getting  to  horse.  Blood  turned  short  and  point 
blank  fired  his  second  pistol  at  Beckman's  head. 
But  a  pistol  in  those  days  took  some  time  to  go  off, 
which  gave  the  captain  time  to  duck  his  head  and, 
charging  low,  to  seize  the  reverend  gentleman.  A 
severe  struggle  then  took  place .  The  captain  thinking 
more  of  the  Crown  itself  than  of  the  man  who  held  it, 
instead  of  overpowering  him  tried  to  snatch  the 
Crown  from  him.  Blood  resisted  lustily  but  Beck- 
man prevailed,  and  thus  roughly  handled  he  secured 
it.  But  naturally  the  stones  being  much  loosened 
by  the  previous  hammering,  several  here  also  fell 
out,  though  eventually  all  with  a  few  comparatively 
insignificant  exceptions  were  recovered. 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD      187 

Blood  and  Parrett  were  now  overpowered  and 
captured,  whilst  Hunt,  who  was  Blood's  son-in-law, 
though  he  got  to  horse,  in  galloping  off  hit  his  head 
against  a  pole  sticking  out  from  a  laden  wagon, 
and  being  dismounted  was  also  captured.  The 
three  were  immediately  placed  in  the  securest 
dungeons  in  the  Tower,  and  word  was  sent  to  Sir 
Gilbert  Talbot,  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House, 
who  at  once  informed  the  King.  Those  looking  for 
a  lurid  and  sanguinary  end  to  this  story  will  be 
disappointed.  Considering  the  time  and  the  penal- 
ties which  were  exacted  on  such  comparatively 
venal  offences  as  the  stealing  of  sheep,  one  is  natur- 
ally prepared  to  hear  that  Colonel  Blood  and  his 
accomplices  were  at  the  shortest  notice  drawn  on 
hurdles  to  Tyburn  and  there  hanged,  drawn,  and 
quartered.  But  Fate  plays  curious  tricks  with  the 
lives  of  men.  The  Merry  Monarch,  instead  of  being 
in  the  least  annoyed  with  this  audacious  attempt 
which  so  nearly  lost  him  his  regal  emblems,  roared 
with  laughter  and  ordered  that  the  chief  culprit 
should  be  sent  for  judgment  to  the  highest  court 
in  the  realm,  the  King  himself. 

What  the  King  said  to  Blood,  or  what  Blood  said 
to  the  King,  as  variously  chronicled,  may  be  passed 
over,  but  the  net  result  was  that  Blood  instead  of 
being  executed  was  given  a  post  amongst  the  body- 
guard of  His  Majesty,  and  also  granted  a  salary  of 
£500  a  year  for  life.  As  money  was  then  five  times 


i88  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  value  it  was  in  1914  and  ten  times  the  value  it 
is  in  1920,  we  may  estimate  this  as  a  very  handsome 
income.  Several  reasons  have  been  given  for 
Charles  II's  liberality,  and  each  may  be  accepted 
with  equal  caution.  The  wits  and  scandal-mongers 
of  the  time  declared  that  the  explanation  of  the 
King's  leniency  was  due  to  one  of  two  causes.  The 
first  was  that  being  as  usual  short  of  cash,  His 
Majesty  conceived  the  novel  expedient  of  stealing 
his  own  Crown,  and  in  a  roundabout  way  put  up 
Blood  to  execute  the  project.  The  second  was  more 
sporting  than  venal,  and  averred  that  the  King 
in  one  of  his  genial  after-dinner  moments  had 
declared  that  no  one  would,  after  the  horrors  of  the 
past,  deprive  him  of  his  Crown,  and  had  backed 
his  opinion  by  a  bet.  This,  so  the  story  went, 
having  come  to  Blood's  ears,  he  determined  to 
take  up  the  bet  literally  and  steal  the  actual  emblems 
of  royalty.  These,  though  interesting  explanations, 
may  in  the  absence  of  proof  be  relegated  to  uncon- 
firmed gossip.  However,  the  most  charitable  version 
is  little  less  astonishing.  We  are  invited  to  believe 
that  the  King  believed  Blood's  fairy  tale,  which  was 
that  he  had  laid  out  in  the  reeds  close  to  the  place 
where  the  King  was  wont  to  bathe  intending  to 
shoot  him,  when  he  had  assumed  the  primitive  garb 
of  his  ancestor  Adam,  but  that  when  the  moment 
came  to  pull  the  trigger,  this  hardened  old  soldier 
was  so  overcome  with  the  glory  of  the  King's  royal 


THE  CRIME  OF  COLONEL  BLOOD      189 

body  in  statu  natura  that  his  finger  absolutely  refused 
to  work. 

Charles  II,  though  jovial,  was  by  no  means  an 
idiot ;  indeed  he  was  one  of  the  astutest  monarchs 
who  has  sat  on  the  throne  of  England.  We  may 
therefore  perhaps  brush  aside  all  these  interesting 
stories  and  arrive  at  the  plain  conclusion  that  the 
King,  knowing  from  recent  experience  how  precarious 
in  those  days  was  the  life  of  a  King,  decided  that  his 
best  policy  was  to  take  into  his  service  a  quondam 
and  potential  enemy,  thereby  turning  a  spear  that 
threatened  him  into  a  defensive  javelin.  That 
shrewd  lesson  in  statescraft  has  been  followed, 
perhaps  unwittingly,  by  the  British  Empire  in  its 
expansion.  Times  out  of  number  hi  Asia,  Africa, 
and  America,  the  foes  of  one  day  have  been  on  the 
next  enrolled  under  the  standards  of  the  King  of 
England,  and  alongside  men  of  his  own  blood  have 
fought  the  battles  of  the  Empire. 

Blood,  contrary  to  the  report  that  he  was  a  mere 
burglar,  the  son  of  a  blacksmith,  and  so  forth,  was 
in  fact  a  man  of  good  family  residing  at  Sarney,  Co. 
Meath,  and  was  himself  at  the  early  age  of  twenty- 
two  made  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  itself  a  proof  of 
his  social  standing.  His  grandfather  was  Edmund 
Blood  of  Kilnaboy  Castle,  Co.  Clare,  who  was  at 
one  time  M.P.  for  Ennis. 

Perhaps  the  best  estimate  of  Colonel  Blood  is  that 
he  was  a  hot-headed  and  fearless  Irishman,  who 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

found  it  difficult  to  live  quietly,  and  must  ever  work 
off  his  boundless  energy  on  some  new  and  often 
desperate  enterprise.  He  was  the  Charles  O'Malley 
of  an  earlier  century,  and  demonstrated  his  Irish 
exuberance  with  rapier  and  pistol  rather  than  in  the 
hunting  field. 

Note. — The  account  of  Colonel  Blood's  attempt  on  the  Crown  is 
taken  from  an  ancient  MS.,  written  in  1680  at  the  dictation  of 
Sir  Gilbert  Talbot,  the  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  at  the  time, 
which  is  now  in  possession  of  Mrs.  Lowndes,  of  Chesham,  Bucks. 
A  copy  of  the  same  document  is  also  owned  by  General  Sir  Bindon 
Blood,  G.C.B.,  together  with  other  interesting  records  of  Colonel 
Blood,  which  he  has  kindly  placed  at  the  writer's  disposal. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE  ORDERS   OF  CHIVALRY 

The  Order  of  the  Garter — Its  date  and  origin — Gentlemen  of  the 
Blood — The  three  Reproaches — St.  George's  Chapel — The 
Garter  of  blue  and  gold — The  Robes  and  Star — The  Order  of  the 
Thistle — Its  ancient  origin — TheMantle  and  Riband — An  expen- 
sive Order — The  Order  of  St.  Patrick — "  Quis  separabit  " — 
The  Mantle,  Collar,  and  Star — The  Order  of  Merit — Its  origin — 
Very  select — Confers  no  precedence — The  Order  of  the  Bath — 
The  Most  Honorable  Order — Its  great  age  and  origin — To 
every  knight  a  bath — Originally  one,  now  three  grades — Civil 
Knights — The  Star  of  India — Cause  of  its  creation — The  three 
grades — The  insignia — St.  Michael  and  St.  George — Curious 
origin  of  the  Order — Its  growth  and  expansion — "  Auspicium 
Melioris  " — The  Badge — Order  of  the  Indian  Empire — Date 
and  reason  for  its  institution — The  Mantle,  Collar,  Star,  and 
Badge — The  Royal  Victorian  Order — Five  grades  and  grand 
chain — The  Order  of  the  British  Empire — Had  its  origin  in  the 
Great  War — Open  to  Ladies  as  well  as  Gentlemen — Five 
grades — The  Badge  and  ribbon — The  Crown  of  India — The 
Ladies'  Order — Very  select  indeed — The  Badge  of  diamonds, 
pearls,  and  turquoises — The  Victoria  Cross — "  For  Valour  " — 
Costs  threepence — The  most  highly  prized  decoration — Its  prece- 
dence— The  Distinguished  Service  Order — Its  chequered  career 
— The  good  effect  of  the  Great  War — The  Military  Cross  and 
Distinguished  Service  Cross — A  product  of  the  Great  War — 
The  D.F.C.  and  A.F.C.— The  D.C.M.  and  C.G.M.— The  M.M. 
and  D.S.M. — The  increase  of  Orders  and  decorations  during  the 
past  century. 


"TOGETHER  with  the  King's  Treasure  in 
the  Jewel  House  are  kept  the  insignia 
of  the  Orders  of  Chivalry  as  well  as 
decorations  for  bravery  in  battle. 

The  oldest  of  these  is  the  Order  of  the  Garter, 

191 


I 


192  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

which  was  created  by  Edward  III  as  far  back  as  the 
year  1348.  It  is  rather  English  that  so  ancient  and 
highly  esteemed  an  honour  should  owe  its  origin 
to  quite  a  trivial  incident.  A  lady,  the  Countess  of 
Salisbury,  who  was  dancing  with  the  King  at  a 
Court  Ball,  dropped  her  garter.  In  this  less  emotional 
age  nobody  would  be  greatly  amused  if  a  lady 
dropped  her  garter ;  probably  few  would  even  notice 
it,  unless  perchance  it  happened  to  be  set  with 
diamonds.  But  in  1348  very  small  jokes  apparently 
went  a  long  way,  and  the  dropping  of  this  particular 
lady's  garter  caused  vast  amusement  amongst  the 
gallants.  A  garter  is  a  garter,  and  there  is  evidently 
nothing  either  indecent  or  improper  or  even  amusing 
about  it ;  it  is  merely  an  article  used  by  a  few 
people  now,  and  most  people  of  both  sexes  in  those 
days,  to  keep  their  stockings  from  slipping  down. 

However,  there  was  the  garter  on  the  floor,  and 
the  fine  gentlemen  sniggering  at  it,  whilst  the  poor 
lady  who  owned  this  harmless  article  was  covered 
with  confusion.  In  this  tremendous  crisis  the  King 
with  a  courtesy  lacking  amongst  his  courtiers  stepped 
forward,  picked  up  the  garter,  tied  it  round  his  own 
knee,  and  uttered  the  well-known  rebuke,  "  Honi  soit 
qui  mal  y  pense."  For  English  Kings  spoke  French 
in  those  days. 

Edward  III.  was  a  gentleman,  and  it  is  not  a  little 
interesting  to  find  that  the  oldest  Order,  not  only  in 
England  but  in  the  world,  owes  its  origin  to  a  little 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          193 

act  of  courtesy.  In  ancient  days  the  Order  was 
termed  a  Fraternity  of  Knights,  and  these  were 
chosen  by  the  King  from  amongst  the  most  noble 
of  those  about  the  Royal  person.  They  were  not 
necessarily  warriors  of  the  sword,  but  must  be 
Gentlemen  of  the  Blood,  such  as  the  King  thought 
fit  to  wear  the  same  emblem  as  himself.  A  Gentle- 
man of  the  Blood,  it  is  explained,  was  one  who  could 
claim  three  descents  in  the  noblesse,  both  on  his 
father's  and  also  his  mother's  side. 

In  bestowing  the  Garter  the  exhortation  used  was : 
"  Sir,  the  loving  Company  of  the  Order  of  the  Garter 
hath  received  you  their  Brother,  Lover,  and  Fellow, 
and  in  token  and  knowledge  of  this,  they  give  you 
and  present  you  with  this  present  Garter,  the  which 
God  will  that  you  receive  and  wear  henceforth  to  his 
praise  and  pleasure  and  to  the  exaltation  and  honour 
of  the  said  Most  Noble  Order  and  of  yourself." 

No  person  who  had  been  convicted  of  error 
against  the  Christian  faith,  or  of  high  treason,  or 
of  cowardice  in  face  of  the  enemy  could  become  a 
Knight  of  the  Garter.  And  if  being  already  a  Knight 
he  was  guilty  of  either  of  these  three  "  Reproaches," 
his  spurs  were  cut  off,  his  banner  removed,  and  he 
was  summarily  expelled  from  the  Order.  The  only 
other  grave  offence  mentioned  is  for  appearing  with- 
out his  Garter,  the  penalty  for  which  was  a  fine  of 
one  mark  !  Evidently,  however,  it  was  found  that 
the  Garter  could  not  conveniently  be  worn  with 


194  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

long  boots,  so  by  special  enactment  a  Knight  so 
booted  might  wear  a  blue  silk  riband  instead. 

Later  on  the  Order  somewhat  changed  its  charac- 
ter, for  it  came  to  be  bestowed  not  only  on  persons  of 
high  lineage  as  such,  but  also  on  those  who  had 
reached  places  of  eminence  in  the  public  service, 
like  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex,  whose  father 
was  a  shearer.  As  we  come  still  further  down  in 
the  ages  we  find  it  established,  as  at  present,  that 
though  a  number  of  vacancies  in  the  Order  are 
reserved  for  peers  of  the  realm,  yet  it  is  also  con- 
ferred as  the  very  highest  distinction  attainable  on 
soldiers,  sailors,  and  statesmen  who  have  done  very 
conspicuous  service  to  the  State,  whatever  their 
lineage. 

Exclusive  of  Royal  personages,  there  are  only 
twenty-five  Knights  of  the  Garter.  The  King  is 
Sovereign  of  the  Order,  and  some  fourteen  foreign 
Kings,  English  and  foreign  Princes,  are  amongst  the 
Royal  Knights.  These  include  the  Prince  of  Wales, 
the  Duke  of  York,  the  Duke  of  Connaught,  Prince 
Arthur  of  Connaught,  the  King  of  Spain,  the  King  of 
Norway,  the  King  of  Italy,  and  the  King  of  Denmark. 

Until  recently  the  German  Emperor  figured 
amongst  the  Knights,  but  his  banner  was  taken  down 
and  his  name  removed  from  the  Order  in  knightly 
disapproval  of  the  unknightly  manner  hi  which  the 
Germans  were  held  to  have  waged  war  on  land  and 
sea.  The  name  of  the  Emperor  of  Russia  has  also 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          195 

disappeared  from  the  roll,  through  his  tragic  death. 
Amongst  the  great  soldiers  who  won  their  spurs  in  the 
field  were  the  Duke  of  Marlborough,  the  Duke  of 
Wellington,  Earl  Roberts,  and  Earl  Kitchener.  The 
only  two  Ladies  of  the  Order  are  Queen  Mary  and 
Queen  Alexandra. 

The  Chapel  of  the  Knights  of  the  Garter  is  St. 
George's  Chapel  at  Windsor  Castle,  and  there  may 
be  seen  the  stalls  of  the  Knights  with  their  banners 
suspended  over  them.  When  a  Knight  dies  or  is 
degraded,  his  banner  is  removed  and  that  of  his 
successor  is  hoisted  in  its  place,  whilst  a  small 
brass  plate  is  left  as  a  lasting  record  of  each  succeed- 
ing Knight  in  each  of  the  stalls. 

The  Garter  itself  is  of  blue  ribbon  edged  with 
gold,  and  has  a  buckle  and  pendent  of  gold  richly 
chased.  Round  the  Garter  in  gold  is  the  motto  of 
the  Order,  "  Honi  soit  qui  mal  y  pense."  The 
Garter  is  worn  below  the  left  knee  by  a  Knight,  and 
round  the  left  arm  above  the  elbow  by  a  Lady. 

The  Mantle  or  Robe  is  of  blue  velvet,  of  a  shade 
which  has  come  to  be  known  as  garter  blue,  on  the 
left  breast  of  which  the  Star  is  embroidered.  It  is 
lined  with  white  taffeta,  and  has  a  crimson  velvet 
hood.  The  surcoat  is  also  of  crimson  velvet,  lined 
with  white  taffeta. 

The  Hat  is  a  very  imposing  affair  made  of  black 
velvet  and  of  a  curious  shape.  The  plume  is  of 
white  ostrich  feathers  with  a  tuft  of  black  heron's 


196  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

feathers  in  the  centre.  It  is  fastened  to  the  hat  by  a 
band  of  diamonds. 

The  Collar  consists  of  a  string  of  gold  and  enamelled 
red  roses,  from  which  hangs  a  presentment  of  St. 
George  attacking  the  dragon.  Across  his  breast  the 
Knight  wears  the  broad  riband  of  the  Order,  from 
which  is  pendent  a  lesser  presentiment  of  the  same 
incident,  which  is  known  as  the  Badge. 

The  Star  is  eight-pointed  and  made  of  silver,  though 
it  is  not  unusual  for  a  Knight,  or  his  generous  friends, 
to  substitute  a  diamond  star.  Such  a  diamond  Star 
was  presented  by  his  friends  to  Lord  Roberts,  and 
the  Mary's  of  the  Empire  gave  a  similar  token  of 
their  regard  to  Queen  Mary. 

A  Knight  of  the  Garter  is  the  only  Knight  who 
wears  his  Star  in  evening  dress  at  a  private  dinner 
party.  All  other  Knights  only  wear  their  stars  on 
such  special  occasions  as  are  laid  down,  but  always 
when  asked  to  meet  royalties.  In  this  connection 
it  may  be  interesting  to  mention  that  though  a 
Knight  may  belong  to  many  Orders,  he  only  wears 
the  Star  of  the  senior  one  at  these  parties.  If  he 
were  in  uniform  he  would,  of  course,  wear  all  he 
possessed,  as  may  be  gathered  from  the  photographs 
of  celebrated  admirals  and  field-marshals  which  are 
to  be  seen  in  the  illustrated  papers. 

The  Order  of  the  Thistle  claims  a  very  ancient 
origin,  for  though  it  was  only  organised  as  a  knightly 
fraternity  by  James  II  in  1687,  the  Royal  Warrant 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          197 

issued  by  that  monarch  mentions  that  "  His 
Majesty's  royal  predecessor,  Achaius  King  of  Scots, 
did  institute  the  most  ancient  and  the  most  noble 
Order  of  the  Thistle,  under  the  protection  of 
St.  Andrew,  Patron  of  Scotland  :  in  commemoration 
of  a  signal  Victory  obtained  by  the  said  Achaius 
over  Athelstan,  King  of  the  Saxons,  after  a  bloody 
battle,  in  the  time  of  which  there  appeared  in  the 
heavens  a  White  Cross  in  the  form  of  that  upon 
which  the  Apostle  Saint  Andrew  suffered  martyr- 
dom." vWhen  James  II  abdicated,  the  Order  fell 
into  desuetude,  but  was  again  revived  by  Queen 
Anne  in  1703. 

The  Mantle  is  of  green  velvet,  with  the  Badge 
of  the  Order  embroidered  on  the  left  side.  The 
Riband  of  the  Order  is  green.  The  Star  of  this 
Order  consists  of  a  St.  Andrew's  Cross  laid  on  a 
silver  star.  In  the  centre  of  this  combination  is 
a  Thistle  of  green  and  gold  upon  a  field  of  gold, 
surrounded  by  a  circle  of  green,  bearing  the  motto 
of  the  Order,  "  Nemo  me  impure  lacessit."  The 
Collar  is  formed  of  thistles  intermingled  with 
sprigs  of  rue,  and  from  it  pendent  is  the  Badge 
or  Jewel,  representing  St.  Andrew  wearing  a  green 
gown  and  purple  surcoat,  and  bearing  before  him  a 
white  enamelled  cross. 

The  Order  consists  of  the  Sovereign  and  sixteen 
Knights,  one  of  the  most  recent  of  whom,  it  may  be 
remembered,  is  Field-Marshal  Earl  Haig. 


198  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  Thistle  was  a  most  expensive  Order  in 
ancient  days,  the  fees  on  admission  amounting  to 
£347,  a  very  considerable  sum  at  that  time. 
Edward  VII  reduced  this  to  £50,  which  is  the  sum 
now  paid  by  a  Knight  to  the  Treasury  on  admission 
to  the  Order. 

The  Order  of  St.  Patrick  is  of  more  recent  origin, 
and  owes  its  inception  to  George  III  in  1783.  It 
is  an  Irish  Order  modelled  on  the  Fraternity  of  the 
Knights  of  the  Garter,  and  was  intended  to  empha- 
sise the  unity  of  the  United  Kingdom.  To  further 
which  idea  the  new  Order  was  given  the  motto, 
"  Quis  separabit  ?  "  A  pertinent  inquiry  to  which 
Sinn  Feiners  and  other  extraordinary  persons  have 
since  made  constant  endeavours  to  return  a  disloyal 
reply. 

The  Mantle  is  of  Irish  tabbinet  of  a  very  beautiful 
shade  of  light  blue,  and  is  lined  with  white  silk. 
On  the  right  shoulder  is  a  blue  hood  of  the  same 
material  lined  also  with  white  silk.  On  the  left 
side  is  embroidered  the  Star  of  the  Order.  The 
Collar  is  of  gold  composed  of  roses  and  harps 
alternately,  and  at  the  bottom  is  a  harp  surmounted 
by  an  Imperial  Crown.  The  Badge  is  of  gold  of  an 
oval  form,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  trefoil  with 
three  crowns,  standing  on  the  cross  of  St.  Patrick 
and  surrounded  with  a  wreath  of  shamrock.  Round 
the  wreath  is  the  motto  of  the  Order. 

The  Star  consists  of  the  Cross  of  St.  Patrick  gules, 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          199 

on  a  field  argent,  surmounted  by  a  trefoil  vert, 
charged  with  three  Imperial  Crowns  with  a  circle 
of  azure  containing  the  motto,  "  Quis  separabit  ?  " 
and  the  date  "  MDCCLXXXIII  "  in  letters  of  gold. 
The  whole  is  encircled  by  four  greater  and  four 
lesser  rays  of  silver.  This  Star  also  can  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  Knight  or  his  friends  be  fashioned  in 
diamonds.  The  Riband  is  light  blue  and  is  worn 
across  the  breast  from  left  to  right,  the  Badge  being 
worn  at  the  tie  over  the  left  thigh. 

The  Order  of  Merit  has  a  somewhat  curious 
origin.  There  were,  and  are,  certain  Englishmen 
of  the  very  highest  eminence  who  are  averse  to 
being  other  than  plain  "  Mr."  to  the  end  of  their 
days.  Peerages,  baronetcies,  and  knighthoods  have 
no  attraction  for  them.  Such  men  were  Mr.  Joseph 
Chamberlain  and  Mr.  Gladstone,  and  such  to-day  is 
Mr.  Arthur  Balfour.  The  feeling  is  a  noble  one 
and  quite  in  accordance  with  the  best  traditions  of 
the  English  character.  King  Edward  VII,  in  the 
hope  of  finding  an  acceptable  road,  therefore  in- 
stituted the  Order  of  Merit,  which  carries  no  title 
with  it  and  no  precedence.  To  make  the  Order 
exceedingly  select  and  highly  prized  the  number  of 
members  may  not  exceed  twenty-four,  and  it  is 
open  only  to  those  who  have  performed  exceptional 
meritorious  services  in  the  navy,  army,  art,  litera- 
ture, and  science.  The  King  may  also  bestow  the 
honour  as  extra  members  on  foreigners  of  distinction. 


200  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  Badge  of  the  Order  consists  of  a  Cross  of  red 
and  blue  enamel  of  eight  points,  with  the  addition 
of  cross  swords  in  the  case  of  a  naval  or  military 
officer.  On  it  is  a  laurel  wreath  upon  a  centre  of 
blue  enamel,  and  the  motto  of  the  Order  "  For 
Merit,"  in  letters  of  gold.  On  the  reverse,  within 
laurel  leaves  on  blue  enamel,  is  the  cipher  of  King 
Edward  in  gold.  Above  is  the  Imperial  Crown 
enamelled  in  proper  colours.  The  riband  of  the 
Order  is  parti-coloured,  garter  blue  and  crimson. 

One  of  the  latest  recipients  of  the  Order  is  Mr. 
Lloyd  George,  and  other  distinguished  members  are 
Field-Marshal  Viscount  French,  Viscount  Morley, 
Sir  William  Crookes,  Thomas  Hardy,  Sir  Archibald 
Geikie,  Mr.  Arthur  Balfour,  and  Field-Marshal  Earl 
Haig. 

The  Order  confers  no  precedence,  but  the  initials 
O.M.  are  authorised  to  be  placed  after  the  G.C.B. 
and  before  all  other  initials.  What  happens  when 
the  wife  of  an  O.M.  meets  at  a  dinner  party  the 
wife  of  a  G. C.S.I,  opens  up  a  vista  of  precedental 
problems  which  the  Lord  Chamberlain's  office 
could  alone  solve. 

Next  to  the  Garter  the  Order  of  the  Bath  is  the 
most  ancient  and  most  honourable.  Indeed,  the 
Bath  is  entitled  "The  Most  Honourable  Order," 
and  though  it  has  precedence  below  the  Garter, 
Thistle,  and  St.  Patrick,  it  is  in  some  respects 
superior  to  these,  for  it  can  only  be  earned  in 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          201 

reward  for  services  rendered.  It  is  also  older 
than  any  other  Order  in  the  world  except  the 
Garter,  being  some  fifty  years  older  than  the  Order 
of  the  Golden  Fleece.  It  was  said  by  a  foreigner, 
that  any  English  title  or  decoration  could  be  bought 
except  the  Order  of  the  Bath.  That  is  a  somewhat 
sweeping  assertion,  though  we  ourselves  allow  that 
one  of  the  blots  on  English  public  life  is  that  peerages, 
baronetcies,  and  knighthoods  can  be,  and  are, 
bought  from  the  political  party  in  power.  Happily 
it  is  still,  as  from  the  beginning,  impossible  to  buy 
the  Order  of  the  Bath.  Probably  this  fact,  as  well 
as  its  ancient  and  knightly  origin,  gives  the  Order 
its  high  standing,  and  we  may  venture  to  hope  that 
it  will  never  be  otherwise. 

It  is  not  perhaps  generally  known  that  the 
Order  of  the  Bath  literally  came  from  the  common 
or  domestic  hip-bath.  Long  before  this  Order 
was  instituted  it  was  customary  for  warriors,  who 
led  in  those  times  very  strenuous  days  and  nights, 
fighting,  eating  and  drinking,  and  making  love,  to 
take  a  warm  bath  the  night  before  they  were 
knighted.  This  ablution  had  partly  a  temporal 
and  partly  a  spiritual  significance.  It  was  not, 
however,  till  1399  that  Henry  IV  determined  to 
make  a  permanent  institution  of  an  Order  for 
Knights  of  the  Sword,  and  named  it  the  Order  of 
the  Bath. 

Space  does  not  allow  of  giving  the  full  ritual, 


202 

which  may  be  read  elsewhere,1  but  the  actual  taking 
of  a  warm  bath  was  one  of  the  leading  features. 
This  bath  was  taken  in  the  large  hall  adjoining 
St.  John's  Chapel  in  the  White  Tower,  Tower  of 
London.  Whilst  the  Knight  was  in  his  bath  the 
King  came  in  accompanied  by  prelates  and  noble- 
men, and  dipping  his  finger  in  the  water  made  a 
cross  on  the  Knight's  back. 

A  curious  complication  arose  in  this  connection 
when  a  Queen,  in  the  person  of  Mary  I,  came  to  the 
throne,  for  naturally  she  could  not  go  about  making 
crosses  on  the  backs  of  naked  young  Knights.  But 
both  in  Queen  Mary's  reign  and  in  that  of  Queen 
Elizabeth  the  difficulty  was  tided  over  by  delegating 
a  nobleman  of  high  rank  to  act  for  the  Queen. 

On  the  King's  departure  the  Knight  was  put  into 
a  bed  to  dry  and  warm,  bath  towels  apparently 
being  little  known  in  those  days.  Having  thus 
become  dry  and  warm  the  Knight  put  on  a  monk's 
frock  and  then  proceeded  into  St.  John's  Chapel, 
where  he  watched  his  arms  all  night.  On  the  morrow 
he  rode  in  procession  with  other  .Knights  of  the 
Bath  before  the  King  to  Westminster.  This  custom 
has  long  been  discontinued ;  the  Knight  takes  his 
bath  at  home  as  usual,  and  then  proceeds  to  Bucking- 
ham Palace  and  is  there  Knighted  by  the  King. 

Originally  there  was  one  grade  in  the  Order,  that 
of  Knight,  but  now  there  are  three  grades  :  Grand 

1  See  The  Tower  from  Within,  Chapter  VIII. 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          203 

Cross,  Knight  Commander,  and  Companion.  Up 
to  1847  only  soldiers  and  sailors  distinguished  in 
war  could  be  appointed,  thus  keeping  up  the 
knightly  heritage;  moreover  they  must  have  been 
mentioned  in  despatches,  and  must  be  field  officers 
or  of  corresponding  rank  in  the  navy.  In  1847 
the  Order  was  made  more  elastic  so  as  to  include 
civilians  who  had  done  eminent  service  to  the 
State,  and  also  it  was  opened  to  distinguished 
foreigners.  The  insignia,  however,  for  a  civilian 
member  is  different  from  that  of  a  military  member, 
though  the  ribands  are  the  same.  Here  has  resulted 
a  very  curious  anomaly.  After  the  Waterloo  cam- 
paign the  Order  of  the  Bath  was  swept  and  garnished, 
so  to  speak,  and  amongst  other  innovations  the 
insignia  was  remade  in  the  shape  of  an  eight-pointed 
cross,  much  on  the  lines  of  the  Legion  of  Honour, 
inaugurated  by  Napoleon  I.  When  the  civil  division 
was  introduced  in  1847  the  insignia  assigned  was 
an  oval  gold  medallion,  having  a  trefoil  in  open 
work  in  the  centre.  This  insignia,  thus  revived, 
must  have  been  the  old  and  original  emblem  worn 
by  Knights  of  the  Bath  from  very  ancient  days. 
An  old  engraving  for  instance  of  the  Black  Prince 
shows  this  very  form  of  medallion  round  his  neck. 

A  Grand  Cross  of  the  Bath  wears  a  robe  of  red 
silk  with  the  badge  of  the  Order  embroidered  on 
the  left  side,  and  the  collar  of  the  Order.  He  also 
alone  wears  the  broad  riband  across  his  chest  with 


204  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

the  badge  at  the  tie,  and  a  special  Star.  A  Knight 
Commander  wears  a  smaller  star  on  the  left  side  of 
his  coat,  and  the  insignia  of  the  Order  round  his 
neck.  A  Companion  wears  only  the  insignia,  of  a 
smaller  size,  round  his  neck.  Members  of  the  three 
grades  carry  after  their  names  the  initials  G.C.B., 
K.C.B.,  and  C.B. 

Next  in  precedence  to  the  Bath  comes  the  Star  of 
India,  though  it  dates  only  from  1861,  an  interval  of 
nearly  500  years.  The  precedence  thus  given  was 
probably  a  matter  of  policy  after  the  Indian  Mutiny, 
the  Order  having,  it  is  expressly  stated,  been  in- 
augurated for  the  purpose  of  rendering  high  honour 
to  conspicuous  loyalty  and  merit  amongst  the 
princes,  chiefs,  and  people  of  the  Indian  Empire. 
The  Order  is,  however,  open  not  only  to  Indians, 
but  to  Englishmen  who  have  performed  distin- 
guished service  in,  or  connected  with,  India. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Bath,  this  Order  is  divided 
into  three  grades :  Grand  Commander,  Knight 
Commander,  and  Companion.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
the  word  "  Commander  "  is  used  instead  of  "  Cross  " 
in  the  highest  grade.  This  was  out  of  deference  to 
the  Mahomedan  subjects  of  the  sovereign,  for  to  a 
Mahomedan  the  cross  is  a  Christian  symbol,  and  as 
such,  like  ham  and  bacon,  a  thing  to  be  avoided. 

The  Robe  of  the  Grand  Commander  is  of  light  blue 
silk  with  the  Badge  of  the  Order  embroidered  on 
the  left  side.  The  riband,  stars,  and  insignia  are 


205 

worn  by  the  three  grades  as  described  for  the 
Order  of  the  Bath. 

The  insignia  is  a  very  beautiful  and  valuable 
jewel.  It  consists  of  an  onyx  cameo,  having  in  the 
centre  the  effigy  of  Queen  Victoria.  This  is  set  in  an 
oval  gold  band  which  contains  the  motto,  "  Heaven's 
Light  our  Guide,"  in  diamonds.  The  three  grades 
are  distinguished  by  the  initials  G.C.S.I.,  K.C.S.I., 
and  C.S.I.  On  the  death  of  a  member  of  the  Order, 
his  insignia  have  to  be  returned,  unless  his  heirs 
consent  to  purchase  them. 

After  the  Napoleonic  wars,  for  some  reason  which 
seems  now  somewhat  obscure,  the  King,  or  the 
Government,  or  both,  appear  to  have  been  at  their 
wits'  end  to  discover  an  appropriate  medium  by 
which  marks  of  the  royal  favour  might  be  suitably 
conferred  upon  the  natives  of  Malta  and  the  Ionian 
Islands.  Out  of  the  travail  thus  begotten  emerged 
the  Most  Distinguished  Order  of  St.  Michael  and 
St.  George.  Indeed,  so  pronouncedly  foreign  was  it 
intended  to  be  that  instead  of  Companions  the 
members  were  termed  Cavalieri  of  the  Order.  After 
struggling  along  for  fifty  years  in  Malta  and  the 
Ionian  Islands,  an  Order  of  little  repute  or  standing, 
Queen  Victoria  decided  to  give  it  a  wider  scope  and 
to  throw  it  open  to  the  whole  Empire.  After  this 
happy  inspiration  the  Order  grew  and  prospered, 
first  as  a  purely  civil  and  colonial  decoration,  but 
latterly  chiefly  as  a  military  Order,  second  only  in 


206  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

value  and  public  estimation  to  the  Order  of  the 
Bath. 

The  mantle  or  robe  of  a  Grand  Cross  is  of  Saxon 
blue  satin,  lined  with  scarlet,  having  on  the  left  side 
embroidered  the  Star  of  the  Order.  The  Collar  is 
suitably  formed  of  a  chain  of  Lions  of  England  and 
Maltese  Crosses,  alternately.  The  Star  has  seven 
rays  of  silver,  between  each  of  which  is  a  small  ray 
of  gold ;  over  all  the  Cross  of  St.  George,  gules. 
In  the  centre  of  the  said  star  is  a  circle  azure  where- 
on is  inscribed  in  letters  of  gold  the  motto  of  the 
Order,  "  Auspicium  Melioris,"  and  the  figure  of  St. 
Michael  with  flaming  sword  trampling  on  Satan. 
"  Auspicium  Melioris  "  may  freely  be  translated, 
'  There  is  a  good  time  coming,"  or  perhaps  more 
sedately,  "  The  promise  of  a  better  age." 

On  one  side  of  the  Badge  may  be  seen  St.  George 
slaying  the  Dragon,  and  on  the  other  St.  Michael 
trampling  on  Satan.  The  members  of  the  three 
grades  wear  their  insignia  as  laid  down  for  the  Bath, 
and  are  styled  G.C.M.G.,  K.C.M.G.,  and  C.M.G. 

The  Order  of  the  Indian  Empire  was  instituted 
by  Queen  Victoria  on  January  ist,  1878,  to  com- 
memorate the  proclamation  of  Her  Majesty  as 
Empress  of  India,  a  title  then  first  added  to  the 
British  Crown.  It  was  to  be  bestowed  as  a  reward 
to  those  who  from  time  to  time  were  held  to  have 
rendered  important  services  to  the  Indian  Empire. 
At  first  it  was  bestowed  mostly  on  civilians,  but 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          207 

latterly  its  scope  has  been  broadened,  and  it  is  now 
given  for  military  services  as  well. 

It  may  be  noticed  that  whereas  the  Order  of  the 
Bath,  which  was  a  purely  military  Order,  was  after 
nearly  five  hundred  years  opened  to  civilians, 
Orders  like  the  Star  of  India,  St.  Michael  and  St. 
George,  and  the  Indian  Empire,  started  on  exactly 
opposite  lines  ;  they  were  intended  for  civilians 
only.  But  happily  now  all  these  Orders  are  open 
alike  to  soldiers,  sailors,  and  civilians  who  have  done 
in  their  own  lines  good  service  to  then:  King  and 
Empire,  and  that  is  really  all  that  matters. 

The  robe  or  mantle  of  a  Grand  Cross  is  of  purple 
satin  lined  with  white  silk,  having  on  the  left  side 
embroidered  the  Star  of  the  Order.  The  Collar  is 
Oriental  in  treatment  forming  a  chain  of  elephants, 
lotus  flowers,  peacocks  in  their  pride,  and  Indian 
roses,  all  in  gold.  The  elephants  nearly  caused  an 
upheaval  in  a  later  reign,  and  the  story  shows  how 
easily  insurrections  are  caused  amongst  so  seemingly 
a  docile  people  as  the  Indians.  When  the  design 
for  the  coinage  of  George  V  was  being  decided 
upon  it  seemed  not  inappropriate  that  the  King 
should  be  shown  crowned,  and  wearing  the  mantle 
of  the  Order  of  the  Indian  Empire  with  the  Collar 
round  his  neck.  Rupees  to  the  number  of  many 
hundred  thousands  were  consequently  struck  with 
this  presentiment  of  the  King  on  them.  Hardly 
were  these  in  circulation  when  some  lynx-eyed 


208  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

political  agitator  discovered  that  the  King  was 
wearing  the  effigy  of  a  pig  round  his  neck,  and  as 
a  pig,  even  in  silver,  is  anathema  to  a  Mahomedan 
it  was  put  about  by  pernicious  persons  that  a 
calculated  insult  had  thus  been  thrust  in  the  most 
blatant  and  enduring  form  on  the  whole  Mahomedan 
population.  It  was  quite  useless  for  the  Govern- 
ment to  assert  and  vow  that  the  animal  portrayed 
was  not  a  pig  but  an  elephant,  and  that  if  they 
looked  at  the  original  chain  there  could  be  no 
possible  doubt  about  it.  The  Mahomedan  agitators 
were  impervious  to  persuasion,  nothing  in  the  wide 
world  would  persuade  them  that  it  was  not  a  pig, 
probably  secretly  inserted  by  some  subtle  Bengali 
employed  at  the  mint.  Their  co-religionists  refused 
to  accept  or  use  this  rupee  in  trade,  and  so  the 
Government  had  to  recall  the  whole  issue  from  cir- 
culation and  had  it  melted  down  and  recoined  with 
the  obnoxious  chain  eliminated. 

The  Star  is  of  silver,  ten  pointed,  and  has  in  the 
centre  a  medallion  of  Queen  Victoria,  around  which 
is  a  dark  blue  garter  surmounted  by  an  imperial 
crown.  In  gold  on  the  garter  is  the  motto  of  the 
Order,  "  Imperatricis  Auspicus,"  which  being  broadly 
interpreted  is  "  Honored  by  the  Empress." 

The  Badge  is  heraldically  described  as  a  Rose 
enamelled  gules  barbed  vert,  having  in  the  centre 
the  effigy  of  Queen  Victoria.  The  subaltern  who 
knows  nothing  of  heraldry,  and  describes  things 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          209 

bluntly  as  they  strike  him,  wavers  between  likening 
it  to  a  jam  tart  or  a  squashed  tomato,  when  suddenly 
faced  with  this  emblem  on  the  broad  chest  of  his 
general.  Many,  however,  think  this  a  very  effective 
decoration  emblematic  of  the  Victorian  era. 

There  are,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Bath,  three  grades 
of  this  Order,  the  hall  marks  of  which  are  G.C.I.E., 
K.C.I.E.,  and  C.I.E.,  and  each  of  these  in  their 
degree  wear  stars  and  insignia  in  diminishing  degree 
as  with  other  Orders. 

The  Royal  Victorian  Order  was  created  by  Queen 
Victoria  in  1896  for  bestowal  by  the  sovereign  upon 
those  whose  personal  services  it  might  be  desired  to 
recognise.  There  are  five  classes  in  this  Order 
ranging  from  Knights  Grand  Cross  to  Members  of 
the  Fifth  Class,  so  that  all  social  grades  can  receive 
a  suitable  decoration.  The  Prince  of  Wales  may 
be  at  one  end  and  a  Highland  gillie  at  the  other. 
King  Edward  added  a  Royal  Victorian  Chain  to 
the  Order  which  is  only  bestowed  on  very  special 
occasions.  There  is  no  mantle  or  robe  to  this  Order. 
The  Badge  is  in  the  form  of  a  cross  of  white  enamel, 
in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  medallion  having  Queen 
Victoria's  cipher  in  the  middle,  and  the  word 
Victoria  on  a  blue  enamel  garter  round  the  cipher. 
Above  is  an  imperial  crown  in  enamel  proper. 
The  Stars  of  the  Grand  Cross  and  Knight  Com- 
mander of  the  Order  are  of  silver  and  of  different 
patterns  and  sizes. 


2io  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

The  Order  of  the  British  Empire  was  instituted 
by  George  V  during  the  Great  War,  for  the  purpose 
of  rewarding  those  engaged  in  war  work  away  from 
the  fighting  line.  Men  and  women  are  equally 
eligible  for  all  the  five  classes  of  this  Order.  It  is 
understood  that  after  the  services  rendered  in  the 
late  war  have  received  recognition  the  Order  may 
fall  into  abeyance  and  no  further  addition  made  to 
its  members.  The  Star  is  of  silver  with  a  medallion 
in  the  centre  in  red  enamel  on  which  is  the  figure  in 
gold  of  Britannia  seated.  Around  is  the  motto  of  the 
Order,  "  For  God  and  the  Empire."  The  Badge  is  in 
the  form  of  a  cross  of  grey  enamel  and  in  the  centre 
is  the  same  medallion  as  on  the  Star.  The  ribbon 
of  civil  members  is  purple,  and  that  for  military 
members  the  same,  but  with  a  red  line  down  the 
centre. 

The  only  Order  reserved  entirely  for  Ladies  is  the 
Crown  of  India.  It  was  inaugurated  at  the  same 
time  as  the  Order  of  the  Indian  Empire,  and  to  com- 
memorate the  same  event,  the  assumption  of  the  title 
of  Empress  of  India  by  Queen  Victoria.  The  Ladies 
eligible  for  this  Order  are  princesses  of  the  Royal 
House,  the  wives  or  female  relatives  of  Indian  Princes, 
and  other  Indian  ladies  of  high  degree.  Amongst 
Englishwomen  eligibility  is  restricted  to  the  wives, 
or  in  the  case  of  a  bachelor  the  sister,  of  the  Viceroy 
of  India,  the  Governors  of  Bengal,  Madras  and 
Bombay,  and  the  Secretary  of  State  for  India.  The 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          211 

Order  is  therefore  very  select  indeed,  and  one  may 
make  a  long  night's  march  through  the  ballrooms 
and  dining-rooms  of  the  world  without  seeing  one. 
The  decoration  itself  is  a  beautiful  one  and  worthy 
to  be  worn  by  any  lady,  however  great.  The  Badge 
consists  of  an  oval  buckle  set  round  with  pearls 
closely  touching.  In  the  centre  is  the  cipher  of 
Queen  Victoria,  the  "  V  "  being  set  with  diamonds, 
the  "  R  "  with  pearls,  and  the  "  I  "  with  turquoises. 
Above  the  oval  buckle  is  an  Imperial  Crown  enam- 
elled proper.  The  Badge  hangs  pendant  from  a 
light  blue  silk  bow.  The  Order  is  worn  on  the  left 
breast. 

A  quiet-looking  and  quietly  dressed  lady  was 
one  day  looking  at  the  Crown  Jewels,  and  especially 
the  Orders.  When  she  came  to  the  Crown  of  India 
the  official  showing  her  round  made  the  time- 
honoured  joke  that  to  obtain  this  beautiful  jewel 
she  had  only  to  marry  a  Viceroy.  "  I  have  already 
done  so,"  remarked  the  quiet  lady,  and  passed  on. 
She  was  the  wife  of  a  late  Viceroy. 

The  most  highly  prized  decoration  in  the  Army 
or  Navy  is  the  Victoria  Cross.  This  was  instituted 
by  Queen  Victoria  after  the  Crimean  War  for  the 
purpose  of  rewarding  individual  cases  of  conspicuous 
gallantry  in  presence  of  the  enemy.  Hitherto  the 
only  war  decoration  that  could  be  won  by  an 
individual  solider  or  sailor  was  the  Order  of  the  Bath, 
and  by  the  rules  of  that  order  no  officer  below  the 


212  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

rank  of  major,  or  of  equivalent  rank  in  the  Navy, 
could  be  recommended  for  it.  Queen  Victoria's 
intention  was  that  the  Victoria  Cross  should  be  open 
to  all  from  admiral  or  general  to  bugler  boy  or  sailor 
boy.  "  Neither  rank,  nor  long  service,  nor  wounds, 
nor  any  other  circumstance  or  condition  whatsoever 
save  the  merit  of  conspicuous  bravery  (in  the 
presence  of  the  enemy)  shall  be  held  to  establish  a 
sufficient  claim  to  the  honour."  1 

The  Victoria  Cross,  like  all  decorations,  has  had 
its  ups  and  downs,  but  there  is  not  the  least  doubt 
that  during  the  Great  War  it  has  upheld  its  highest 
traditions.  During  its  middle  history  the  decoration 
was  perhaps  more  popular  with  the  public  than 
with  the  military,  for  soldiers  in  action  saw  how 
often  it  was  a  pure  matter  of  luck  that  one  should  get 
the  Cross  and  another  not.  The  interpretation  of 
the  Warrant  also  varied,  for  whereas  some  generals 
in  the  field  were  very  chary  about  recommending 
anyone,  others  were  most  liberal.  In  the  South 
African  War  a  sumptuary  law  was  passed  that  no 
one  above  the  rank  of  captain  should  be  recom- 
mended, and  thus  several  well-known  officers  of 
higher  rank  were  ruled  out  and  given  the  Bath 
instead.  This  probably  came  from  reading  the  first 
part  of  the  Warrant  which  emphasises  the  eligibility 
of  the  junior  ranks  for  the  Bath,  without  reading 
the  context  above  quoted. 

1  Victoria  Cross  Warrant,  1856. 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          213 

Again  at  one  period  nobody  could  hope  to  get 
the  Victoria  Cross  unless  he  had  assisted  a  wounded 
man  under  fire ;  it  came  for  a  time  at  any  rate 
to  take  the  position  of  a  life-saving  medal  on  land, 
as  is  the  Humane  Society's  medal  for  saving  life 
from  the  water.  Indeed  so  obsessed  did  some 
become  with  this  strange  doctrine  that  Lord  Roberts 
himself  had  the  greatest  difficulty  in  obtaining  the 
Victoria  Cross  for  two  very  gallant  officers  at 
Kabul  hi  1879,  because  their  gallantry  had  no  con- 
nection with  carrying  wounded  men  out  of  action. 

With  these  vagaries  before  them  it  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at  that  the  Victoria  Cross  for  some  years 
lost  its  value  amongst  officers,  indeed  it  was  openly 
discussed  whether  it  would  not  be  wiser  to  reserve 
the  Cross  for  the  N.C.O.'s  and  men  in  the  ranks 
only,  and  to  make  all  officers  ineligible.  This  on 
the  grounds  that  all,  or  anyway  the  majority  of 
British  officers,  are  brave  and  that  it  was  a  pity  to 
draw  invidious  distinctions.  The  Great  War  has, 
however,  as  we  have  seen,  thoroughly  rehabilitated 
the  Victoria  Cross,  for  though  there  certainly  are 
hundreds  who  with  better  luck  would  have  received 
it,  yet  those  who  have  obtained  it  have  set  a  very 
high  standard  of  gallantry  in  face  of  the  enemy. 

The  Cross  itself  is  familiar  to  all.  It  is  a  plain 
bronze  Maltese  Cross,  with  a  Lion  standing  on  a 
Crown  in  the  centre,  and  the  words  "  For  Valour  " 
inscribed  beneath.  The  actual  cost  of  the  Cross  is 


214  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

threepence.  The  ribbon  is  red  for  all  branches  of 
His  Majesty's  Service  whether  on  sea,  or  land,  or  the 
air.  When  the  ribbon  is  worn  in  undress  a  miniature 
V.C.  is  placed  on  it,  and  should  there  be  clasps  to 
the  V.C.  for  each  one  a  miniature  is  added.  Until 
recently  the  Navy  had  a  blue  ribbon,  but  when  the 
Air  Force  came  into  being  the  King  thought  it 
better  to  have  one  and  the  same  ribbon  for  all. 

In  precedence  the  Victoria  Cross  ranks  before  all 
decorations  and  medals  and  is  worn  on  the  right  of 
all.  Thus  in  addressing  a  letter  to  one  who  has  the 
Victoria  Cross  the  letters  V.C.  precede  all  others, 
even  if  the  addressee  is  a  Knight  of  the  Garter  or  a 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Bath.  All  those  not  of  com- 
missioned rank  who  are  decorated  with  the  Victoria 
Cross  are  given  a  special  pension  of  £10  a  year, 
and  for  each  bar  £5  extra  per  annum.1 

The  Distinguished  Service  Order  was  inaugurated 
in  1886  by  Queen  Victoria,  and  at  the  time  the 
general  impression  in  the  services  was  that  it  was 
intended  to  be  in  the  nature  of  a  second  grade  of 
the  Victoria  Cross.  This  was  a  mistake,  for  the 
Order  was  really  instituted  as  a  second  grade  to 
the  Bath.  Experience  in  our  numberless  small  wars 
had  shown  that  many  junior  officers  performed  dis- 
tinguished service,  but  being  ineligible  for  the  Bath 
got  nothing.  The  new  Order  was  to  be  granted  to 
officers  irrespective  of  rank  for  "  meritorious  and 
distinguished  service  in  war." 

1  These  have  been  lately  considerably  increased. 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY         215 

From  the  very  beginning,  in  the  Burmah  War 
of  1886-87,  a  verY  wide  interpretation  of  these 
words  was  used,  and  though  the  D.S.O.  was 
given  for  deeds  of  gallantry  and  devotion  in 
action  it  was  also  given  to  those  who  had  done 
meritorious  service  far  far  away  from  the  sound  of 
guns.  With  this  precedent  the  Order  ran  downhill 
at  a  great  pace  till  it  got  to  be  known  as  the  "  Doing 
Something-or-Other  Order."  All  sorts  and  condi- 
tions of  people  got  it,  sometimes  with  but  the 
faintest  glimmer  of  merit  or  distinction.  The 
Great  War  has,  however,  to  a  great  extent  improved 
the  status  of  the  Order,  and  if  only  the  present  high 
standard  is  maintained  it  will  undoubtedly  rise  to 
the  position  it  was  originally  intended  to  occupy. 

The  decoration  is  in  the  form  of  an  eight-pointed 
gold  cross  the  wings  of  which  are  covered  with 
white  enamel.  In  the  centre  is  the  Imperial  Crown 
in  gold  on  a  red  enamel  background  round  which 
is  a  wreath  of  green  enamel  laurels.  The  ribbon  is 
crimson  with  narrow  borders  of  blue.  If  an  officer 
gets  a  clasp  to  his  D.S.O.  a  small  silver  rose  is 
placed  on  the  ribbon  when  worn  in  undress  uniform 
and  an  additional  rose  is  added  for  each  subsequent 
clasp.  The  decoration  is  open  to  officers  of  all 
ranks  both  in  the  Army  and  the  Navy. 

A  decoration  which  came  into  being  during  the 
Great  War  is  that  of  Companions  of  Honour.  This 
decoration,  like  the  Order  of  Merit,  is  bestowed  on 


216  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

those  who  for  various  reasons  are  averse  to  receiving 
any  reward  from  the  Sovereign  which  carries  a  title. 

The  Military  Cross  and  its  naval  equivalent,  the 
Distinguished  Service  Cross,  were  products  of  the 
Great  War.  In  former  wars  we  had  engaged  a  few 
tens  of  thousands  of  fighting  men,  but  in  the  Great 
War  we  had  seven  million  soldiers  and  sailors  en- 
gaged all  over  the  world.1  In  the  great  battles  that 
took  place  during  four  and  a  half  years  of  this 
gigantic  conflict  thousands  of  officers  distinguished 
themselves,  yet  all  could  not  be  given  the  Vic- 
toria Cross  or  the  Distinguished  Service  Order. 
A  third  decoration  for  gallantry  thus  became  im- 
perative. The  Military  Cross  for  the  Army  and 
the  Distinguished  Service  Cross  for  the  Navy 
were  the  outcome  of  this  demand,  and  all  officers 
and  warrant  officers  are  elegible  for  them ;  they 
are  both  of  silver,  but  differ  somewhat  in  design. 
The  ribbons  are  somewhat  similar,  but  in  the  case 
of  the  Military  Cross  the  centre  stripe  is  purple 
and  the  two  outside  ones  white ;  whilst  with  the 
Distinguished  Service  Cross,  the  white  stripe  is  in 
the  middle  and  the  two  outer  ones  are  purple.  When 
an  officer  or  warrant  officer  earns  one  or  more  clasps, 
a  small  silver  rose  is  placed  on  the  ribbon  for  each 
clasp. 

During  the  Great  War  the  gallantry  and  achieve- 
ments of  the  Air  Force  called  imperatively  for 

>  Eighteen  million  medals  are  in  course  of  being  struck. 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          217 

special  recognition.  This  was  met  by  instituting 
two  decorations  open  only  to  the  Air  Force.  These 
are  the  Distinguished  Flying  Cross,  for  bestowal 
upon  officers  in  the  Royal  Air  Force  for  acts  of 
gallantry  when  flying  in  active  operations  against  the 
enemy;  and  the  Air  Force  Cross,  for  bestowal  on 
officers  of  the  Royal  Air  Force  for  acts  of  courage 
or  devotion  to  duty  when  flying,  although  not  in 
active  operations,  against  the  enemy. 

We  now  come  to  those  decorations  which  are 
reserved  for  warrant  and  non-commissioned  officers 
and  the  rank  and  file,  and  for  which  no  officer  as  such 
is  eligible.  Naturally  any  soldier  or  sailor  who  had 
won  one  of  these  decorations  when  in  the  ranks  or 
the  lower  deck  would  cany  it  on  with  him  and 
wear  it  on  all  occasions  if  he  subsequently  received 
a  commission.  The  first  of  these  is  for  the  Army, 
the  Distinguished  Conduct  Medal,  familiar  to  all  as 
the  D.C.M.  ;  and  for  the  Navy  the  Conspicuous 
Gallantry  Medal,  generally  known  as  the  C.G.M. 
The  second  pair  under  the  category  are  the  Military 
Medal  for  the  soldiers,  and  the  Distinguished  Service 
Medal  for  the  sailors.  These  are  known  as  the  M.M. 
and  D.S.M. 

All  these  four  medals  are  round  silver  insignia 
of  the  familiar  size  and  shape  of  a  war  medal.  On 
one  side  they  have  the  King's  head  and  shoulders,  in 
a  Field-Marshal's  uniform,  for  the  Army,  and  in 
that  of  an  Admiral  of  the  Fleet  for  the  Navy.  On  the 


2i8  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

other  side  is  the  designation  of  the  medal.  Should 
a  soldier  or  a  sailor  be  granted  one  of  these  medals  a 
second  time  the  fact  would  be  marked  by  the  addi- 
tion of  a  silver  clasp. 

The  ribbons  of  these  decorations  are :  For  the 
D.C.M.  red  and  blue.  The  D.S.M.  (Naval)  has  blue 
and  white.  The  ribbon  for  the  Military  Medal  is 
red  white  and  blue,  and  that  of  the  C.G.M.  (Naval) 
blue  and  white. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  since  1856  the  number 
of  British  Orders  and  decorations  has  very  greatly 
increased.  At  that  date  there  were  only  the 
Garter,  the  Thistle,  St.  Patrick,  the  Bath,  and 
the  Michael  and  George,  and  only  the  last  two  of 
these  was  open  to  ordinary  persons.  Now  there 
are  upwards  of  twenty  Orders  and  decorations 
open  to  those  who  do  good  and  valiant  service  for 
the  Empire  in  peace  and  war.  As  is  only  natural, 
opinions  are  divided  on  the  subject.  Several 
millions  of  His  Majesty's  subjects  who  have  not 
received  one  of  these  insignia  of  honour  decry  the 
whole  system,  and  say  it  is  debasing  to  wear  decora- 
tions for  doing  one's  duty.  Several  millions  more 
hope,  given  the  opportunity,  to  earn  one  of  them ; 
whilst  the  few  thousands  who  have  received  them 
feel,  hi  a  greater  or  less  degree,  a  certain  warm 
sense  of  gratification  in  that  their  King  and  country 
have  discovered  what  fine  fellows  they  are. 

The  increase  in  the  number  of  Orders  and  deco- 


THE  ORDERS  OF  CHIVALRY          219 

rations  is  mainly  due  to  the  great  extension  of 
the  Empire,  the  wars  both  great  and  small  that 
have  been  waged  during  the  past  seventy  years,  and 
the  impossibility  of  rewarding  the  greatly  increased 
numbers  of  those  whom  the  King  delighteth  to 
honour  with  practically  only  one  Order  open  for 
a  restricted  distribution,  the  Order  of  the  Bath. 
After  so  great  a  war  as  the  Great  War,  wherein  many 
millions  of  men  of  British  blood  were  engaged, 
naturally  all  the  now  existing  Orders  are  full  to  over- 
flowing with  members  and  supernumerary  members, 
but  as  the  river  runs  low  after  the  heavy  rains  are 
over,  so  will  the  flow  of  honours  decrease  to  the 
small  stream  which  in  peace  time  can  alone  keep  up 
their  value. 


APPENDIX  A 

KEEPERS  OF  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE1 

Abbot    and   Monks   of   Westminster,    1042-66,    in 

the  reign  of  Edward  the  Confessor. 
First  official  Keeper  of  the  Regalia,  1216,  in  the 

reign  of  Henry  III. 

Bishop  of  Carlisle,  1230,  in  the  reign  of  Henry  III. 
John  de  Flete,  1337,  in  the  reign  of  Edward  III. 
Robert  de  Mildenhall,  1347,  m  *ne  reign  of  Edward 

III. 

Thomas  Chitterne,  1418,  in  the  reign  of  Henry  VI. 
"  The  two  Gary's,"  both  Privy  Councillors. 
Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex,  1531-34,  in  the 

reign  of  Henry  VIII. 
John   Williams,    Lord   Williams,    1539-44,   in   the 

reign  of  Henry  VIII. 
Richard  Wilbraham  of  Woodhey,  Cheshire,  1547  (?) 

to  1553,  in  the  reign  of  Edward  VI. 
Marquis    of    Winchester,    1553,    in    the    reign    of 

Edward  VI.     Handed  over  the  Crown  Jewels  to 

Lady  Jane  Grey. 

1  Named  at  various  periods,  Master  and  Treasurer  of  the  Jewel 
House,  Keeper  of  the  Regalia,  Keeper  of  the  Crown  Jewels,  and  as 
now  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House. 

221 


222  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

John  Astley,  1558-95,  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Eliza- 
beth. 

Sir  Henry  Mildmay,  1622  (?)-i66o,  in  the  reigns  of 
James  I,  Charles  I,  and  interregnum. 

Sir  Gilbert  Talbot,  1661-91,  in  the  reign  of  Charles  II, 
James  II,  and  William  and  Mary. 

Sir  Francis  Lawley,  1691-97,  in  the  reign  of  William 
and  Mary. 

Heneage  Mountague,  1697-98,  in  the  reign  of 
William  and  Mary. 

Charles  Godfrey,  1698-1716,  in  the  reigns  of  William 
and  Mary,  Queen  Anne,  and  George  I. 

Hon.  James  Brudenell,  1716-30,  in  the  reigns  of 
George  I  and  George  II. 

Charles  Townshend,  Lord  Lynn,  1730-39,  in  the 
reign  of  George  II. 

William  Neville,  Lord  Abergavenny,  1739-45,  in 
the  reign  of  George  II. 

John  Campbell,  Lord  Glenorchie,  1745-56,  in  the 
reign  of  George  II. 

Sir  Richard  Lyttleton,  1756-63,  in  the  reigns  of 
George  II  and  George  III. 

Henry  Vane,  Earl  of  Darlington,  1763-82,  in  the 
reign  of  George  III. 

In  1782  the  Office  was  suppressed  and  Us  duties  trans- 
ferred to  the  Lord  Chamberlain  (Stat.  22,  Geo.  Ill, 
c.  82).  The  Office  was  again  revived  early  in  the 
nineteenth  century.  A  t  the  Coronation  of  George  IV, 
Thomas  Baucutt  Mash  acted  as  "  Officer  of  the 
Jewel  House." 


THE  KEEPERS  OF  THE  REGALIA     223 

Lieut. -Colonel  Charles  Wyndham  (late  Scots  Greys), 

1852-72,  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
Colonel  John  Cox  Gawler  (late  73rd  Foot),  1872-82, 

in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
Lieut. -General  George  Dean-Pitt,  C.B.,  1882-83,  in 

the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
Captain  Arthur  John  Loftus   (late   loth  Hussars) 

1883-91,  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
Lieut.-General  Sir  Michael  Biddulph,  G.C.B.,  1891- 

96,  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
Lieut.-General  Sir  Frederick  Middleton,  K.C.M.G., 

C.B.,  1896-98,  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria. 
General  Sir  Hugh  Gough,  V.C.,  G.C.B.,  1898-1909, 

in  the  reigns  of  Queen  Victoria  and  Edward  VII. 
General  Sir  Robert  Low,  G.C.B.,  1909-11,  in  the 

reign  of  Edward  VII. 
General  Sir  Arthur  Wynne,  G.C.B.,  1911-17,  in  the 

reign  of  George  V. 
Major-General  Sir  George  Younghusband,  K.C.M.G., 

K.C.I.E.,  C.B.,  1917  (present  holder),  in  the  reign 

of  George  V. 


APPENDIX  B 

A  letter  written  by  Queen  Anne  Boleyn,  when  a 
prisoner  in  the  Tower  in  the  early  part  of  May,  1536, 
to  Henry  VIII  asking  for  mercy.  This  letter  was 
apparently  intercepted  by  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl 
of  Essex,  and  never  reached  the  King.  After  Essex 
in  his  turn  had  been  executed,  some  years  later, 
Queen  Anne  Boleyn's  letter  was  found  in  his  port- 
folio amongst  other  papers. 

From  Queen  Anne  Boleyn  to  Henry  VIII  : 

"  SIR, — Your  Grace's  displeasure  and  my  im- 
prisonment are  things  so  strange  unto  me  as  what  to 
write  or  what  to  excuse  I  am  altogether  ignorant. 

'  Whereas  you  send  unto  me  (willing  me  to 
confess  a  truth,  and  so  to  obtain  your  favour)  by 
such  an  one  whom  you  know  to  be  mine  antient 
professed  enemy.  I  no  sooner  conceived  this  mes- 
sage by  him  than  I  rightly  conceived  your  meaning  : 
and  if,  as  you  say,  confessing  a  truth  indeed  may 
procure  my  safety,  I  shall  with  all  willingness  and 
duty  perform  your  command. 

"  But  let  not  your  Grace  ever  imagine  that  your 
poor  wife  will  ever  be  brought  to  acknowledge  a 
fault  where  not  so  much  as  a  thought  thereof  pro- 

224 


ceeded.  And  to  speak  a  truth,  never  prince  had  a 
wife  more  loyal  in  all  duty  and  in  all  true  affection, 
than  you  have  ever  found  in  Anne  Boleyn  ;  with 
which  name  and  place  I  could  willingly  have  con- 
tented myself,  if  God  and  your  Grace's  pleasure  had 
been  so  pleased.  Neither  did  I  at  any  time  so  far 
forget  myself  in  my  exaltation  or  received  queenship, 
but  that  I  always  looked  for  such  an  alteration  as 
now  I  find  :  for  the  ground  of  my  preferment  being 
on  no  surer  foundation  than  your  Grace's  fancy,  the 
least  alteration,  I  knew,  was  fit  and  sufficient  to 
draw  that  fancy  to  some  other  subject.  You  have 
chosen  me  from  low  estate  to  be  your  queen  and 
companion,  far  beyond  my  desert  or  desire.  If  then 
you  found  me  worthy  of  such  honour,  good  your 
Grace,  let  not  any  light  fancy  or  bad  counsel  of  mine 
enemies,  withdraw  your  princely  favour  from  me  ; 
neither  let  that  stain,  that  unworthy  stain,  of  a  dis- 
loyal heart  towards  your  good  Grace,  ever  cast  so 
foul  a  blot  on  your  most  dutiful  wife  and  the  infant 
princess  your  daughter. 

'  Try  me  good  King,  but  let  me  have  a  lawful 
trial ;  and  let  not  my  sworn  enemies  sit  as  my 
accusers  and  my  judges  ;  yea,  let  me  receive  an  open 
trial,  for  my  truth  shall  fear  no  open  shame.  Then 
shall  you  see  either  my  innocency  cleared,  your 
suspicions  and  conscience  satisfied,  the  ignominy 
and  slander  of  the  world  stopped,  or  my  guilt 
lawfully  declared  ;  so  that  whatsoever  God  or  you 


226  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

may  determine  of  me,  as  your  Grace  may  be  freed 
from  an  open  censure  ;  and  mine  offence  being  so 
openly  proved,  you  Grace  is  at  liberty,  both  before 
God  and  man,  not  only  to  execute  your  worthy 
punishment  on  me,  as  an  unlawful  wife,  but  to  follow 
your  affection  already  settled  on  that  party  for  whose 
sake  I  am  now  as  I  am,  whose  name  I  could  some 
good  while  since  have  pointed  unto  ;  your  Grace 
not  being  ignorant  of  my  suspicion  therein. 

"  But  if  you  have  already  determined  of  me  ; 
and  that  not  only  my  death,  but  an  infamous  slander, 
must  bring  you  the  joying  of  your  desired  happiness  ; 
then  I  desire  of  God  that  He  will  pardon  your  great 
sin  therein,  and  likewise  mine  enemies,  the  instru- 
ments thereof  ;  and  that  He  will  not  call  you  to  a 
straight  account  for  your  unprincely  and  cruel  usage 
of  me,  at  His  general  judgment  seat,  where  both  you 
and  myself  must  shortly  appear  ;  and  in  whose 
judgment  I  doubt  not,  whatever  the  world  may 
think  of  me,  mine  innocence  shall  be  openly  known 
and  sufficiently  cleared. 

"  My  last  and  only  request  shall  be,  that  myself 
may  only  bear  the  burden  of  your  Grace's  dis- 
pleasure, and  that  it  may  not  touch  the  innocent 
souls  of  those  poor  gentlemen,  who,  as  I  understand, 
are  likewise  in  straight  imprisonment  for  my  sake. 
If  ever  I  have  found  favour  in  your  sight,  if  ever  the 
name  of  Anne  Boleyn  hath  been  pleasing  in  your 
ears,  then  let  me  obtain  this  request ;  and  I  will  so 


LETTER  FROM  QUEEN  ANNE  BOLEYN  227 

leave  to  trouble  your  Grace  any  further  ;  with  mine 
earnest  prayers  to  the  Trinity  to  have  your  Grace  in 
His  good  keeping,  and  to  direct  you  in  all  your  actions. 
From  my  doleful  prison  in  the  Tower,  this  6th  of 
May.  Your  most  loyal  and  ever  faithful  wife. 

"  ANNE  BOLEYN." 


APPENDIX  C 

Complete  list  of  the  Regalia  in  the  Jewel  House  in 
A.D.  1920. 

I.  Crowns  and  Diadem — 

1.  King  Edward  the  Confessor's  Crown. 

2.  The  Imperial  State  Crown. 

3.  The  Imperial  Indian  Crown. 

4.  Crown  of  Queen  Mary  of  Modena. 

5.  Crown   of   Queen   Mary,    Consort   of   King 
.    George  V. 

6.  Diadem  of  Queen  Mary  of  Modena. 

7.  Crown  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  (as  eldest  son 

of  the  King). 

II.  Sceptres  and  Rods — 

1.  The  King's  Royal  Sceptre. 

2.  The  King's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  or  Rod 

of  Equity. 

3.  The  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Cross. 

4.  The  Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Ivory  Dove. 

5.  James  Fs  Sceptre  with  the  Dove. 

6.  St.  Edward's  Staff. 

228 


COMPLETE  LIST  OF  THE  REGALIA      229 

III.  Orbs— 

1.  The  King's  Orb. 

2.  The  Queen's  Orb. 

IV.  Rings — 

1.  The  King's  Coronation  Ring. 

2.  The  Queen's  Coronation  Ring. 

3.  Queen  Victoria's  Coronation  Ring. 

V.  Swords — 

1.  The  King's  Jewelled  State  Sword. 

2.  The  Sword  of  State. 

3.  The  Sword  Spiritual. 

4.  The  Sword  Temporal. 

5.  Curtana,  or  the  Sword  of  Mercy. 

VI.  Spurs  and  Bracelets — 

1.  St.  George's  Gold  Spurs. 

2.  Gold  Bracelets. 

VII.  Maces — 

1.  Charles  II. 

2.  Do. 

3.  James  II. 

4.  Do. 

5.  William  and  Mary. 

6.  Do. 

7.  Do. 

8.  George  I. 


230  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

VIII.  Ecclesiastical  Plate — 

1.  The  Ampulla,  or  Golden  Eagle. 

2.  The  Anointing  Spoon. 

3.  The  Royal  Baptismal  Font  of  Charles  II. 

4.  Alms  Dish  of  William  and  Mary. 

5.  Chalice  Do. 

IX.  State  Trumpets  and  Banners — 

1.  Fifteen  Silver  State  Trumpets. 

2.  Twenty  Bannerets. 

X.  Royal  Gold  Plate — 

1.  Queen  Elizabeth's  Salt  Cellar. 

2.  King  Charles  IFs  Salt  Cellar  (State  Cellar), 

3-  Do. 

4.  Do. 

5.  Do. 

6.  Do. 

7.  Do. 

8.  Do. 

9.  Do. 

10.  Do. 

11.  Do. 

12.  Do. 

13.  Do. 

14.  King  Charles  IFs  Wine  Fountain. 

15.  Twelve  Salt  Spoons. 

16.  Two  Tankards  (George  IV). 


COMPLETE  LIST  OF  THE  REGALIA      231 

XI.  Other  Plate  and  Valuables — 

1.  The  Maundy  Dish  of  Charles  II. 

2.  King  James  II's  Monde. 

3.  Model  of  Koh-i-Nur  Diamond  with  original 

setting. 

4.  Model  of  Cullinan  Diamond  as  found. 

5.  Steel  hammer  and  chisel,  used  in  cutting  the 

Cullinan  Diamond. 


APPENDIX  D 

"  OF  THE  JEWELL  HOUSE  " 

Copy  of  MSS.  written  or  dictated  by  Sir  Gilbert 
Talbot,  Kt.,  appointed  Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House, 
A.D.  1660-61,  by  Charles  II.  The  original  is  in  the 
possession  of  Mrs.  Ethel  M.  Lowndes,  The  Bury, 
Chesham,  Bucks. 

Of  the  Jewell 

House 
With  the  ancient 

rights 
belonging 
to  the  Maister  & 

Treasurer 
thereof. 

The  Maister  of  y6  Jewell  H.  holdeth  his  place  by 
Patent,  for  life  under  the  Broad  Seale  of  England 
to  enjoy  all  the  perquisites  and  privileges  wch  any 
of  his  predecessors  at  any  time  enjoyed 
which  are  as  follows  : 
232 


under  the  fyrodd  State 

to  entcy  oil  the  perquisites,  and  /?n 
•  c 


if 
y 


et  oj  fc.  per  an:  cut  oj  t  fie 


^ 


e 


money  . 


:  onto]  y.Tfe 
oj^esemts 


'jviueasff  z 


tr 
p.. 

ck 


FACSIMILE   OF    A    PAGE    FROM    SIR    GILBERT    TALBOT's    MSS.,    l68o 


. 


.  oue  wat  a  It  M  A 


'  *  '+C*  i 

Jl  .  -  20.  infold,  upon  sianwa 
&'id:<m«h'si. 


'•  *1 
IX.  L0Jdi> 

I?       A **~ '~     -  r     t          C 

*j    si  W**?nfa440fU;i8hintt:..---.  >.m 


snen  y  Cowl 
removcth)j7r^ttownt4o<>dci;flnd. 

.  /*        j  i 

ttV  J,  CMFt  $  \ Of  fit 

14.   rrecedencc.i, 

\f.   inviUaq  of  tht  draruina  ravmt. 

i     r  <  )1 

the  Low nahon  . 


FACSIMILE   OF    A    PACK    FROM    SIR   GILBERT   TALBO'l's    MSS.  ,    l68o 


I 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         233 

1 .  A  Fee  of  50^  per.  an.  out  of  the  Exchequer. 

2.  A  Table  of  14  double  dishes  per  diem. 

3.  300  £  per.  an.  out  of  ye  New  years  guift  money. 

4.  The  carrying  of  Presents  to  Embassadours. 

5.  The  small  presents  at  New  yeare's  Tide. 

6.  Anciently  Treasurers  of  ye  Chamber  wch  office 

was  a  branch  of  ye  Jewell  H. 

7.  Frequently  Privy  Counsaillers  as  Cromwell  &  ye 

two  Caryes. 

8.  Right  to   buy,  keep    &    present  all  his  Matys 

Jewells  (when  given). 

9.  Choice  of  his  under  Officers. 

10.  Choice  of  the  King's  and  Queene's  Goldsmiths 

&  Jewellers. 

11.  2o£  in  gold,  upon  signing  of  the  Goldsmiths 

Bill. 

12.  Lodgings  in  all  y6  King's  Houses. 

13.  A  close  waggon  (when  ye  Court  removeth)  for 

his  owne  goodes  ;    and  two  carts  for  his 
officers. 

14.  Precedence  in  Courts  &  Kingdome. 

15.  Priviledg  of  the  drawing  roome. 

16.  Robes  at  the  Coronation. 

17.  In  Procession  place  before  all  the  Judges. 

18.  He  putteth  on,  and  taketh  off  the  King's  Crowne, 


234  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

19.  He  keepeth  all  the  Regalia. 

20.  He  hath  lodgings  etc.  in  ye  Tower. 

21.  A  servant  there  to  keep  ye  Regalia. 

22.  He  hath  noe  superior  officer. 

23.  He  fournisheth  plate  to  Embassadrs  and  all  the 

great e  officers. 

24.  He  remandeth  it  when  Embassadrs  returne  ;   & 

officers  remove  or  dye. 

25.  He  provideth  a  Garter  &  plaine  George  for  Knts 

of  y6  Garter. 

26.  The  total  of  his  Retrenchmts  wch  will  serve  to 

justify  ye  following  preambe  from  vanity. 

Note. — The  above  rights  and  perquisites  were  handed 
over  by  Sir  H.  Mildmay  to  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot  in 
A.D.  1660. 

Note. — These  were  the  rights,  privileges  and  emolu- 
ments of  his  predecessors,  and  Sir  Gilbert  Talbot 
goes  on  to  relate  how  they  had  been  curtailed 
and  withdrawn. 

Sr  Gilbert  Talbot  entered  into  the  service  of 
K.  Charles  y6  jst  at  Venice  an :  1637,  an(^  served 
his  Maty  XI  yeares  first  as  Resident  at  40s.  p. 
diem  till  the  yeare  44,  then  as  Envoye  at  5£  per 
diem  ;  besides  extraordinairies  in  both  qualityes. 

But  by  reason  of  the  war,  his  Maty  was  not  able  to 
send  him  any  supply  in  soe  much  that  he  was 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         235 

forced  to  spend  of  his  owne,  and  borrow  of  ye 
English  and  Dutch  merchants  to  the  value  of 
13000^  which  his  then  Maty  promised  to  repay 
with  ye  interest  w^  hath  since  trebled  ye  princi- 
pall. 

But  ye  war  still  growing  more  obstinate  and  Sr  G. 
Talbot  not  able  to  continue  the  expence  begged 
leave  of  his  Mty  to  returne  into  England  to 
represent  his  condition  w^  was  graunted  him 
for  6  moneths  ;  in  Augst  44,  he  found  the  Kg  at 
Bucannon  and  followed  his  Maty  in  the  Army ; 
till  in  45  he  was  sent  back  to  Venice,  upon  an 
extraordinary  occasion  ;  with  leave  to  returne 
when  he  should  think  fitt,  because  his  Maty  was 
not  yet  able  to  maintain  him  abroad. 

At  his  returne  into  England,  in  46  his  Maty  was 
pleased  (a  little  before  he  went  to  the  Scottish 
Army  thus  to  recommend  him  to  the  Prince 
(now  Kg). 

Son  here  is  a  gentleman  who  hath  served  me  fayth- 
fully  many  yeares ;  and  I  have  never  bin  able, 
hitherto,  to  doe  anything  for  him.  I  therefore 
charge  you  to  take  notice  of  him  &  to  see  him 
well  rewarded  if  I  should  not  live  to  doe  it 
myself. 

The  Kg  going  away  to  the  Scotts  ;  the  Prince  into 
ye  West,  and  Oxford  surrendered  Sr  G.  Talbot 
had  his  liberty  upon  those  Articles.  But  the 
Pr  :  being  forced  to  fly  :  the  Kg  sold  into  the 


236  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

hands  of  the  English  :  and  afterwards  barbar- 
ously murdered  ;  Sir  G.  Talbot  offered  to  goe 
over  to  ye  present  King  in  Paris  ;  but  was  com- 
manded to  stay  in  London  to  corrispond  with 
Sr  Rob*  Long  then  Secretary,  and  to  act  for  his 
Matyes  service  on  this  side  of  ye  water.  For 
w011  being  afterwards  discovered  by  Tom  Cooke, 
he  was  made  close  prisoner  in  Glocester ;  and 
there  examined  by  Comifsrs  upon  6  articles  of 
high  Treason  (as  they  were  pleased  to  terme 
them).  But  they  having  noe  proof es  to  make 
good  any  one  article  agst  him  he  had  his  liberty 
upon  bayle ;  went  over  into  France  to  his  Maty  and 
followed  him  in  all  his  exile,  till  his  restauration. 

When  every  man  (upon  the  prospect  of  his  Matys 
recall)  was  putting  in  for  employment,  Sr  G. 
T.  ;  by  the  assistance  of  the  D.  of  Ormond, 
obtained  the  graunt  of  Maister  of  the  Jewell- 
house  forfeited  by  the  treason  of  Sr  Hen : 
Mildmay  and  the  reversion  graunted  by  the 
Martyr  King  to  Sr  Rob1  Howard  (brother  of  the 
old  E.  of  Berkshire)  vacated  by  his  death. 

Upon  his  Matys  returne  Sr  G.  Talbot  sent  to  Sr  Hen  : 
Mildmay  (at  the  time  prisoner  in  Dover  Castle) 
to  lett  him  understand  that  the  Kg  had  bestowed 
the  Jewell-house  upon  him  ;  and  to  know  if  he 
would  peaceably  surrender  his  Patent  ?  he 
returned  answere  That  he  could  not  give  in  the 
patent  because  it  lay  buryed  amongst  many  con- 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         237 

fused  papers  But  he  was  ready  before  a  Maistr 
of  Chancery  to  make  a  formall  resignation  of  the 
place  which  he  accordingly  performed 

And  promised  moreover  that  if  Sr  G.  T.  would 
obteine  from  his  Maty  a  pardon  of  his  life  he 
would  give  him  half  his  estate.  Whereunto  Sr 
G.  T.  reply'd  that  since  he  had  soe  freely  resigned 
his  office,  he  would  endeavour  to  serve  him, 
without  any  other  condition  :  but  desired  him 
to  send  him  a  note  of  all  the  perquisites  belonging 
to  the  place,  wch  he  did  and  they  are  those  w011 
are  specif yed  in  ye  jst  page  and  shall  hereafter 
be  enlarged  upon  as  they  lye  in  order. 

Sr  G.  Talbot's  patent  being  passed  (not  wthout 
strong  opposition  from  the  Ld  Chancellr  Hyde, 
who  had  shewed  himself  his  enemy  upon  other 
occasions  ;  and  had  designed  the  Jewell-house 
for  a  Presbyterian  friend)  he  took  possession  of 
his  lodgings  ;  and  entered  upon  the  execution  of 
his  office. 

When  the  Chancellr  found  that  he  could  not  obstruct 
the  patent,  his  next  endeavour  was  to  clip  the 
profitts  of  the  place,  and  therein  his  malice  pre- 
vailed as  will  appeare  when  y6  perquisites  are 
treated  of. 

The  perquisites  belonging  to  ye  Mr  are  as  follows : 

I .  A  Fee  of  50^  per  an  payable  half  yearely  out  of  the 

Exchequer  :  which  y6  Maistr  used  to  call  for  but 


238  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

once  in  two  yeares,  that  he  might  ioo£  together  : 
but  when  Sr  George  Downing  became  Secretary, 
to  the  Lds  Commissrs  of  the  Treasury,  he  (be- 
cause there  is  a  small  fee  due  to  the  Secretary 
for  drawing  up  the  order  to  the  Exchequer) 
enioned x  all  fees  to  take  out  separate  orders  for 
every  half  yeare  :  wch  exacting  invention  is  still 
kept  on  foote  :  although  the  fee  for  every  order 
is  exorbitant. 

2.  A  Table  of  14  double  dishes  per  diem  with  bread 
beer  wine  etc.,  or  35s-  per  diem  board  wages,  if 
not  served  in  kind.  But  y6  Ld  Chancr  who 
sought  all  occasions  to  preiudice  the  Maistr  of 
the  Jewell  H.  put  the  Kg  upon  retrenchm*  of 
some  of  the  tables  :  and  went  in  person  to  the 
Greenecloth  (although  altogether  unqualifyed  as 
being  noe  Officer  there)  and  cutt  off  the  Maistre 
table,  and  ye  Groome-porters,  for  company, 
that  it  might  not  look  like  personall  malice  ;  in 
lieu  whereof  they  allowed  each  of  them  i2o£ 
p.  an  :  board  wages  :  and  for  this  they  plended 
noe  other  ground,  or  shadow  of  reason,  but 
because  it  appeared  in  theyre  books,  that  once 
when  the  treasury  was  exhausted  Sr  H.  Mildmay 
proposed  to  the  Kg  the  retrenchment  of  the 
tables  &  desired  his  Maty  to  begin  with  his. 
This  the  Ld  Chancellrs  Law,  &  Sr  H.  Woods 
philosophy  made  an  argument  to  cutt  off  the 
dyet  from  the  Jewell  H. 

1  Enjoined. 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         239 

And  although  Sr  G.  Talbot's  patent  gave  him  all  the 
rights  that  any  of  his  Predecessors  at  any  time 
enioyed,  there  was  noe  releife  to  be  had  in  theyre 
Chancery. 

Sr  G.  Talbot  this  theyre  proceeding  to  his  Maty,  but 
the  Chancellor  yet  swayed  all  things  absolutely  ; 
and  there  lay  noe  appeale  from  him. 

For  one  yeare  after  they  allowed  him  his  dyet,  at 
the  greate  Festivalls  (Christmass,  Easter,  and 
Whitsontide)  :  but  that  was  thought  too  much 
and  retrenched  likewise. 

3.  300  £  p.  an  :  out  of  the  money  presented  by  the 

Nobility,  to  the  King,  at  new-yeare's-tyde ; 
which  usually  amounted  to  3000^.  And  the 
profitt  ariss  to  the  Maister  by  I2d  in  the  £,  and 
the  advantage  of  the  gold  ;  for  it  was  ever  given 
away  and  payd  in  silver,  till  Mr.  May  came  to 
the  privy  Purse,  who  gott  it  annexed  to  his  office  : 
by  wch  meanes  that  branch  was  cutt  off  from  ye 
Maistr  of  the  Jewell  H.  because  the  Kg  was 
neither  to  pay  poundage,  nor  allowance  for  gold, 
and  y6  Maistr  had  noe  consideration  for  it,  till 
upon  the  tender  of  severall  petitions,  his  Maty  in 
an.  77  gave  him,  by  Privy  Scale  400^  p.  an :  out 
of  the  new-yeare's-guift  money,  during  pleasure. 

4.  The  Maistr  of  the  Jewell  H.  received  the  value 

of  30o£  p.  an.  (cofhunibg  annis)  by  carrying 
presents  to  Embassadours,  till  the  jst  D.  of 


240  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

Buckingham  (who  was  an  enemy  to  Sr  H. 
Mildmay)  prevailed  w^1  the  Kg  first,  to  make  all 
his  presents  in  iewells  (and  not  in  plate  as  had 
ever,  till  then,  bin  accustomed)  and  next  to  send 
them  by  the  Maister  of  ye  Ceremonyes  (an  office 
erected  but  in  Kg  James  his  time) . 

Thus  Sr  H.  Mildmay  (by  his  professed  ignorance  in 
iewels,  had  the  buying  of  the  iewels  taken  from 
the  place,  &  usurped  into  the  hands  of  the  Ld 
Chamberlan  and  the  presenting  of  them,  by  his 
provocation  of  the  D.  of  Buck  :  transferred  to 
the  Mr  of  ye  Ceremonyes.  Nay,  and  the  keeping 
of  all  the  private  Jewells,  is  now  in  the  hands  of 
the  page  of  his  Matys  closet :  although  the  Ld 
Chamberlaine  in  what  he  buyeth,  nor  the  sayd 
page  in  what  he  keepeth,  hath  any  check  upon 
him  to  controll  the  account  of  the  one,  or  the 
guardianship  of  ye  other,  whereas  the  account  of 
the  Jewell  H.  is  under  the  inspection  of  the  Ld 
Treasurer,  or  a  body  of  Comissrs  when  the  K 
pleaseth  to  appoint  them. 

Thus  while  Sr  G.  Talbot  is  Maister  and  Treasurer  of 
his  Matyes  iewells  &  plate,  he  is  made  a  stranger 
to  all  but  ye  Regalia,  which  alone  is  in  his  keeping. 

v.  The  Maisf  of  the  iewell  H.  hath  28  ounces  of 
gilt  plate  every  new  year  :  and  the  small  presents 
are  sent  to  y6  Kg  anciently  valued  at  30  or 
together  with  the  purses  wherein  the  Lords 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         241 

present  theyre  gold  (w011  were  wont  to  be  worth 
30  or  40s  each.  These  the  Ld  Manchester  (when 
Ld  Chamberlaine)  claimed  as  due  to  him  :  but 
Sr  G.  Talbot  proved  them  to  be  his  right :  yet 
told  his  Lp  that  if  he  liked  any  of  them  he  should 
have  them,  as  a  guift,  not  as  a  due. 

The  E.  of  St.  Alban,  who  succeeded  him,  revived 
ye  same  pretence,  but  was  opposed  by  the 
Maistr  and  desisted.  Yet  usually  the  Maistr 
gives  the  Ld  Chamberl :  5  or  6  at  the  Cupboard, 
as  he  doth  to  other  Officers  &  freinds  yt  ask. 

The  profitt  of  allowance  upon  the  ounces  (issued  out 
by  guift  from  his  Maty)  Sr  G.  T.  gave  (for  his 
time)  to  his  under  Officers  :  and  the  carrying  of 
presents  to  Residte  &  Agents  when  made  in  plate, 
chaines  or  medals. 

vi.  Anciently  the  Mr  of  ye  iewell  H.  was  Treasurer 
of  the  Chamber,  till  that  branch  was  taken  over, 
and  made  an  office  apart :  and  is  now  five  times 
more  beneficiall  than  the  iewell  house  :  all  the 
regulation  of  expence  being  applyed  to  the 
remaining  parts  of  the  perquisites  of  the  iewell 
house  ;  the  fees  of  ye  treasur1  of  the  Chamber 
and  Mr  of  y*  ceremonyes  being  left  entire. 

vii.  The  Maisters  of  the  iewell  H.  have  bin 
frequently  privy  Counsaillers,  such  was  Crom- 
well 1  in  y6  time  of  H.  8.  And  appointed  Ld 
Deputyes  of  Ireld  as  the  two  Caryes. 

viii.  It  belonged  to  the  Mr  of  y6  iewell  house  to 

1  Thomas  Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex,  temp.  Henry  VIII. 
Q 


242  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

buy,  keep,  &  present  all  ye  iewells  and  plate  that 
belonged  to  his  Maty  but  now  that  right  is 
invaded,  see  number  4. 

ix.  The  Maister  hath  the  choice  of  all  his  inferior 
Officers  ;  and  ye  power  of  suspending  or  dis- 
placing them  upon  their  misbehaviours. 

When  he  first  took  possession  of  his  Office,  he  called 
to  one  of  his  Yeomen  for  the  books  which  were  in 
y6  keeping  of  old  Layton,  who  then  attended  in 
his  moneth  ;  the  peevish  old  man  who  had  lived 
long  in  y6  office  refused  to  deliver  them  where- 
upon Sir  G.  Talbot  shewed  him  the  words  of  his 
patent ;  but  he  remained  obstinate  and  insolent 
&  Sr  Gilbert  suspended  him  for  waiting  and 
acquainted  his  Maty  with  it  who  very  well 
approved  of  what  he  had  done  :  but  y6  passionate 
old  man  for  very  vexation  of  spirit  dyed.  His 
sonne  had  the  impudence  to  claime  his  father's 
place  ;  and  upon  refusall  to  threaten  an  appeale 
to  the  Kg  wherewith  Sr  G.  Talbot  acquainted  his 
Maty  who  sayd,  if  he  came,  he  should  receive  an 
answere. 

After  this  Serg1  Painter  (without  any  application  to 
Sr  Gilbert)  went  boldly  to  the  Kg  and  begged  the 
reversion  :  and  his  Maty  graciously  graunted  it. 
Painter  thus  armed  came  to  Sr  Gilb*  and  de- 
manded to  be  admitted.  Sr  Gilbert  asked  whence 
he  derived  his  claime  ?  he  sayd  :  the  Kg  given 
it  to  him. 

Sr  Gilbert  reply 'd,  he  would  receive  ye  Kgs  pleasure 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         243 

from  himself  ;  and  going  to  his  Maty  asked  him, 
if  he  had  appointed  Painter  to  succeed  Layton  : 
he  sayd,  yes.  Sr,  sayd  Sr  Gilb*  it  belongeth  to 
me,  to  choose  my  owne  Officers,  because  ye  trust 
of  all  ye  Matys  plate  is  by  me  committed  to  them. 
Well,  sayd  ye  K.  for  this  time  let  it  pass,  and  I 
will  invade  yr  right  noe  more.  Sr  Gilbert  desired 
to  know  if  his  Maty  would  be  security  for  all  y* 
plate  intrusted  in  his  hands  ?  Noe  indeed  will  I 
not  said  the  Kg  and  if  that  be  requisite  I  recom- 
mend him  not.  Sr  sayd  Sr  Gilbert  this  expostula- 
tion is  onely  to  show  my  right ;  and  ye  danger 
of  admitting  any  without  security  :  but  since  y* 
Maty  hath  made  choice  of  him,  he  shall  stand, 
and  accordingly  he  admitted  him. 

x.  The  appointment  of  ye  Goldsmiths  and 
Jewellers  both  to  the  Kg  and  Queene  valued  at 
8oo£  each  :  (as  the  yeomens  &  Groomes  places 
are  when  vacant). 

When  his  Maty  x  came  first  into  England  Coronell 
Blage  (a  groome  of  ye  bedchambr)  begged  the 
nomination  of  the  Goldsmith  &  contracted  wtt 
alderman  Backwell  for  8oo£  but  the  alderman, 
when  he  understood  y*  it  was  the  Maistrs  right, 
quitted  his  bargaine  &  Mr  Blage  deserted  his 
pretension. 

xi.  The  Maister  used  to  receive  2o£  in  gold  from 
the  goldsmith  upon  ye  signing  of  his  annuall  bill : 
(and  this  was  transmitted  in  the  list  of  perquisites 

1  King  Charles  II. 


244  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

from  Sr  H.  Mildmay  to  Sr  G.  Talbot ;  yet  would 
he  never  require  the  same,  least  it  might  look  like 
a  bribe  to  ye  Maistr  to  cast  a  favourable  eye  over 
the  account). 

xii.  He  hath  right  to  lodgings  for  himself,  officers 
&  servants  in  all  ye  Kgs  houses.  Those  in  White- 
hall were,  when  the  K.  came  in,  rude,  dark  & 
intermixed  with  the  Queene's  servants. 

The  present  dining  roome  was  a  kind  of  wild  barne, 
without  any  covering  beside  rafters  and  tiles. 
The  Maisters  lodgings  were  two  ill  chambers, 
above  stayres,  and  the  passage  to  them  dark  at 
noone  day  ;  his  dining  room  was  below.  Sir 
G.  T.  being  desirous  to  improve  his  lodgings 
proposed  to  his  Ma*7  an  exchange  betwixt  that 
wilde  roome,  and  his  dining-roome.  The  K. 
comanded  the  Ld  Chamberl :  to  view,  and 
report  wch  he  accordingly  did  :  and  told  his 
Maty  that  Sr  Gs  proposall  was  fayre  ;  and  much 
to  the  advantage  of  the  Queen's  servants, 
whereupon  leave  was  given  him  to  build  ;  and 
when  he  had  finished  Sr  Ed  Wood  came  & 
claimed  his  former  lodging  as  being  ye  Qs  serv1. 

Sr  Gilb1  told  him  he  was  ye  Kgs  servant,  and  had 
built  by  his  authority  :  and  therefore  presumed 
he  had  good  title  to  yl  apartment,  and  that  the 
lower  roome  was  his,  if  he  pleased  to  like  it,  he 
replyed  had  he  would  try  his  power ;  and  went 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.          245 

with  a  complaint  agst  Sr  Gl  to  ye  Kg  who  made 
him  answere  that  if  he  would  not  of  the  ground 
roome,  he  should  have  none.  The  angry  Kl 
finding  the  power  of  which  he  had  boasted 
fayle  him,  sayd  :  he  would  then  have  none. 
The  Kg  took  him  short  at  his  word.  And  Sr 
Willm  Throgmorton  ye  K'  Mareschall  being  by, 
begged  ye  chamber,  and  enjoyed  it  for  a  yeare. 
But  ye  nature  of  his  place  drawing  greate  con- 
course of  people  thether,  Sr  G.  thought  it  unsafe 
for  ye  plate,  represented  ye  danger  to  his  Maty 
who  thereupon  caused  the  Kl  Mareschall  to  be 
warned  out.  And  least  the  chamber  might  draw 
ill  company  againe  he  begged  it  for  his  Officers, 
who  have  enjoyed  it  ever  since. 

xiii.  Vpon  all  removalls  of  ye  houshold  the  Maister 
of  the  Jewell  H.  had  ever  a  close  waggon  allowed 
him :  for  the  transport  of  his  servants  and 
goods  :  and  his  officers  had  a  waggon,  and  a  cart 
for  the  plate. 

xiv.  The  Mr  of  ye  Jewell  H.  was  ever  esteemed  the 
jst  j£m  Bachelour  of  England  and  took  place 
accordingly. 

He  hath  precedence  of  ye  establishm'  of  the  house- 
hold, before  the  Maistr  of  ye  greate  Wardrobe  : 
and  before  ye  Judges  in  all  publeck  processions 
being  ever  next  to  the  privy  Counsaillers. 

xv.  They  had  the  privilege  to  goe  into  the  drawing 
roome  to  the  privy  chamber  where  none  beside 


246  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

themselves,  under  the  degree  of  Baron,  were 
permitted  to  come,  when  ye  gallery  was  kept 
private. 

xvi.  At  the  Coronation  they  weare  scarlet  robes 
almost  like  ye  Barons  robes,  and  dine  at  the 
Baron's  table  in  Westminster  Hall. 

xvii.  At  the  opening  or  concluding  of  a  session  of 
Parliament  and  at  the  passing  of  bills,  when  the 
K.  appeareth  in  his  robes  the  Mr  of  the  Jewell 
H.  putteth  the  Crowne  upon  his  Matyes  head  and 
taketh  it  off.  And  if  he  be  absent  or  indisposed 
he  deputeth  a  person  of  quality  to  doe  it.  And 
ye  Maister  alone  hath  right  to  kneele  at  the  steps 
below  the  Kg>s  feete  (and  ye  black  Rod  at  ye 
corner  of  the  woolsack)  although  of  late  all  ye 
officers  of  the  privy  chamber  and  Presence 
(&  by  theyre  example  strangrs  who  have  noe 
relation  to  the  Court)  take  up  theyre  places 
there,  and  possess  it  all  before  the  Maistr  (who 
attendeth  upon  ye  Crowne)  can  come. 

xviii.  He  keepeth  all  ye  Regalia  (&  the  plate  that  is 
not  used  by  the  family)  in  the  Tower  and  to  that 
end  had  always  convenient  lodging  for  himself 
officers  and  servants  therein. 

In  the  new  lodgings  given  in  lieu  of  ye  old  (because  it 
was  pretended  yl  ye  chimneys  might  endanger 
the  Magazin  of  powder  which  is  lodged  in  the 
White  Tower)  there  is  not  any  appartement  for 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.         247 

the  Maister  upon  complaint  thereof  made  by 
Sr  G.  T.  to  the  K.  the  matter  was  by  his  Ma-\y- 
referred  to  ye  consideration  of  ye  Ordinance 
board,  how  he  might  have  his  accommodation, 
and  ye  officers  of  the  board  made  Order  that 
there  should  be  two  new  chambers  built  for  him 
upon  the  left  hand  of  the  open  stayres  by  the 
present  Jewell  house,  which  are  of  absolute 
necessity  to  his  Matyes  service,  because  in  case 
insurrection  in  the  nation  or  tumult  in  the  city 
it  is  fitt  the  Maistr  should  have  his  convenience 
to  watch  over  so  considerable  a  charge. 

xix.  He  hath  a  particular  servant  in  the  tower 
intrusted  with  yl  greate  treasure  to  whom 
(because  Sir  G.  T.  was  retrenched  in  all  the 
perquisites  and  profitts  of  his  place  as  is  above 
specified)  and  not  able  to  allow  him  a  competent 
salary,  his  Maty  doth  tacitely  allow  that  he  shall 
shew  the  Regalia  to  strangers,  which  furnisheth 
him  with  soe  plentifull  a  livelyhood,  that  Sir 
G.  T.  upon  the  death  of  his  servant  there,  had 
an  offer  made  him  of  500  old  broad  pieces  of 
gold  for  the  place. 

Yet  he  first  gave  it  freely  to  old  Mr.  Edwards  (who 
had  bin  his  father's  servant)  whom  Blud  mur- 
dered, when  he  attempted  to  steale  the  crowne, 
globe  &  scepter  (as  shall  be  related  at  large 
hereafter) . 


248  THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 

After  the  death  of  the  father  he  continued  it  to 
his  sonne  ;  and  after  his  death  he  gave  it  to 
Majr  Beckenham  who  maryed  a  daughter  of  old 
Edwards  upon  condition  that  he  should  main- 
taine  old  Mrs  Edwards  and  ye  children  which  he 
hath  well  performed. 

xx.  The  Maister  of  the  Jewell  H.  hath  noe  superiour 
Officer  in  Court  over  him.  He  receiveth  noe 
command  but  from  ye  Kg  himself  wch  is  usually 
transmitted  to  him  by  warrant  signed  by  the 
Ld  Chamberlaine  or  other  Secretary  of  State 
signifying  the  Kg's  pleasure. 

And  many  times  he  received  it  by  word  of  mouth 
from  his  Maty  unless  in  case  of  greate  importance 
wherein  he  usually  desireth  to  have  a  warrant  to 
be  enterd  for  his  iustification  and  indemnity. 

Yet  sometimes  the  Ld  Treasurer  or  particular  comiss 
appointed  for  that  end  inspect  the  state  of  the 
Jewell  H.  as  they  did  an.  1673  and  '79. 

xxi.  The  Maister  of  ye  Jewell  house  fournisheth  all 
the  greate  Officers  of  the  household  with  plate  ; 
and  all  Embassad"  that  are  sent  abroad  they 
giving  indentures  to  restore  the  same,  when 
called  upon  by  him,  and  upon  restauration  he 
giveth  back  the  indentures. 

xxii.  It  is  incumbent  upon  ye  Maistr  to  call  upon  all 
Embassrs  for  theyre  plate  at  theyre  returne  home ; 
and  upon  the  Executors  of  all  greate  officers  who 


SIR  GILBERT  TALBOT'S  MSS.          249 

dye  wth  plate  in  theyre  possession  :  and  to  sue 
in  ye  Excheqr  any  that  are  indebted  to  ye 
Jewell  house  which  debt  cannot  be  privately 
compounded  for  by  the  Maistr,  but  must  be 
satisfyed  by  award  of  Court :  or  cancelled  by 
ye  Kg>s  pardon  signified  by  privy  Scale. 

xxiii.  If  a  knight  of  ye  Garter  dye  the  Maister  must 
send  to  his  heyre  or  execut1  for  his  Collar, 
George  &  Garter  wch  his  Maty  gave  him  at  his 
installation  : 

and  likewise  to  all  Serjeants  for  theyre  Maces 
which  are  fournished  out  of  the  Jewell  H. 

xxiv.  All  the  retrenchments  of  the  perquisites  be- 
longing by  Patent  to  Sr  G.  T.  amount  to  1300^ 
per  an  :  which  in  20  years  since  his  Maty  came 
into  England  arise  to  26ooo£. 

Besides  13000^  original  debt  for  his  xi  yeares 
service  under  the  last  Kg  at  Venice.  Soe  that  if 
he  had  his  right,  there  would  be  due  to  him 
39000^  beside  26  or  27  yeares  interest  for  the 
last  sume  of  1300^  expended  in  the  Venetian 
service. 

Sr  G.  Talbot  Maister  &  Treasurer  of  the  Jewell 
house. 

May  ye  2Oth  an  :  dom  :   1680. 


INDEX 


Abbot  Wcnlock,  imprisonment  of,  14 

Agincourt,  146,  147,  148 

Air  Force,  the,  216,  217 

Air  raids  on  London,  26-29 

Alexandra  de  Pershore,  monk  who  stole 

Crown  Jewels,  14 
Alfred,  King,  crown  of,  13 
Ammonites,  crown  of  King  of  the,  1 2 
Ampulla,  or   Golden   Eagle,   71-74,  82, 

101,  106 

Anne,  Queen,  40,  197 
Anne  Boleyn,  113,  114,  115,  116 
Ghost  of,  in  Martin  Tower,  21 
Letter  from,  224-227 
Anointing  Spoon,  the,  73,  82,  106 
Anointing  the  King,  ancient  origin  of,  82 
Armilla,  or  Stole,  84,  101 
Armoury,  the,  19,  22 
Aurungzabe,  Emperor,  treasury  of,  167 
"Auspicium  Melioris,"  motto  of  Order 

of  St.  Michael,  206 

Battle  of  Agincourt,  146-147 

Battle  of  Najera,  145 

Beckham,  Captain,  184,  186 

Biddulph,     Lieut.-Gen.      Sir      Michael, 

Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House,  125,  223 
Bishop  Fisher,  115 
Bishop  of  Carlisle,  1 1 1 
Black  Prince,  143,  144,  145,  146 
Black    Prince's    Ruby,   37,   38,  93,    105, 

144-151,  182,  183 
Blood,  Colonel.      See  Colonel  Blood 
Bloody  Tower,  20,  21,  22,  24,  180,  184 
Boleyn,  Anne.      See  Anne  Boleyn 
Boleyn,  George,  Viscount  Rochefort,  17,21 
"  Bolleyn,"  inscribed  on  wall  in  Martin 

Tower,  17 

Bombs,  dropped  near  Tower,  26-28 
Boscobel.     See  Oak  of  Boscobel 
Bracelets,  ancient  insignia  of  Royalty,  55 
British  Empire,  expansion  of,  189 
Broad  Seal  of  England,  131 
Brudenell,   Hon.  James,    Keeper  of  the 

Jewel  House,  123,  222 

250 


Bulwark  Gate,  185 

Burglars  viewing  the  Crown  Jewels,  25 
Burmah  War  of  1886-1887,  215 
By  ward  Tower,  185 

Cage  in  Jewel  House,  21 

Campbell,  John,  Lord  Glenorchie,  Keeper 

of  the  Jewel  House,  123,  222 
Cap  of  Maintenance,  36,  38,  39 
Cardinal  York,  57 
Catherine  the  Great,  165 
Cavalieri,  205 
Chapel  of  the  Pix,  1 3 
Chapel  of  St.  Peter  ad  Vincula,  78,  176 
Charles  I,  16,  62,  72,  118,  119,  120,  134, 

160,  171,  234 
Charles  II,   17,  24,   37,  43,  48,   50,  54, 

55,  57,  63,  65,  68,  69,  72,  73,  75, 

76,  77,  93,  94,  95,  I04,  i°7,  "8, 

119,  121,  132,  135,  160,  161,  174^ 

177,  188,  189,  232 
Charles  the  Bold  of  Burgundy,  166 
Chitterne,  Thomas,  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House,  in,  221 
Chubb,    Messrs.,    the    mechanical    safe- 

guards  of,  25 
Colonel  Blood,   19,  25,    103,    104,    105, 

122,  174-190 
Commonwealth,   13,   17,  35,  36,  47,  48, 

53,  62,  74,  83 

Commonwealth,  tragedy  of,  91-108 
Companions  of  Honour,  decoration,  215 
Conspicuous  Gallantry  Medal,  217 
Coronation,  ceremony  of  the,  described, 

80-90  [89-90 

Coronation  ceremony  of  Queen  Consort, 
Coronation  Chair,  87 
Coronation  of  King  George  IV^  Sir  George 

Naylor's  book,  referred  to,  140 
Coronation  Proclamation,  67 
Coronation  Ring,  55-57,  85  [38 

Coronation  Ring  of  Edward  the  Confessor, 
Coronation  Service,  extract  from,  87 
Coster,  Messrs.,   and   the    Cullinan   dia-» 

mond,  59,  163 


INDEX 


251 


Crime  of   Colonel    Blood.     See   Colonel 

Blood 

Crimean  War,  211 

Cromwell,  171  [well 

Cromwell,  Thomas.     See  Thomas  Crom- 
Cross  of  St.  George,  56 
Crown  of  Alfred  the  Great,  94-98 
Crown  of  Queen  Edith,  94,  98 
Crowns  of  England.     See  Royal  Crowns 

of  England 
Crown,  ancient  mark  of  sovereignty,  n,  1 2 

King  of  the  Ammonites',  12 

King  Alfred's,  1 3,  94 

Queen  Mary  of  Modena's,  39,  42 

Queen  Mary's,  41 

Prince  of  Wales',  42 
Crown  Jewels.     See  Regalia,  the 
Crown  Jewels  of  England,  The,  alluded  to, 

97,  101  ». 
Crown  Jewels  of  England,  The,  quotation* 

from,  97-100 

Crown  Jewels  and  the  European  War,  172 
Cullinan  diamond.      See  Star  of  Africa 
Cullinan,  Mr.  T.  M.,  162 
"  Curtana,"  or  the  Sword  of  Mercy,  54 

Daffodil  of  Wales,  43 
David,  King,  12,  55 
Demidoff,  Prince,  167 
Distinguished  Conduct  Medal,  217 
Distinguished  Flying  Cross,  217 
Distinguished  Service  Cross,  216 
Distinguished  Service  Medal,  217 
Distinguished  Service  Order,  214-215 
"Doing  Something-or-other  Order,"  215 
Don  Pedro,  King  of  Castille,  144,  145 
Due  d'Alenijon,  147 
Due  d'Orleans,  Regent  of  France,  168 
Duchess    of   Brunswick.       See    Princess 

Augusta 
Duke  of  Wellington,  Constable    of  the 

Tower,  124 

Earl  of  Essex.     See  Thomas  Cromwell 
East  India  Company,  155,  156 
Ecclesiastical    Plate.     See    Plate,    Eccle- 
siastical 

Eden,  Hon.  Emily,  155 
Edward  I,  14 

Edward  III,  in,  144,  192 
Edward   VII,    19,  25,   35,  43,   86,  107, 

125,  161,  162,  163,  172,  199,  209 
Edward  the  Confessor,  13,  36,  57,   no, 

159,  160 
Crown  of,  228 
Sapphire  of,  159 


Edward  the  Confessor's  Staff  and  Corona- 
tion Ring,  13 

Edwards,  Talbot.     See  Talbot  Edwards 
Egbert,  King,  12,  13  [171,  173 

Elizabeth,    Queen,    16,    103,    167,    170, 
Emperor  of  Russia,  the  late,  195 
English  monarchy,  oldest  in  Europe,  13 
English    Royal   Family,  length    of   pedi- 
gree of,  1 3 

Enthronement.     See  Inthronisation 
Exchequer,  penurious,  of  Charles  II,  177 
Exeter,  103.      See  also  Plate,  Royal 

Field-Marshal  Earl  Haig,  197 

Fisher,  Bishop,  115,  116 

Flete,    John    de,    Keeper   of    the  Jewel 

House,  in,  221 
"For  God  and  Empire,"  motto  of  Order 

of  the  British  Empire,  210 
"  For  Merit,"  motto  of  Order  of  Merit, 

199-200  [213 

"For  Valour,"  motto  on  Victoria  Cross, 
Fouch6,  31 

Frederick  Louis,  Prince  of  Wales,  76 
French  Crown  Jewels,  168 

Garrard,    Messrs.,    Court  Jewellers,   39, 

41,43.  87,  137,  15° 
Garter,  composition  of  the,  195 
Gawler,   Colonel  John   Cox,    Keeper  of 

the  Jewel  House,  125,  223 
Gentlemen  of  the  Blood,  meaning  of  the 

phrase,  193 
George  I,  68,  123 
George  II,  123 
George  III,  57,  76,  123,  161 
George  IV,  52,  76,  161 
George  V,  13,  37,  38,  81,  107,  172,  210 
German  Emperor,  the,  26,  194 
German  lady,   interesting    story  of,   and 

Crown  Jewels,  25  [of,  19,  20 

Ghost,  Earl  of  Northumberland's,  story 

Story  of  Queen  Anne  Boleyn's,  21 
Godfrey,   Charles,   Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House,  123,  222 
Golconda,  King  of,  151 
Gold  maces,  68,  69 
Gough,  General  Sir  Hugh,  Keeper  of  the 

Jewel  House,  125,  223 
Great    Gems,    romance    of    the.       See 

Romance  of  the  Great  Gems 
Great  Moghul  diamond,  the,  167 
Great  Mogul,  the,  151 
Great  Tragedy,  the,  91-108 
Great  War,  the,  13,  26,  33,  67,  172,  210, 

212,  213,  215,  216,  219 


252 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 


Haig,  Field-Marshal  Earl,  197 

Hampton  Court,  113 

Henrietta  Maria,  widow  of  Charles  I,  167 

Henry  III,  14,  no 

Henry  V,  146,  149 

Henry  VII,  148 

Henry  VIII,  54,  95,  112,  114,  116,  117, 

120,  224 

Henry  IV  of  France,  166,  167 

Henry   Percy,  Earl  of  Northumberland, 

1 8,  20 
Henry  Percy,   Earl  of  Northumberland, 

father  of  above,  20 
Heriot  the  Astronomer,  18 
"  Honi  soit  qui  mal  y  pense,"  motto  of 

the  Order  of  the  Garter,  192,  195 
Hope  diamond,  the,  1 68 
"  Hotspur."     See  Henry  Percy,  Earl   of 

Northumberland 
House  of  Commons,  68,  92,  93 
House  of  Lords,  42,  80,  92 
Hyde,  Lord  Chancellor,  132,  237 

"  Imperatricis  Auspicus,"  motto  of  Order 

of  Indian  Empire,  208 
Imperial  Crown  of  India,  35,  38-39,  228 
Imperial  Mantle  or  Pall  of  Cloth  of  Gold, 

84 

Imperial  State  Crown,  35,  228 
Imperial  War  Museum,  27 
Income   taken    from    visitors    to    Jewel 

House,  90 

Inthronisation,  the,  88 
Iron  Gate,  185,  186 

James  I,  16,  118,  171 

James  II,  40,  57,  68,  73,  104,  105,  106, 

141,  160,  167 

Jewel  House,  the,  11-33  et  seq 
Jewelled  State  Sword,  51-53,  84,  229 

Katherine,  widow  of  Henry  V,  148 

Katherine  of  Aragon,  114,  115 

Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House —  [14 

Appointment  of  the  first  by  Henry  III, 

Christmas  box  of,  129 

Office  suppressed  in  1782,  124 

Office   duties  of,   transferred   to   Lord 
Chamberlain,  124 

Office  lays  dormant  for  years,  124 

Office  revived  by  Queen  Victoria,  124 

Perquisites  of,  127-135 

Robei  worn  by,  139 

Salaries  of,  127-134 

Sergeant   Painter  seeks  post    of,    135, 
136 


Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House  (cant.) — 
Sir   Gilbert    Talbot's    account    of   the 

ancient  rights  and  privileges  of  office, 

131-132 
Tips  of,  130 
Keepers    of  the   Jewel    House,  List  of, 

Appendix  A,  221-223 
Khojeh,  Raphael,  165 
King  Harold,  94 
King's    Coronation    Ring,    presented    by 

William  IV  to  Princess  Victoria,  56, 

229 

King's  Orb,  47,  48,  49,  229 
King's  Royal  Sceptre,  43 
King's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  44,  45,  87 
King's  State  Crown,  36,  37,  38,  50,  57 
Knight  Commander,  203,  204 
Knights  of  the  Bath,  201,  202,  203 
Knightt  of  the  Garter,  194,  195,  196, 198 
Koh-i-Nur  diamond,  the,  41,  151-159, 

1 61 
Model  of,  58-59,  231 

Lady  Jane  Grey,  117 

Lawley,  Sir  Francis,  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House,  122,  222 
Lawrence,  Sir  John,  and  the  Koh-i-Nur 

diamond,  156-157 
Lieutenants'  Lodgings,  21 
List  of  the  Regalia.     See  Regalia,  com- 

plete  list  of  the 
Long,  Sir  Robert,  236 
Lyttleton,    Sir    Richard,    Keeper    of  the 

Jewel  House,  123,  222 
Loftus,  Captain  Arthur  John,  Keeper  of 

the  Jewel  House,  125,223 
Lord  Auckland,  155 
Lord  Chamberlain,  duties  of,  124 
Lord  Gough,  155 
Lord  Manchester,  134 
Lord  Roberts,  213 
Louis  XIV,  167    • 
Lowndes,  Mrs.,  131  n.,  232 
Low,  General  Sir  Robert,  Keeper  of  the 

Jewel  House,  125,  126,  223 
Lucknow,  26 

Mace-bearers,  69 

Maces,  229 

Macheson,  Major,  157 

Maharajah  Punjeet   Singh,   the   Lion   of 

the  Punjab,  155 
Maharajah  of  Patiala,  167 
Mahomed  Shah,  152,  153,  154 
Martin  Tower,  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  33, 

175,  176,  180,  183 


INDEX 


253 


Mary  of  Modena,  39,  40,  42,  45,  46,  105, 

Mary,  Queen,  41,  107  [106 

Master  of  King's  Wardrobe,  no 

Maundy  Dish,  74,  76,  107,' 231 

Maundy  Money,  75,  107 

Maundy  Thursday,  75,  107 

Merry  England,  175 

Mezeray,  72 

Middle   Tower,    16,    17,    185.      See  also 

Martin  Tower 
Middleton,    Lieut. -Gen.    Sir    Frederick, 

Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House,  125,  223 
Mildenhall,    Robert    de,    Keeper    of  the 

Jewel  House,  in,  221 
Mildmay,  Sir  Henry,  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House,    118-121,    131,    134,    222, 

234,  236,  238,  240,  244 
Military  Cross,  216 
Military  Medal,  217 
Mint,  bombs  on,  173 
Mitcham,  archaeological  discovery  at,  96 
Modern  invention,  a,  114 
More,  Sir  Thomas,  115,  116 
Most  Distinguished  Order  of  St.  Michael, 

205-206 
Mountague,    Heneage,    Keeper    of    the 

Jewel  House,  122-123,  222 
Mountain     of    Light.      See     Koh-i-Nur 

diamond 

Nadir  Shah,  King  of  Persia,  152,  153 

Napoleon,  203 

"Nemo  me  impure  lacessit,"  motto   of 

Order  of  the  Thistle,  197 
Neville,    William,    Lord     Abergavenny, 

Keeper  of  the  Jewel  House,  123,222 
Nicholas  I,  Emperor  of  Russia,  166 
Northumberland's    walk,    19.        See   also 

Ghost,  Earl  of  Northumberland's 

Oak  of  Boscobel,  38 

Old  Pretender,  the,  161 

Orb,  the,  ancient  Christian  emblem, 4 7,  81 

Its  use  in  Coronation  ceremony,  84 
Orbs,  description  of,  47,  48 
Order  of  the  Bath,  200-201 
Order  of  the  British  Empire,  210 
Orders  of  Chivalry,  191-219 
Order  of  the  Crown  of  India,  210-211 
Order  of  the  Garter,  56,  191-194 
Order  of  the  Golden  Fleece,  201         [210 
Order  of  the  Indian  Empire,  206,  207, 
Order  of  Merit,  199 
Order  of  St.  Patrick,  198-199 
Order  of  the  Star  of  India,  207 
Order  of  the  Thistle,  196,  197-198 


Orloff  diamond,  the  story  of  the,  165 
Owen    Tudor,    husband     of    Katherine 
Henry  V's  widow,  149 

Pall  of  Cloth  of  Gold.  See  Imperial 
Mantle  ['83,  187 

Parrett,  confederate  of  Col.  Blood,   150, 

Patiala,  Maharajah  of,  167 

Paulet,  William,  116-118  [170 

Pearl  of  Portugal,  deterioration  of,  1 69- 

Pearls,  description  of,  169-170 

Pitt,  Mr.,  Governor  of  Madras,  owner  of 
Regent  diamond,  168 

Plate,  Ecclesiastical — 

Ampulla  or  Golden  Eagle,  71,  230 

Anointing  Spoon,  the,  73—74,230 

Flagons,  77,  78 

Gold  alms  dish,  77,  78 

Gold  baptismal  font,  76,  230 

Maundy  Dish,  74,  75,  76 

William  and  Mary's  alms  dish,  74,  230 

Charles  II's  font,  77 

Plate,  Royal — 

Exeter's  and   Plymouth's  contribution 

to  the,  63,  103 

King  Charles'  wine  fountain,  230 
Queen  Elizabeth's  gold  salt-cellar,  62, 
Renewal  of,  by  Charles  II,  17          [66 
St.  George's  Salts,  65-66 
State  salt-cellar,  63-65,  230 
Twelve  golden  salt-spoons,  66,  230 
Two  golden  tankards,  67,  230 

Plymouth,  103,  104.    See  also  Plate,  Royal 

Polar  Star  diamond,  Russian,  166 

Political  agitation  in  India,  208 

Postern  Row,  29 

Premier  Mine,  South  Africa,  164 

Prince  of  Wales'  Coronet,  42 

Prince  of  Wales'  Crown,  42,  228 

Princes*  Augusta,  76 

Princess  Victoria,  85 

Punjab,  the,  155,  156 

Puritan,  description  of  a,  93 

Queen  Consorts,  ceremony  of  the  Corona- 
tion of,  89 

Queen  Elizabeth's  gold  salt-cellar,  103 

Queen  Elizabeth's  pearl  ear-rings,  37,38, 
170,  171,  172 

Queen  Mary's  Crown,  description  of  the, 
41-48  [Modena 

Queen   Mary  of  Modena.      See  Mary  of 

Queen  Victoria  and  the  story  of  the 
Coronation  Ring,  56,  86 

Queen  Victoria's  baptismal  font,  76 

Queen's  Coronation  Ring,  229 


254 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 


Queen's  Ivory  Rod,  deicription  of,  46 
Queen's  Orb,  47,  48,  49,  229 
Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Cross,  descrip- 
tion of,  45,  46  [of,  46 
Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove, description 
"Quis    separabit?"  motto    of   Order    of 

St.  Patrick,  198,  199 

[Raleigh 

Raleigh,    Sir    Walter.      See    Sir   Walter 
Regalia,  the — 

Abbot  and  Monks  of  Westminster  first 

guardians  of,  13 
Abbot    Wenlock's    imprisonment    for 

stealing,  14  [Jewels,  14 

Alexandre   de    Pershore  steals   Crown 
Ampulla,  or  Golden  Eagle,  72,  73 
Anointing  spoon,  73 
Baptismal  font  of  Charles  II,  76,  77 
Bargaining  with  Crown  Jewels,  93  [151 
Black  Prince's  Ruby,  story  of  the,  144- 
Bogus  jewel,  a,  57-58 
Bracelets,  55 

Cage  constructed  to  contain,  19 
Cap  of  Maintenance,  36,  38,  39 
Catalogue  of  Coronation  robes  destroyed, 

101 
Chapel  of  the  Pix,  Westminster  Abbey, 

first  Treasure  House,  13 
Chubb,  Messrs.,  construct  mechanical 

safeguards  for  safety  of,  25 
Colonel  Blood  and  Crown  Jewels,  story 

of,  174-190 
Colonel  Blood's  attempt  to  steal  Jewels 

draws  attention  to  its  insecurity,  19 
Commonwealth  and,  91-108 
Complete  list  of  Regalia,  Appendix  C, 

228-231 
Crown,   Sceptre,   and  Orb  re-made  in 

Charles  I's  reign,  17 
Coronation  rings,  55 
Coronation  ring  bequeathed  to  George 

III  by  Cardinal  York,  57 
Coronation  ring  of  Edward  the  Con- 
fessor, 57 

Coronation  robes,  101 
Crown  jewels    destroyed    by  order    of 

Cromwell's  Parliament,  92 
Crown  of  Alfred  the    Great,  melting 

down  of,  94 

Cullinan  diamond,  model  of,  59 
Cullinan  diamond,  story  of  the,  161- 

165 

Damage  to,  by  Colonel  Blood,  104,  105 
Ecclesiastical  Plate,  71-79 
Edward  the  Confetsor's  Sapphire,  story 

of,  159-160 


Regalia,  the  (cont.) — 

Exeter  presents  Charles  II  with  State 
salt-cellar,  63 

Fire  imperils  the,  22 

Flagons,  the,  77 

Gold  maces,  description  and  uses  ofk  68 

Gold  tankards,  67 

Golden  alms  dish,  78 

Golden  Eagle.      See  Ampulla 

Golden  Spurs,  54  ;  sale  of,  96 

Great  Tragedy,  the,  91-108 

Great  Gems,  romance  of  the,  143-173 

Ingenious  stories  re  Crown  Jewels  dur- 
ing Great  War,  30-32 

Inventory  of  portions  of  Regalia  broken 
up  and  sold  by  order  of  Parliament, 

97,99 

Jewelled  State  Sword,  51,  53          [223 
Keepers  of  Regalia,  Appendix  A,  221- 
King's  Sceptre,  great  value  of,  44 
Koh-i-Nur,  model  of,  58-59 
Koh-i-Nur,  story  of  the,  151-159 
Lodged  in  White  Tower,  15 
Martin  Tower,  Treasure  House,  17 
Maundy  Dish,  74-76 
Mitcham,  excavation  at,  96 
"  Mountain  of  Light,  the,"  59 
Official  Keeper  first  appointed,  14 
Orbs,  the,  47-49 
Plate,    public     offers    to     supplement 

destroyed  emblems,  103-108 
Plymouth    presents    Charles    II    with 

wine  fountain,  63 

Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  46 
Queen's    Orb    originated    by   Mary   of 

Orange,  48  [66 

Queen  Elizabeth's  gold   salt-cellar,  62, 
Queen      Elizabeth's     gold      ear-rings, 

stories  of  the,  167-173  [17 

Renewal  of  Plate  in  Charles  I's  reign, 
Renewal  of  destroyed   emblems,   101- 

103  [Jewels,  14 

Richard    de    Podelicote    buys    Crown 
Royal  Plate,  61-70 
Royal  emblems  taken  to  Westmintter 

Abbey  at  Coronations,  80 
Royal  Crowns,  34-43 
St.  George's  Salts,  65,  66 
St.  George's  Spurs.      See  Golden  Spurs 
Sale  of  portions  of  the,  93,  95,  96 
Sceptres,  the,  43—47 
Silver  trumpets,  67 
Star    of  Africa,    37,   41,  43,  44,   59, 

161-16^ 
Story  of  Coronation  Ring  and  Queen 

Victoria,  85-88 


INDEX 


Regalia,  the  (cont.) — 

Story  of  St.  George's  Salts,  65 
Strong  cage  constructed  to  contain,  19 
Stuart  Sapphire,  160-161 
Sword  of  State,  the,  53        [Mercy,  54 
Swords    Spiritual,    Temporal,    and    of 
Talbot  Edwards  sole  guardian  of,  18 
Transferred  to  Tower,  14 
Twelve  gold  salt-spoons,  66 
Wakefield  Tower  present  abode  of,  22 
Regalia,  complete  list  of  the,  228-231 
Regent,  or  Pitt  diamond,  168 
Relief  of  Chitral,  125 
Restoration,  62,  63,  74 
Richard  III,  148 
Richard  of  Gloucester,  24 
Rod  of  Justice  and  Equity.      See  Sceptres 
Romance  of  the  Great  Gems,  143-173 
Rose  of  England,  43,  51 
Royal  Assent,  the,  68  [buting,  75 

Royal  Bounty,  ancient  custom  of  distri- 
Royal  Crowns  of  England,  35,  81,  228 
Royal  Mint,  bomb  dropped  on,  28 
Royal  Plate.     See  Plate,  Royal 
Royal  Victorian  Order,  209  [Ruby 

Ruby,  Black  Prince's.    See  Black  Prince's 

St.  Edward's  Chair,  88 

St.  Edward's  Crown,  35,  87,  101,  105 

St.  Edward's  Staff,  47,  101,  105,  1 06 

St.  George's  Chapel,  Windsor  Castle,  195 

St.  George's  Salts,  65-66,  104 

St.  George's  Spurs,  54,  96,  106,  229 

St.  John's  Chapel,  White  Tower,  15,  24, 

202 

St.  John  the  Evangelist,  legend  of,  and 
the  Coronation  Ring  of  Edward  the 
Confessor,  159 

St.  Patrick's  Jewels,  theft  of,  19,  25 
St.  Paul's,  175 
St.  Peter  ad  Vincula,  70 
St.  Thomas'  Tower,  29 
Salt!  of  State.      See  Plate,  Royal 
Samuel,  the  propket,  12 
Sanci  diamond,  the  story  of,  166 
Saul,  King,  12,  55 
Sceptres  — 

James  I's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  228 
King's  Royal  Sceptre  with  the  Cross, 
43  [87, 228 

King's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  44,  45, 
Queen's  Ivory  Rod,  46  [228 

Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Cross,  45,  81, 
Queen's  Sceptre  with  the  Dove,  46,  81, 
Rod  of  Justice  and  Equity,  47  [228 
St.  Edward's  Staff,  47,  228 


"  Scotland  for  Ever,"  painting  by   Lady 

Butler,  125 

Sergeant  Painter,  135,  243 
Sergeant,  story  of  a  courageous,  22 
Sergeants- at-arms,  62,  68,  69,  89 
Shah  diamond,  the,  165,  166 
Shah  of  Persia,  168 
Shamrock  of  Ireland,  51 
Sherlock  Holmes,  31  [67 

Silver  trumpets,  used  at  Coronations,  etc., 
Sinn  Feiners,  ic8 

Sir  Edward  Walker  quoted,  101-102 
Sir    Gilbert    Talbot's    MSS.,    121-122, 

Appendix    D,    232-249.       See   also 

Talbot,  Sir  Gilbert 
Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  167 
Sir  Robert  Brackenbury,  Constable  of  the 

Tower,  24 

Sir  Thomas  More.     See  More,  Thomas 
Sir  Robert  Vyner,   Court   Jeweller,  48, 

54,  55,  72,.i°°,  106,  182 
Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  never  imprisoned  in 

White  Tower,  1 5  and  ». 
Solomon,  throne  of,  12 
Somerset,  the  Lord  Protector,  117 
South  African  War,  212 
Sporley,  94  [165 

Star  of  Africa,  37,   41,  43,  44,  59,  161- 
Stars  of  South  Africa,  164-165 
Story  relating  to  St.  George's  Salts,  65 
Strange  appointment,  a,  116 
Stuart  sapphire,  37,  160-161 
Sword  of  Justice,  96 

Sword  of  Mercy,  96.      See  also  "Curtana" 
Sword  of  State,  53,  82,  229 
Sword  Spiritual,  54,  96,  229 
Sword  Temporal,  54,  96,  229 

Talbot  Edwards,  Assistant  Keeper  of  the 

Jewel  House,  18,  175-184,  248 
Talbot,  Sir  Gilbert,  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House — 

And  James  II,  106 
Appeal  to  Charles  on  behalf  of  Talbot 

Edwards,  177 

Grievances  and  complaints  of,  131-134 
His  MSS.,  Appendix  D,  232-249 
His  suspicions  of  the  sentry,  185 
In  impoverished  circumstances,  121 
Made    Master    and    Treasurer  of   the 

Jewel  House  by  James,  122 
Neglect  of  duty,  104 
Our  debt  to,  130 
Petitions  Charles  II,  132 
Preamble  of,  131-132 
Resided  chiefly  at  Whitehall,  18 


256 


THE  JEWEL  HOUSE 


Talent,  equivalent  of,  1 2 

Tavernier,  French  traveller,  151 

Thistle  of  Scotland,  51 

Thomas  a  Beckett,  1 1 1 

Thomas   Cromwell,  Earl  of  Essex,  1 12, 
113,  114,  115,  194,  130,224 

Three  Reproaches,  the,  193 

Tower  from    JPithin,     The,    referred    to, 
202  «. 

Tower  of  London — 
Air  raids  and,  26-29 
Anne  Boleyn's  imprisonment  in,  1J 
Armoury,  the,  19,  22 
Bloody  Tower,  20,  21,  22,  24,  180,  184 
Bombs  dropped  near,  26-29 
Builder  of,  159 
Bulwark  Gate,  185 
By  ward  Tower,  185 
Chapel  of  St.  Peter  ad  Vincula,  176 
Colonel  Blood's  crime,  174-190 
Crown  Jewels  placed  in  Martin  Tower 

by  Charles  II,  17 
Doubt    about    name    of     Martia     in 

Martin  Tower,  16,  1 7 
Executions  at,  105,  Il6 
German  air-raids  and  the,  26 
German  lady's  visit  to,  during  Great 

War,  25-26 
Ghosts  in,  20,  21 
Henry  Percy  murdered  in,  20 
Henry  VI  murdered  in,  23,  24 
Heriot's  imprisonment  in,  18 
Hotspur's  imprisonment  in,  18,  2O 
Iron  Gate,  185,  1 86 
Jewel  Houses  of,  15,  16 
Lieutenants'  Lodgings,  21 
Martin  Tower,  16,  17,  18,  19,  2O,  21, 

33»  175.  *76i  180 
Middle  Tower,  16,  17,  185 
Murder  of  Princes  in,  24. 
Northumberland's  Walk,  19 
Once  the  reiidence  of  monarchs,  23 
Queen  Elizabeth's  imprisonment  in,  23 
Special  Jewel  House  built  in  1597,  16 
Sir  Robert  Brackenbury,  Constable  of 

Tower,  24 

St.  John's  Chapel,  15 
St.  Thomas'  Tower,  29 
Sir  Walter  Raleigh's  confinement  in,  15 
Thomas      Cromwell      escorts      Anne 

Boleyn  to,  115 
Traitors'  Gate,  22 


Tower  of  London  (cont). — 
Visits  to  see  Crown  Jewels,  90 
Viscount     Rochefort's     imprisonment 

in,  17 

Wakefield  Tower,  22,  23,  24,  33 
White  Tower,  15,  24,  33,  63,  80 
Townshend,  Charles,  Lord  Lynn,  Keeper 

of  the  Jewel  House,  123,  222 
Tragedy,  the  Great.      See  Great  Tragedy 
Traitor's  Gate,  22 
Treasure  House  of  the  King,  12 
Tsar  of  Russia,  the  late,  165 
Two  young  Princes,   murder  and   burial 
of  by  Richard,  24 

Union  of  South  Africa,  161,  162,  164 

Vane,  Henry,  Earl  of  Darlington,Keeper 

of  the  Jewel  House,  123,  222 
Victoria,  Queen,  56,  67,  76,  77,  85,  104, 

124,  125,  157,  158,  161,   171,  205, 

206,  209,  211,  214 
Victoria  Cross,  211-214 
Victoria  Cross  Warrant,  quoted,  212 
Vyner,    Sir    Robert.      See    Sir    Robert 

Vyner 

Wakefield,  William  de,  23 
Wakefield  Tower,  22,  23,  24,  33 
Westminster  Abbey,  13,  14,  33,  81,  no, 

159 

Whitehall,  1 8,  244 
White  Tower,  15,  24,  33,  63,  180 

St.  John's  Chapel  in,  15,  24,  202 
William  and  Mary,  48,  68,  74,  76,  78, 

106,  107 

William    de   Wakefield.      See    Wakefield 
William  III,  48  [Tower 

William  IV,  56,  85,  161 
William  the  Conqueror,  159,  172,  173 
Windsor  Castle,  32,  33,  76 
Wolsey,  Cardinal,  112,  113 
Wyndham,  Lieut.-Col.    Charles,   Keeper 

of  the  Jewel  House,  124,  223 
Wynne,  Sir  Arthur,  Keeper  of  the  Jewel 

House,  31,  126,  223 

Younghusband,  family  of,  18  «.  See  also 
Henry  Percy,  Earl  of  Northumberland 

Younghusband,  Major-Gen.  Sir  George, 
126,  223 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 



UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


CR     Younghusband,  (Sir)  Georga  John 
4480     The  jewel  house 

Y6 
1921 


HERBERT 

JENKINS 

BOOK